2015-16 Academic Catalog - St. Gregory`s University

Transcription

2015-16
ST. GREGORY’S UNIVERSITY
2015-16 Academic Catalog
ST. GREGORY'S UNIVERSITY | 1900 W. MacArthur St, Shawnee, OK 74804
WWW.STGREGORYS.EDU | 405-878-5100
Table of Contents
Catalog Information ...................................................................................................................................... 5
Welcome from the Abbot and University Chancellor ................................................................................... 6
University Mission, Goals, Vision, and Coat of Arms .................................................................................... 7
Mission ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
Goals ......................................................................................................................................................... 7
Vision Statement ...................................................................................................................................... 8
St. Gregory's University Coat of Arms ...................................................................................................... 9
University Academic Calendars................................................................................................................... 10
College of Arts & Sciences 2015-16 Academic Calendar ........................................................................ 10
College of Continuing Studies 2015-16 Academic Calendar .................................................................. 12
General Information ................................................................................................................................... 14
History .................................................................................................................................................... 14
Accreditation .......................................................................................................................................... 14
St. Gregory's Abbey ................................................................................................................................ 14
Locations................................................................................................................................................. 14
Online Bookstore .................................................................................................................................... 16
Campus Security ..................................................................................................................................... 16
University Communication ..................................................................................................................... 16
Academic Catalog Changes and Publication........................................................................................... 17
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Compliance ................................................................................ 17
Non-discrimination Policy....................................................................................................................... 17
University Admissions ................................................................................................................................. 18
College of Arts and Sciences ................................................................................................................... 18
College of Continuing Studies................................................................................................................. 20
Admission on Probation ......................................................................................................................... 21
International Students ............................................................................................................................ 21
Concurrent Enrollment of High School Students.................................................................................... 22
Non-Matriculating Students ................................................................................................................... 22
Graduate Students.................................................................................................................................. 23
Veteran's Admissions Resources ............................................................................................................ 23
Readmission to the University................................................................................................................ 25
Academic Regulations ................................................................................................................................. 26
Transfer and Award of Credit Policies .................................................................................................... 26
General Articulation Policy for the University.................................................................................... 30
Cross Registration with Oklahoma Baptist University ............................................................................ 31
On-line Consortium of Independent Colleges and University (OCICU) .................................................. 32
Athletic Academic Credits ...................................................................................................................... 32
Policy for Double Majors and Second Degrees ...................................................................................... 32
Double Majors .................................................................................................................................... 32
Second Degrees .................................................................................................................................. 33
Policy for Academic Minors .................................................................................................................... 33
Classification of Students ....................................................................................................................... 34
Registration Procedures ......................................................................................................................... 34
Dropping Courses ................................................................................................................................... 34
Withdrawal from the University ............................................................................................................. 35
University Refund Formula for Dropping Courses and Full Withdrawals .............................................. 36
1
Class Attendance Policy .......................................................................................................................... 37
Academic Integrity Policy ....................................................................................................................... 37
Course Examinations and Grades ........................................................................................................... 38
Grade Appeals ........................................................................................................................................ 39
Student Academic Assessment............................................................................................................... 40
Semester Hours of Credit and Grade Points .......................................................................................... 41
Requirements for Continued Enrollment ............................................................................................... 42
Satisfactory Academic Progress Review Period ................................................................................. 42
Academic Probation ........................................................................................................................... 42
Academic Suspension ......................................................................................................................... 43
Student Retention Policies: “At-Risk” Students ................................................................................. 44
Academic Forgiveness Provisions ........................................................................................................... 45
Superior Academic Achievement ........................................................................................................... 45
Academic Honors at Graduation ............................................................................................................ 45
Graduation.............................................................................................................................................. 46
Degree Audits and Degree Posting ......................................................................................................... 46
Transcript of Record ............................................................................................................................... 46
Access to Student Records (FERPA Rights) ............................................................................................. 46
Dormant Degree Programs..................................................................................................................... 47
Student Financial Aid .................................................................................................................................. 48
Federal Aid Application (FAFSA) ............................................................................................................. 48
Types of Financial Aid ............................................................................................................................. 48
How to Qualify for Federal Aid ............................................................................................................... 49
Leave of Absence .................................................................................................................................... 50
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy.......................................................................................... 50
Scholarship Policy ................................................................................................................................... 54
Student Expenses ................................................................................................................................... 55
College of Arts and Sciences Student Expenses ..................................................................................... 56
College of Continuing Studies Student Expenses ................................................................................... 57
Payment Schedule Information .............................................................................................................. 58
College of Arts and Sciences............................................................................................................... 58
College of Continuing Studies ............................................................................................................ 59
Campus Residence.................................................................................................................................. 59
Delinquent Accounts .............................................................................................................................. 59
General Expenses ................................................................................................................................... 60
Academic Services....................................................................................................................................... 61
Academic Advising .................................................................................................................................. 61
Academic Success Center ....................................................................................................................... 61
Assessment at St. Gregory's University .................................................................................................. 61
The Computer Help Desk and the Local Area Network .......................................................................... 61
The Counseling and Testing Center ........................................................................................................ 62
The James J. Kelly Library ....................................................................................................................... 62
Open Class Policy .................................................................................................................................... 62
Partners In Learning Program (PIL)......................................................................................................... 62
Student Affairs ............................................................................................................................................ 63
Student Handbook.................................................................................................................................. 63
New Student Orientation ....................................................................................................................... 63
Residence Life ......................................................................................................................................... 63
2
Campus Ministry ..................................................................................................................................... 63
FIDE ......................................................................................................................................................... 64
Student Government Association .......................................................................................................... 64
Athletics .................................................................................................................................................. 64
Clubs and Organizations ......................................................................................................................... 64
Health Services ....................................................................................................................................... 67
College of Arts and Sciences Institutional Core .......................................................................................... 68
CAS Institutional Core Curriculum – Associate Degrees (45 cr) ............................................................. 69
CAS Institutional Core Curriculum – Bachelor Degrees (56 cr) .............................................................. 70
College of Continuing Studies Institutional Core ........................................................................................ 71
CCS Institutional Core Curriculum – All Undergraduate Degrees (46 cr) ............................................... 71
Associate of Arts and Associate of Science Degrees ................................................................................... 72
Associate of Arts Degree (64 cr) ............................................................................................................. 72
Specialization in Liberal Arts .............................................................................................................. 72
Specialization in Visual and Performing Arts...................................................................................... 73
Associate of Science Degree (64-65 cr) .................................................................................................. 74
Specialization in Business ................................................................................................................... 74
Specialization in Early Childhood ....................................................................................................... 75
Specialization in Natural Science........................................................................................................ 75
Specialization in Professional Studies ................................................................................................ 76
Specialization in Social Science .......................................................................................................... 77
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degrees ..................................................................................... 78
Bachelor of Arts in Humanities (128 cr) ................................................................................................. 80
Dance Major ....................................................................................................................................... 80
English Major ...................................................................................................................................... 81
History Major...................................................................................................................................... 83
Liberal Arts Major ............................................................................................................................... 84
Philosophy Major ............................................................................................................................... 86
Philosophy for Religious Studies Major .............................................................................................. 87
Theatre Major..................................................................................................................................... 88
Visual Arts Major ................................................................................................................................ 90
Bachelor of Arts in Theology (128 cr) ..................................................................................................... 92
Theology Major .................................................................................................................................. 92
Theology Major: Second Degree ........................................................................................................ 93
Pastoral Ministry Major...................................................................................................................... 95
Bachelor of Science in Business (124-128 cr) ......................................................................................... 97
Accounting Major ............................................................................................................................... 97
Business Management Major............................................................................................................. 99
Finance Major................................................................................................................................... 100
Human Resources Major .................................................................................................................. 101
Information Systems Management Major ....................................................................................... 102
Marketing Major .............................................................................................................................. 103
Bachelor of Science in Natural Science (128 cr) ................................................................................... 105
Biology Major ................................................................................................................................... 105
Biomedical Sciences Major............................................................................................................... 106
Exercise Science Major ..................................................................................................................... 107
Fitness and Health Promotion Major ............................................................................................... 108
Secondary Life Science/Biology Education Major ............................................................................ 109
3
Mathematics Major .......................................................................................................................... 111
Mid-Level Mathematics Education Major ........................................................................................ 113
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (124-128 cr)......................................................................................... 115
Nursing Major: BSN (CAS)................................................................................................................. 116
Nursing Major: RN-BSN (CCS) ........................................................................................................... 118
Bachelor of Science in Social Science (124-128 cr)............................................................................... 121
Communication Studies Major ......................................................................................................... 121
Criminal Justice Major ...................................................................................................................... 122
Early Childhood Education Major..................................................................................................... 123
Elementary Education Major............................................................................................................ 125
Political Science Major ..................................................................................................................... 129
Psychology Major ............................................................................................................................. 131
Social Science Major ......................................................................................................................... 132
Secondary Social Studies Education Major ...................................................................................... 133
Certificates of Proficiency ......................................................................................................................... 136
Certificate of Proficiency in Catechetics ............................................................................................... 137
Graduate Degree Programs ...................................................................................................................... 138
Master of Business Administration (36 cr) ........................................................................................... 140
Master of Arts in Professional Counseling (60 Cr)................................................................................ 142
Area of Focus in Child, Family and Marriage Counseling ................................................................. 144
Area of Focus in Pastoral Care and Counseling ................................................................................ 144
Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (36 Cr) ................................................................................. 145
Master of Arts in Pastoral Counseling (39 cr) ....................................................................................... 147
Master of Arts in Pastoral Theology (42 cr).......................................................................................... 149
Undergraduate Program Course Descriptions .......................................................................................... 151
Graduate Program Course Descriptions ................................................................................................... 226
Graduate Program in Business (BU) ................................................................................................. 226
Graduate Program in Counseling (PCSL) (PSYC) ............................................................................... 228
Graduate Program in Theology (TH) ................................................................................................ 233
St. Gregory’s University Administration and Faculty ................................................................................ 236
University Board of Directors ............................................................................................................... 236
University Executive Officers ................................................................................................................ 236
University Administration and Staff ..................................................................................................... 237
Full-Time Faculty and Full-Time Staff Who Teach ................................................................................ 238
Appendices................................................................................................................................................ 242
Appendix 1- Credit by Examination Policy............................................................................................ 242
Appendix 2 - Academic Benchmark, Peer, And Competitor Institution List ........................................ 247
Appendix 3 - St. Gregory's University Computation of Credit Hours ................................................... 248
Appendix 4 - St. Gregory's University Internship Guidelines ............................................................... 252
4
Catalog Information
Pertinent information about St. Gregory's University is contained in this Catalog. Further
information is available to students and prospective students from the Registrar of St. Gregory's
University. The address and telephone number of the Registrar are:
Office of the Registrar
St. Gregory's University
1900 W. MacArthur St.
Shawnee, OK 74804
(405) 878-5433
St. Gregory's University reserves the right to change, at any time, the policies and program
requirements described herein.
Every student is responsible for reading and understanding the academic requirements and other
requirements for graduation contained in this catalog. St. Gregory's University provides advising
services to assist students; however, the final responsibility remains with the student to meet any
and all requirements.
Back to Table of Contents
5
Welcome from the Abbot and University Chancellor
Welcome to St. Gregory’s University and to Catholic higher education in the Benedictine Tradition!
The meaning of this welcome will continue to unfold as you enter more deeply into this community
and into your chosen program of study.
In emphasizing the concept of community, I wish to convey that you indeed are becoming part of a
community. The value of community is central to our Benedictine monastic way of life, and it should
be the touchstone for all that we try to accomplish. Through the value of community we understand
that we do not exist in isolation, but that we are connected to those around us, to the human family
and to all of creation. By coming to appreciate and to embrace our varied abilities, talents,
perspectives, experiences and even our weaknesses, we realize that we can accomplish much more
together than we can on our own. At St. Gregory’s, you will experience this value of community
through the courses that you pursue as well as through the many activities and projects that will be
available to you. In turn, you will become a permanent member of this community and that the
extended family of St. Gregory’s Abbey and University will become a reference point for you
throughout your lifetime.
In emphasizing the concept of study, I wish to invite you to open your minds and hearts to the free
exploration of ideas, to the discipline needed for success, and to the creative process that participates
in God’s own ongoing activity of creation. As a Catholic institution of higher learning, St. Gregory’s
builds upon our belief in objective truths revealed by God and upon well-tested and venerable
traditions, while at the same time seeking new insights and developing new technologies in order to
address effectively and courageously the issues that confront our human family today. As a
Benedictine university, we foster the mutual respect and attentiveness needed for the development
of culture. We also emphasize that our talents and opportunities are given to us not primarily for
personal gain, but so that we might find true success in life by utilizing our gifts in service to others.
St. Benedict begins his Rule for Monasteries with an invitation to listen with the ear of our heart in
order to gain wisdom and to progress in this life toward our ultimate destiny of eternal life. Be
assured of my prayers and the prayers of my fellow monks as you become a member of our extended
community so that you will listen with the ear of your heart and experience true success not only in
your studies but also in your life.
+Rt. Rev. Lawrence Stasyszen, O.S.B.
Abbot and Chancellor
6
University Mission, Goals, Vision, and Coat of Arms
Mission
St. Gregory's is a Roman Catholic University, offering through the master's degree level a liberal arts
education that has been cherished and handed down in the educational institutions of the
Benedictine Order.
St. Gregory's University promotes the education of the whole person in the context of a
Christian community in which students are encouraged to develop a love of learning and to
live lives of balance, generosity and integrity. As Oklahoma's only Catholic university, St.
Gregory's reaches out to Catholics and to members of other faiths who value the distinctive benefits
which it offers.
As an academic community, St. Gregory's
 fosters intellectual curiosity, a love of learning, and the search for wisdom.
 develops literacy in language, mathematics, science and computer skills.
 teaches communication and critical thinking skills.
As a Catholic community, St. Gregory's
 fosters Catholic faith and Catholic moral development.
 offers opportunities for Christian service.
As a Benedictine community, St. Gregory's
 promotes the disciplines of prayer, work, study, and leisure.
 emphasizes the reflective dimensions of life.
 fosters community living.
As a human community, St. Gregory's
 fosters personal and social development.
 promotes individual freedom, responsibility and self-discipline.
 promotes responsible citizenship and concern for the problems of society.
Goals
The personal character of the campus community and the mix of faculty members and students
contribute to the carrying out of St. Gregory’s mission, which is reflected in the attainment of the
following goals:






to inculcate in students an appreciation for the arts and sciences and the habit of
scholarship, the foundation of a lifelong quest for learning.
to promote in students an appreciation for values, showing how Church and religion assist
them in finding the true meaning of life.
to help students come to know themselves and to relate well to others, building in them a
sense of self-assurance, initiative and responsibility.
to develop in students skills of logical and quantitative thinking and of written and spoken
communication.
to offer them the opportunity to perform in various student activities which protect their
individuality, encourage creativity and give balance to their lives.
to prepare them to live lives of service as citizens and as members of social groups.
7

to prepare them for immediate employment, admission to graduate programs, or successful
transfer to educational programs not offered by St. Gregory’s.
Vision Statement
St. Gregory’s University is:






Building the Kingdom of God through Education in the Catholic and Benedictine Tradition.
Celebrating Our Heritage: The St. Gregory’s University community commits to a profound
understanding and embodiment of the values of its heritage, culture and mission.
Educating for Success: The St. Gregory’s University education is distinguished by studentcentered instruction, appropriate challenge, and personalized design, presented in a
Christian living environment promoting leadership and service.
Cultivating Relationships: St. Gregory’s University engenders a culture of cooperation with
the Catholic Church, alumni, and others for mutual growth and benefit.
Strengthening Resources: St. Gregory’s University develops and invests its resources in
order to attract and support an optimal number of qualified students, ensure fiscal stability,
recognize and reward employee contributions, and foster strategic growth.
Creating a Community for Life: St. Gregory’s University is a catalyst for transformation in
the lives of its students by enhancing community, fostering academic achievement,
promoting lives of balance, and providing an atmosphere for reflection.
8
St. Gregory's University Coat of Arms
The St. Gregory's University Coat of Arms incorporates the school colors with a blue dexter (the
right field as it is carried - the left side of the shield to the observer) and a red sinister (the left field
as it is carried - the right side of the shield to the observer).
On the upper quarter of the dexter there appears a white dove, a symbol of the Holy Spirit. The dove
is represented flying towards the gold tiara with crossed keys, a symbol of the papal office (on the
lower quarter of the dexter). Together, the dove and papal tiara serve as a symbol of St. Gregory the
Great, the 6th-century bishop of Rome and doctor of the Church who is the university's patron.
The sinister represents the Order of St. Benedict, a worldwide monastic confederation to which St.
Gregory's Abbey belongs. The silver cross on top of three mountains in green is both a symbol of
Monte Cassino, one of St. Benedict's original monastic communities, and a representation of the
triumph of Christianity over paganism. The Latin word "pax" (peace) appears across the vertical
bar of the cross. This is the motto of St. Benedict.
The Latin motto under the escutcheon (the shield) means "May faith grant light." It is attributed to
St. Anselm of Canterbury, an 11th-century Benedictine philosopher, theologian and bishop.
9
University Academic Calendars
College of Arts & Sciences 2015-16 Academic Calendar
FALL SEMESTER 2015
New Faculty Conferences
Monday, August 17
Faculty Conferences
Tuesday-Thursday, August 18-20
New Students Advising
Friday, August 21
New Students Move into Residence Halls
Friday, August 21
Academic Convocation
Friday, August 21
New Student Orientation
Friday-Sunday, August 21-23
Returning Students Move into Residence Halls
Saturday, August 22
Classes Begin
Monday, August 24
Last Day for Enrollment and Class Changes (add/drop) Wednesday, September 2
Last Day for 100% refund on Withdrawal
Friday, September 4
Labor Day (No Classes)
Monday, September 7
Deadline to Apply for December Graduation
Wednesday, October 14
Fall Break (No Classes)
Thursday-Friday, October 15-16
Mid-Term Grades Due
Tuesday, October 20
Deadline to Submit Paperwork for Dec Graduation
Monday, November 9
Registration Begins for Spring Semester
Monday, November 9
Last Day for Withdrawals
Friday, November 13
Thanksgiving Break (No Classes)
Wednesday-Friday, November 25-27
Semester Exams
Monday-Thursday, December 14-17
SPRING SEMESTER 2016
Residence Halls Open
Saturday, January 9
First Year Orientation
Saturday, January 9
Classes Begin
Monday, January 11
Last Day for Enrollment and Class Changes (add/drop) Wednesday, January 20
Last Day for 100% refund on Withdrawal
Friday, January 22
Deadline to Apply for May Graduation
Friday, February 12
Mid-Term Grades Due
Tuesday, March 1
Spring Break (No Classes)
Monday-Friday, March 14-18
Deadline to Submit Paperwork for Graduation
Monday, March 21
Triduum/Easter Break (No Classes)
Thursday-Monday, March 24-28
Registration Begins for Fall Semester
Monday, March 29
Last Day for Withdrawals
Friday, April 1
Honors Convocation
Sunday, May 8
Semester Exams
Monday-Thursday, May 9-12
Baccalaureate
Friday, May 13
Spring Commencement
Saturday, May 14
Faculty Conferences
Monday-Thursday, May 16-19
Deadline to Apply for August Graduation (conferral)
Friday, June 3
Deadline to Submit Paperwork for Aug Graduation
Friday, July 8
10
REFUND SCHEDULE
FALL SEMESTER 2015
Last day for 80% refund on Withdrawal
Friday, September 11
Friday, October 2
No refund on Withdrawal
Monday, October 12
Friday, January 29
Friday, February 5
Friday, February 12
Friday, February 19
No refund on Withdrawal
Monday, February 29
Term
I
II
III
First Day of Class
Monday, May 23
Monday, June 6
Friday, June 10
6:30 pm-9:30pm
Friday, June 17
6:30 pm-9:30pm
Friday, June 24
6:30 pm-9:30pm
SUMMER SEMESTER 2016
Last Day of Class
Saturday, June 4
Friday, June 17
Saturday, June 11 TH 2211 Catechesis & God’s Pedagogy
9:00am-4:00pm
Saturday, June 18 TH 3211 Catechesis & the Church
9:00am-4:00pm
Saturday, June 25 TH 4211 Catechesis & the New
9:00am-4:00pm
Evangelization
11
College of Continuing Studies 2015-16 Academic Calendar
FALL SEMESTER 2015
Fall 1 classes begin
Monday, August 31
Last day for enrollment/class changes (add/drop)
Sunday, September 6
Labor Day
Monday, September 7
Last Day for Withdrawals (Fall 1)
Sunday, October 11
Fall 2 enrollment closes
Monday, October 12
Deadline to Apply for Dec Graduation (conferral)
Last day of class for Fall 1
Thursday, October 22
Monday, October 26
Sunday, November 1
Monday, November 9
Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
Thursday, November 26-Friday, November 27
Sunday, December 6
Thursday, December 17
Christmas Break (no classes)
Monday, December 21-Friday, January 8
Spring 1 enrollment closes
Monday, December 28
Spring 1 classes begin
Monday, January 11
Sunday, January 17
Deadline to Apply for May Graduation
Friday, February 12
Last Day for Withdrawals (Spring 1)
Sunday, February 21
Monday, February 22
Last day of class for Spring 1
Thursday, March 3
Spring 2 classes begin
Monday, March 7
Sunday, March 13
Spring Break (no classes)
Monday, March 14-Friday, March 18
Deadline to Submit Paperwork for May Graduation
Monday, March 21
Last Day for Withdrawals (Spring 2)
Sunday, April 24
Summer 1 enrollment closes
Monday, April 25
Last day of class for Spring 2
Thursday, May 5
Honors Convocation
Sunday, May 8
Baccalaureate
Friday, May 13
Spring Commencement
Saturday, May 14
12
SUMMER SEMESTER 2016
Summer 1 classes begin
Monday, May 9
Sunday, May 15
Deadline to Apply for Aug Graduation (conferral)
Friday, June 3
Last Day for Withdrawals (Summer 1)
Sunday, June 19
Summer 2 enrollment closes
Monday, June 27
Last day of class for Summer 1
Thursday, June 30
Summer Break (no classes)
Monday, July 4-Friday, July 8
Deadline to Submit Paperwork for Aug Graduation
Friday, July 8
Summer 2 Classes begin
Monday, July 11
Sunday, July 17
Last Day for Withdrawals (Summer 2)
Sunday, August 21
Fall 1 Enrollment Closes
Monday, August 22
Last day of class for Summer 2
Thursday, Sept 1
FALL SEMESTER 2016
Monday, September 5
Sunday, September 11
Deadline to Apply for Dec Graduation (conferral)
Sunday, October 16
Fall 2 enrollment closes
Monday, October 17
Thursday, October 27
Monday, October 31
Sunday, November 6
Monday, November 7
Thanksgiving Break (No Classes)
Thursday, November 24-Friday, November 25
Sunday, December 11
Thursday, December 22
Monday, December 26
Christmas Break (no classes)
Monday, December 26-Friday, January 6
13
General Information
History
St. Gregory's was founded in 1875 by the Benedictine monks who came to this country as
missionaries to work with the Indian population of what was then Indian Territory. It was originally
chartered as the Catholic University of Oklahoma in 1916. From the laying of the cornerstone of the
first building in 1913 to the completion of the new Rockwood Center in 2001, Oklahoma's oldest
institution of higher education has continued to grow in its commitment to the needs of education.
Accreditation
St. Gregory's University is accredited by Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools (30 N. LaSalle St., #2400, Chicago, IL 60602) and the Oklahoma
State Regents for Higher Education. It is approved by the U. S. Department of Justice for the admission
of international students and by the State Accrediting Agency of Oklahoma for the admission of
eligible veterans. It is also approved by the U.S. Department of Education for federal financial aid
programs.
St. Gregory's Abbey
The Right Reverend Abbot and the priests and brothers who administer and teach at the university
reside in St. Gregory's Abbey, located on the east side of the campus.
Locations
St. Gregory’s University has campus locations in Shawnee and Tulsa, Oklahoma. Additional learning
locations are available in Little Rock, Arkansas and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.
Shawnee Campus Buildings and Grounds
The traditional campus, located within the city limits of Shawnee, Oklahoma, 35 miles east of
Oklahoma City, offers a harmonious blend of the cosmopolitan and suburban life styles of our nation.
It is easily accessible by air (Will Rogers World Airport in Oklahoma City) or by automobile
(Interstate 40). It is pocketed in the majestic plains and offers a commanding and inspiring view of
the surrounding countryside. Both traditional and adult education programs are offered on this
campus.
Benedictine Hall, built in 1915 and subsequently renovated, has been designated a national
historic landmark. It contains the administrative and faculty offices, classrooms, science
laboratories, campus mailroom and the James J. Kelly Library, which contains over 50,000 bound
volumes.
The Rockwood Center (2001), provides a home for student activities and other services for
students and faculty, including student services offices, a multimedia computer lab, a student
computer lab, bookstore, the Cyber Cafe, a recreation room, and the Great Room (a comfortable
gathering space for students).
14
The Mabee-Gerrer Museum (1979) contains one of the Southwest's most valuable collections of
art and artifacts, which began with Father Gregory Gerrer's desire to collect from all periods,
including Egyptian, Greek and Roman, Renaissance, African, Native American, and 19th and 20th
century American and European. The Museum offers an excellent resource for St. Gregory's courses
in art and in other areas.
The Sarkeys Performing Art Center (1990) includes the Mabee Theatre and offers an outstanding
setting for fine arts performances, especially in drama, music and dance. The Sarkeys Performing
Arts Center is one of the best performance halls in the region.
The Recreation and Child Development Center (1982) includes the W. P. Wood Fieldhouse, the
Noble Aquatic and Racquetball Center, the Mabee Aerobic Center and the Lyle Boren Childhood
Development Center. These facilities serve the University as well as the local community. A
completely-equipped exercise room, two full-size gyms, an aerobic room, free-weight room, two
racquetball courts, indoor swimming pool, and whirlpool/hot tub and dry sauna are available for
promoting health and fitness. Aerobics, fitness consultation, volleyball and scuba are a few of the
many programs offered at the Mabee Aerobic Center.
The Charham Therapeutic Arena (1986) is a site for therapeutic riding for the developmentally
delayed and otherwise handicapped people. The Shapes Center (1989) provides a place for handson therapy and instruction offered through the Early Childhood Development Center.
Duperou Hall and DeGrasse Hall (1969) provide modern residence facilities for students who
reside on campus. In these halls, each pair of rooms forms a suite with bathroom included.
Mark Braun Hall (1960) was renovated in 1997 to provide additional residence facilities. It
contains bedrooms, lounges and communal bathroom facilities. It was updated in 2013-14 to
provide laboratory, classroom and office space for the Life Science and Kinesiology Department and
for the new nursing program. Renovations will continue in 2014-15.
Bernard Murphy Hall (1960) contains the kitchen and student dining hall and monastic dining
room on the ground floor and the Fine Arts Center, comprising studios for drama, music, dance, art
and photography, on the upper floor.
Finally, the Abbey and University Church (1941) provides a beautiful setting for worship services
for the Abbey and for the entire campus community.
Tulsa Campus
In Tulsa, the St. Gregory’s University campus is located at 5801 E. 41st Street, Suite 900, Tulsa, OK
74135. Adult degree programs are delivered on this campus for working professionals residing in
the Tulsa metropolitan area. Supporting the Catholic Faith and Benedictine values, this campus
includes a chapel with a monthly Mass.
The Commerce Tower contains the administrative offices, including Admissions, Academic
Support, Financial Aid, and the Business Office on the 9th floor. In addition, the 10th floor is home to
a chapel, classrooms, student study area, and student computer lab.
15
Little Rock, Arkansas Learning Location
St. Gregory’s University has received a Letter of Exemption from Certification issued by the
Arkansas Department of Higher Education to offer non-academic or church-related courses and
grant non-academic awards or church-related degrees. The courses are offered in conjunction with
the Little Rock Theology Institute, Little Rock, Arkansas and intended to prepare students to
assume leadership positions in a church or religious organization.
Online Bookstore
Students should be prepared to come to the first day of class with any required textbook(s) in hand.
Purchase books through our Virtual Bookstore hosted by MBS Direct at:
http://bookstore.mbsdirect.net/stgregorys.htm.
The Virtual Bookstore opens approximately 30 days prior to the start of classes.
 Students should order textbooks two weeks prior to the start date of the class in order
to ensure that a textbook will be available. In addition, the earlier the order the more
likely a cheaper used book will be available.
 Orders are shipped within 24 hours of order, to the student’s home or to the University
Mail Room, as preferred.
 Take advantage of the Fall and Spring free shipping promotions
 Books may be sold back to MBS at the end of the term.
Step by step instructions are available at www.stgregorys.edu. The Bookstore is open 24/7, ready
to take orders or answer questions. Call them at 1-800-325-3252 or email them at
[email protected].
Campus Security
The St. Gregory's University Security Department provides security services to the campus
communities. Its objective is to provide a safe campus for students, staff, faculty, members of the
monastic community and visitors. Security officers perform a variety of tasks, which include:
security for special events, accident and fire response, parking and traffic enforcement, escort
service, entry assistance and stranded motorist assistance. The Shawnee Security Department
operates at all times and can be reached at 405-878-5392. In Tulsa, Security operates from 5:00pm10:30pm Monday through Thursday and can be reached at 405-765-4431.
University Communication
Official communications from the University are often sent via the student’s St. Gregory's University
email account. Students are responsible for reading their email. Students should regularly read
their St. Gregory’s University email or have it forwarded to their personal email where it can be
read.
Students are officially notified of all final grades via the student portal; however, final grades are
also available in the Registrar’s Office.
16
Contact the help desk on the ground floor of Benedictine Hall for assistance with forwarding email
or accessing the student portal.
Academic Catalog Changes and Publication
The Provost is responsible for changes to the Academic Catalog; however, the persons responsible
for, or significantly impacted by, the policy or procedure should be consulted when changes are
proposed. The Academic Dean, Director of the College of Continuing Studies, Dean of Students,
Registrar, Admissions Director, and Financial Aid Director, review proposed Academic Catalog
changes prior to publication and make recommendations regarding existing or proposed changes to
the Provost.
Academic policies are reviewed and approved by Academic Council for submission to general
faculty as the Council deems appropriate. Academic procedures and practices (calendars, course
schedules, etc.) are determined by the Provost in consultation with the Academic Dean, Director of
the College of Continuing Studies, Registrar, and others.
The Academic Catalog is published annually prior to or during the first week of regular semester
classes. Revisions to the annual Academic Catalog may be made during the year but should be as
few as possible and only as necessary.
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Compliance
St. Gregory’s University endeavors to create an environment that is accessible to its entire
community. Questions or concerns of accessibility should be directed to the ADA Compliance
Coordinator—physical, programmatic, policy/procedure, web and electronic/information
technology.
For Further Information Contact:
ADA Compliance Coordinator
St. Gregory's University
Shawnee OK 74804
Phone: 405-878-5155
email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.stgregorys.edu/admissions/traditional-learning/ada-compliance
Non-discrimination Policy
St Gregory’s University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex,
disability, religion, age, or veteran status in its education or employment programs or activities.
Inquiries concerning the University’s compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title
IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title II of
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 may be
referred to the University’s coordinator [aforementioned] or to the U.S. Department of Education,
Office for Civil Rights, at [email protected].
17
University Admissions
St. Gregory's is committed to the "education of the whole person in the context of a Christian
community in which students are encouraged to develop a love of learning and to live lives
of balance, generosity, and integrity." St. Gregory's University is interested in students who are
looking for this type of opportunity and show the necessary academic promise. Careful
consideration is given to each application. Important factors that are considered include the
student's high school and/or college record, achievement on college entrance exams, class rank,
desirable traits of character and personality, and the interests and goals of the applicant in relation
to the programs of study offered by the university.
The Office of Admissions reserves the right to request any additional information before a decision
for admission is made. Providing false or incomplete information on the application for admission
may result in a denial of admission or revocation of enrollment. Students who have been admitted
to the University, and for whom academic success can be reasonably predicted, are eligible to enroll
at St. Gregory's University. The University has the right to deny admissions or to withdraw a
student who is not deemed able to make satisfactory academic progress as determined by the
University, or who interferes with the normal functioning of the University, or who fails to meet the
various criteria set forth in University documents.
College of Arts and Sciences
To be admitted to the College of Arts and Sciences, students must meet two of the following three
minimal admissions criteria:
1. 2.75 High School Cumulative GPA (on a 4.00 scale);
2. 21 on the ACT or 1500 on the SAT*;
3. Class rank in the upper-half of graduating class.
* Note: The writing component of the ACT and SAT are recommended but not required and will not
enter into the minimal score needed. Minimum scores required for entrance are: ACT-17, SAT1210.
High School Course Recommendations
A broad preparatory academic program including 16 academic units are recommended for
admission to St. Gregory's University. It is recommended that the following courses be included in
the high school curriculum:





English: 4 units, excluding speech or journalism
Mathematics: 3 units, including 2 units of algebra and 1 unit of geometry
Social Studies: 3 units, including 1 unit of world history, 1 unit of civics and 1 unit of U.S.
history
Foreign Language.: 2 units of one language
Science: 2-3 units of science, at least one of which should be a lab science
18
First-time Freshmen Admission Procedure
First-time freshmen seeking admission to the College of Arts and Sciences must submit the
following to the Office of Admissions:
Application for Admission: An application for admission should be submitted as soon as possible
before the term in which the student plans to enroll. Prospective students may apply online at
www.stgregorys.edu.
Transcripts: Entering freshmen should submit an official 6th or 7th semester high school transcript
or GED certificate. The student's high school counselor or principal should send an official copy of
the transcript to the Office of Admissions of St. Gregory's University. An official final high school
transcript with graduation date posted must be received prior to the start of classes.
Applicants who do not hold a high school diploma may be admitted if they present: GED test scores,
transcripts of all high school work attempted, an ACT score of 21 or a score of 1500 on the SAT, and
completion of a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Entrance Tests: All incoming freshmen are required to take either the American College Test
(ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). The results are helpful in counseling and placement
and can assist the student's chance of receiving an academic scholarship. Test scores should be sent
to St. Gregory's University. The ACT code for St. Gregory's is 3432; the SAT code is 6621. Minimum
scores required for entrance are: ACT-17, SAT-1210. (Students who meet the 2.75 GPA requirement
but produce an ACT score below 17 may be reviewed by the Director of Admissions, in consultation
with a member of the Admissions Review Team, to determine eligibility for Admission on
Probation.)
Home Study: St. Gregory's University welcomes students who complete their studies in a homeschool environment. These students should complete the guidelines listed above. The applicant
must submit a transcript that is signed by the Registrar (usually the parent) and shows the course
of study that the student undertook. St. Gregory’s University reserves the right to request a
personal interview before an admissions decision will be made.
Transfer Student Admission Procedure
Transfer students seeking admission to the College of Arts and Sciences must have a minimum 2.00
cumulative grade point average from an accredited institution of higher education, in courses which
St. Gregory’s University will transfer, and must be in good standing from the institution last
attended. In addition, applicants must submit the following to the Office of Admissions:
Application for Admission: An application for admission should be completed as soon as possible.
Prospective students may apply online at www.stgregorys.edu.
College Transcripts: An official transcript from each institution attended must be received prior to
the start of classes. Students should request that official transcripts be sent directly to the Office of
Admissions.
19
High School Transcripts: Transfer students who have completed fewer than 24 hours of college
credit accepted for transfer by St. Gregory’s University must also provide an official, final high
school transcript with graduation date posted prior to the start of classes.
Letter of Good Standing/Transfer Recommendation Form: Must be completed and sent to the
Office of Admissions at St. Gregory’s University by the Dean of Students at the most recently
attended university. Students on academic suspension or that are ineligible to return to the school
most recently attended will not be considered for admission at St. Gregory's University until at least
one semester has elapsed since the last term attended. (Summer terms will not be considered an
intervening semester.)
College of Continuing Studies
To be admitted to the University, students must meet the following admissions criteria:
1. A 2.0 Cumulative GPA (on a 4.00 scale) on prior college course work, if applicable.
2. If no prior college course work, a 2.0 High School Cumulative GPA (on a 4.00 scale).
3. Applicants with less than a 2.0 GPA may be admitted on probation (see additional criteria
that may be required in Admission on Probation section).
4. A TOEFL score of 500 (CBT 173 or iBT 61), if native language is not English.
Admissions Procedure
Applicants seeking admission to the College of Continuing Studies must submit the following to the
Office of Admissions:
www.stgregorys.edu.
Admissions.
High School Transcripts: Transfer students who have completed fewer than 24 hours of college
credit accepted for transfer by St. Gregory’s University must also provide an official, final high
school transcript with graduation date posted prior to the start of classes.
Essay: An essay, if required, reflecting why the student believes he or she is academically prepared
to enter the requested program.
The Admissions Committee will give preference to those applicants whose evidence of academic
fitness and professional promise indicates that they are fully qualified to study at St. Gregory's
University, to succeed as degree candidates, develop the competencies to be a member of the 21st
century workforce, and acquire the skills necessary to become a contributing member of society.
20
Admission on Probation
Applicants who do not meet the admission criteria may be admitted on probation. In order to be
considered for such admission status, applicants may be asked to:






submit at least two recommendation forms completed by teachers, counselors, supervisors,
coaches, other school officials;
write and submit a 200-500 word essay about how s/he will be academically successful at
St. Gregory's University;
provide any additional documentation which demonstrates academic promise;
enroll in special academic development classes;
participate in extra-pay programs designed to provide intensive assistance;
participate in other programs, activities, etc.
Once these items have been submitted, St. Gregory’s University reserves the right to schedule a
personal interview with appropriate persons. Following the interview, the Director of Admissions
will make a recommendation to a member of the Admissions Review Team for admission decision.
Students admitted on academic probation
 in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll in no more than 14 semester credit hours
(including HU 1111 Strategies for the College Class)
 in the College of Continuing Studies may enroll in no more than 12 semester credit hours
 must meet the University’s requirements for continued enrollment (see “Requirements for
Continued Enrollment”).
The above criteria must be met for a student admitted on academic probation to continue at St.
Gregory's University. A student admitted on academic probation will be allowed to continue on
probation for one additional semester and will be removed from probationary status when
Requirements for Continued Enrollment have been met. Failure to meet the above requirements
may result in Academic Suspension from the University.
International Students
St. Gregory's welcomes students from around the world. The University is authorized under Federal
Law to enroll non-immigrant students.
Applications and information may be obtained by contacting the Admission’s Office at St. Gregory's
University: 1900 West MacArthur, Shawnee, OK 74804, U.S.A., or by phone at (405) 878-5444. To
apply for admission, international students must submit the following:
Application for Admission: Complete and sign an international application form with a copy of the
Passport ID page (if available) or passport size photograph.
Transcripts: Students must submit original or official copies of all academic records issued by
previous school (s). An official credential evaluation of non-U.S. transcripts and diplomas may by
21
required for admission and transfer of credit. Evaluations must be prepared by a National
Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES)-member organization.
Affidavit of Financial Support: The student or other contributing individual(s) must show
financial support of at least $30,000 in liquid assets, to cover student expenses for a nine-month
period. The Affidavit of Financial Support must be accompanied by an official dated bank statement
in English or with an English translation. If any dependents are accompanying the applicant to the
United States, an additional amount of $6,000 per year must be shown for support of the spouse
and $3,000 for each child.
English Proficiency: TOEFL score of 500 (CBT 173 or iBT 61), IELTS 5.5, iTEP 4.5, or completion of
other recognized language programs.
Letter of Good Standing: International transfer students must provide a letter of good standing
signed by the International Student Advisor at their current institution to verify non-immigrant visa
status.
Concurrent Enrollment of High School Students
Students attending high school may apply for concurrent enrollment if they meet the following
requirements for admission:
High school seniors: Composite ACT score of 19 or higher, GPA of 2.50 or higher, and ranked in
upper 50% of graduating class.
High school juniors: Composite ACT score of 19 or higher and GPA of 3.00.
High school sophomores: Composite ACT score in the 99th percentile of their age group and GPA
of 4.00.
Non-Matriculating Students
Students may enroll at St. Gregory's University for purposes of personal enrichment, professional
growth or transferring to another institution. Such students will be designated as NonMatriculation or Non-Degree Seeking students.
Non-Degree Seeking students are not required to meet the admissions requirements specified for
degree-seeking students and may earn a maximum of 12 credit hours at St. Gregory's. To apply for
admission, non-degree seeking students must submit the following to the Office of Admissions:
www.stgregorys.edu.
Transcripts: Students should submit an official transcript of the last school attended (high school
or college).
Students who exceed the 12-hour limit will be required to submit all the documentation specified
for degree-seeking students.
22
Auditing a course by a member of the outside community is also available. No credit is received for
auditing the course; however, a record is kept and available on the student’s transcript. The
individual must apply through the admissions office, register for the course in the Registrar’s Office
and pay for the course prior to attending class.
Graduate Students
To be admitted to the University, graduate students must meet the following admissions criteria:
1. Earned Bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited college or university.
2. Minimum overall cumulative grade point average of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) of bachelor course
work. Students who do not meet this criteria may be provisionally admitted depending on
the degree sought.
3. A TOEFL score of 550 (CBT 213 or iBT 79), if the native language is not English.
4. MBA Applicants: Bachelor in Business or demonstrated competency in business as verified
by the Bachelor-level CPC Test.
5. Other requirements may include the GRE (general or subject), portfolios, etc.
In addition to University minimum requirements, degree-specific admission requirements
are listed in each Graduate Degree Program.
Admissions Procedure
Applicants seeking admission to a Graduate Program at St. Gregory’s University must submit the
following to the Office of Admissions:
www.stgregorys.edu.
Admissions.
Letter of Intent: A letter of intent of no more than 500 words explaining the applicant’s purpose in
attaining this degree.
Recommendation Letters: Two letters of professional recommendation that can verify the
student's ability to succeed in the graduate program. No recommendations from family members
will be accepted.
Resume: A professional resume should be submitted upon applying to the University.
Veteran's Admissions Resources
Veterans and veteran dependents may be eligible for education benefits through the Veterans
Administration. Veterans should visit the Department of Veteran Affairs website at
www.benefits.va.gov. Students who qualify for VA benefits will be certified based on eligibility
determined by the VA and enrollment level. Depending on the type of VA benefits, funds may be
23
disbursed to the student or directly to St. Gregory’s University to be processed for payment of
classes. Questions regarding individual entitlement should be directed to the Veterans
Administration at 1-888-GIBILL-1 (888-442-4551). Call between 7 a.m. - 7 p.m. Central Time,
Monday-Friday.
Point of Contact (Certifying Officials)
Service members seeking information about academic counseling, financial aid, and student
support services may contact the St. Gregory’s University School Certifying Officials for information
and referrals. Once admitted, students should provide their Certificate of Eligibility to a School
Certifying Official, who will act as the liaison between the student, the University and the Veterans
Administration.
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 405-878-5448 (Shawnee Campus)
918-610-8888 ext. 5207 or 405-878-5207 (Tulsa Campus)
Refund Policy for Students Receiving Military Education Benefits
The refund calculation for students receiving Veterans Benefits is proportional through 60 percent
of the period for which the funds were provided as required by the University’s Memorandum of
Understanding with the Department of Defense. After 60% has been earned, no refund will be
given.
Yellow Ribbon Participation
St. Gregory's University participates in the Yellow Ribbon program for those veterans who are
100% eligible for the Post 9-11 benefit. St. Gregory’s University will provide up to $4,000 per
academic year which VA will match. This is in addition to the Post 9-11 annual benefit. This benefit
is available to all eligible College of Arts and Sciences undergraduate students.
Principles of Excellence
St. Gregory's University is committed to ensuring that military service members, veterans and their
families have access to the information that they need to make informed decisions concerning the
use of their well-earned educational benefits, in accordance with the Principles of Excellence
(Principles) outlined in Executive Order 13607, for veterans and those students using military
benefits.
Service members Opportunity Colleges
St. Gregory's University is a member of Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC) and adheres to
the SOC Principles, Criteria and Military Student Bill of Rights all of which can be accessed at
http://www.soc.aascu.org/resources/ALLPubs.html.
St. Gregory's University is committed to:

Reasonable Transfer of Credit: avoid excessive loss of previously earned credit and avoid
course work duplication
24



Reduced Academic Residency: limited to no more than 25% of degree requirements with no
final year or semester in residence
Credit for Military Training and Experience: recognize and use ACE's Guide to the
Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services in evaluating and awarding
academic credit for military training and experience
Credit for Nationally-Recognized Testing Programs: award credit for at least one nationallyrecognized testing program such as College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), DSST
Examinations, Excelsior College Examinations (ECE)
Release of Information to Veterans Administration
If requested, St. Gregory's University is required to provide Veterans Administration with copies of
grades and academic records to support certifications or to show failure to meet progress
requirements without seeking prior approval of the individual veteran.
Readmission to the University
All students returning to the University at the same degree level within 1 year of the last date of
attendance may contact the Registrar’s Office to enroll in courses. For periods of non-attendance
lasting more than 1 year, all students must reapply through the Admissions Office and are subject to
the new Academic Catalog requirements in place at that time.
Students who have attended another institution since last attending St. Gregory's must submit an
official transcript from each school attended. Readmission will be determined after an
evaluation of the transfer work is complete.
Students who left St. Gregory's University on either academic or disciplinary suspension generally
may not apply for readmission until one academic year has elapsed (ref: Academic
Regulations/Readmission after Academic Suspension). After this time, application may be made.
The University will review the application and the grounds upon which the student left to
determine if readmission will be granted.
Readmission after ten (10) years: the Provost or his/her designee will make decisions regarding
students, degree plans and/or coursework or other matters ten years or more in the past.
Any student whose absence from St. Gregory's University is necessitated by reason of service in
the uniformed services shall be entitled to readmission to the University with the same academic
status within five years. Exceptions may be made for veterans receiving a dishonorable discharge,
bad conduct charge, or those who were court martialed.
25
Academic Regulations
Transfer and Award of Credit Policies
Appropriate course credits earned at regionally accredited collegiate institutions or recognized
foreign universities will be evaluated upon the receipt of an official transcript/score report.
Transcripts/score reports are considered official when they are received directly from the issuing
institution by mail, by fax, or electronically; or, when they are hand-delivered by the student in a
sealed envelope and opened by an approved representative of St. Gregory’s University. All
attempted credits at prior institutions, whatever the outcome, must be reported on the student's
application and will be considered in the University’s review.
General Policy
St. Gregory’s University accepts, within the limits reflected in this policy, post-secondary academic
work completed for collegiate credit at other regionally accredited institutions within the last ten
years and selected prior learning experiences. The final determination of whether the transfer
course can be used to meet the degree requirement is made by the Academic Dean and applicable
Director. Appeals may be made to the Provost.
Transfer Categories
The following will be reviewed for transfer credit into the University’s degree programs:
1. Traditional Categories
1. Coursework completed at a college or university with regional accreditation
2. Coursework completed at an approved International college or university
2. Non-traditional categories
1. Credits earned through credit by examination: CLEP, Excelsior, DSST, AP (score of 3 or
better), International Baccalaureate Program, etc
2. American Council on Education (ACE) credit recommendations from a Joint Services
Transcript
3. CCRS (formerly ACE/PONSI) professional credit recommendations
4. Technical, vocational, professional credit from institutions with articulation agreements
5. Foreign Credentials
6. Documented and approved prior learning
7. Proficiency Exam
Transfer Credit Parameters



Normally, credit hours over 10 years of age will not apply toward requirements for majors,
but will be considered for transfer for Institutional Core and elective coursework. Some
exceptions apply and will be handled on a case-by-case basis.
In nursing programs, clinical courses must have been completed no more than 2 years prior
to enrollment to be considered for transfer.
A maximum of 6 activity credit hours, 4 of which can be varsity athletics, can be applied
toward a degree.
26







Students must complete a minimum of 30 credit hours administered by St. Gregory’s
University to earn a degree.
Coursework must be completed with the grade of a C- or better to be considered for
transfer. A student may, however, transfer up to six (6) credit hours of coursework for
which a D was earned, with the exception of English Composition I and II.
Lower level courses will transfer as lower level credits and upper level courses will transfer
as upper level credits.
Students whose native language is not English may receive up to twelve (12) semester
credit hours for course work related to proficiency in their native language, as validated by
CLEP/DSST Exam.
In non-traditional categories, students may receive a maximum of 32 credit hours toward
the completion of an associate’s degree and a maximum of 42 credit hours toward the
bachelor’s degree.
For documented Prior Learning, students may receive a maximum of 15 credit hours
toward the completion of an associate’s degree and 21 credit hours toward the completion
of a bachelor’s degree. No Prior Learning Assessment credit will be awarded for graduate
programs.
Students may not earn more than 18 credit hours (or credit-equivalents e.g. to satisfy
prerequisites, or a combination of both) by Proficiency Exam.
Transfer Credits for Enrolled Students
For students enrolled at the University, transfer credits require prior approval of the Academic
Dean and applicable Department Chair or Director.
Duplicate Credit
Credit is generally not awarded for a course that duplicates coursework previously completed,
either at the same or a different institution. If a transcript shows a course has been repeated, credit
is awarded based on the highest grade earned, if a grade is indicated.
Colleges on Quarter System
Credits from colleges on the quarter system will be transferred after multiplying that credit by .67
and rounding down or up from over .5. Under this formula, a 2 credit course becomes 1 credit, a 3
credit course becomes 2 credits, a 4 credit course becomes 3 credits, a 5 credit course becomes 3
credits, etc.
Transfer of Technical, Vocational, and Professional Credit
Based on current articulation agreements held between other institutions and St. Gregory’s
University, some technical, vocational, and professional credits from unaccredited colleges and
universities or those not accredited at the same level may be accepted on a case-by-case basis. (For
additional information, see ‘Articulation Policy for Career Technology Centers and Equivalents,’ this
section.)
27
Credits for Prior Learning
Documented prior learning may be assessed for college credit after enrollment in St. Gregory’s
University to meet degree and graduation requirements, provided the University documentation
format is followed (ref: General Policy, this section). The Academic Dean and applicable
Department Chair or Director determine which of the following methods should be used, if any:
1. Non-accredited schools and colleges without articulation agreements: the student must
provide an official transcript and syllabus with verification of course content, number of
classroom contact hours and learning outcomes.
2. Professional course: the student must provide verification of course completion, course
content, number of classroom contact hours and learning outcomes.
3. Licenses and certifications: the student must provide verification of successful completion
of a license or certification, licensure/certification requirements, contact hours, and
learning outcomes.
4. Prior Work Experience Credit
A. Earning Credits for Prior Learning
With appropriate documentation, St. Gregory’s University will award credit to students for nonacademic learning, skills, or knowledge proven/learned through content area evaluation (i.e.
American Council on Education, National College Credit Recommendation Service, etc.),
volunteering, internships, employment, or other relevant practice. Students receive credit only if
they can adequately describe and document a learning event or receive a favorable content area
evaluation. Students seeking to use content area evaluations should confirm the organization
performing the assessment is acceptable by St. Gregory’s University prior to expending any funds
for services.
A Prior Learning Assessment Handbook is available from the Registrar’s Office or the Office of the
College of Continuing Studies. For assistance with submitting required documentation, students in
the College of Continuing Studies should consult the CCS Director and students in the College of Arts
and Sciences the appropriate department chair.
B. Earning Credits for Prior Learning - Education Students
The Department of Education may award prior work experience as field experience credit
to teacher education candidates. Students may receive field experience credit for documented
work experience in an appropriate licensed facility or accredited program. Students seeking to use
prior work as field experience should confirm the facility or program is acceptable with the St.
Gregory’s University Department of Education prior to submitting it as experience. Prior work
experience documents are submitted and evaluated using an electronic Portfolio, which includes
written documentation of work by employers and a reflection on learning. The credit is calculated
as 10 credits per year of work experience.
Information regarding Prior Work Experience credit is available in the Teacher Education
Handbook, which can be found on the Dept of Education Website.
28
Faculty-Prepared Proficiency Exams
St. Gregory’s University allows students the opportunity to demonstrate knowledge of a course
listed in the Catalog by demonstrating satisfactory knowledge of the content of the course on an
institutionally prepared “Proficiency Exam for Credit” or a “Proficiency Exam Not-for-Credit,” e.g. to
satisfy a course prerequisite or to waive a course.
Proficiency Exams must be approved by the Academic Dean and applicable Department Chair or
Director. The Academic Dean and applicable Department Chair or Director resolve questions about
which department(s) is responsible for an Exam. Faculty in the Department create the exams.
Proficiency Exams are typically administered by a faculty member, a proctor approved by the
Department, or the Office of Counseling and Testing. The Department will forward the graded
Proficiency Exam to the Office of Counseling and Testing for filing. Successful exams are reported to
the Registrar by the Chair of the Department that administers the Exam.
Only students enrolled as degree candidates may apply for a Proficiency Exam. Application forms
for a Proficiency Exam may be obtained from the Registrar’s Office and fees will apply.
Evaluation of Foreign Credentials
Applicants relying on education from a foreign country to meet admission requirements may not
enroll in courses prior to admission.
Students must submit original or official copies of all academic records issued by previous
school(s). In a limited number of countries, official documents are not available from the institution
the student attended. The decision to waive the requirement for official documents must be made
by the Registrar.
An official credential evaluation of non-U.S. transcripts and diplomas may also by required for
admission and transfer of credit. Evaluations must be prepared by a National Association of
Credential Evaluation Services (NACES)-member organization.
NACES-member organizations require original academic records or certified copies of official
academic records, which may include transcripts, mark sheets, examination results, statement of
grades, certificates, and/or diplomas from each college or university. In certain circumstances,
verification of secondary school completion may also be required.
It is the applicant's responsibility to submit his/her academic records to foreign academic
credentials evaluation services and pay any fees associated with the services.
International Baccalaureate Diploma Program
The University recognizes the rigorous academic nature of the International Baccalaureate
program. Students must submit their official IB transcripts to the University for an Official
Evaluation of transfer credit. The Registrar’s Office, in consultation with the appropriate faculty,
will make the final determination as to the amount of transfer credit and the placement of credit
which may be granted for directly equivalent St. Gregory’s University courses, core curriculum
29
requirements or general elective credit. Students will be notified upon approval of courses and
applicable credit will be added to the student transcript.
Students receiving a score of 4 (Satisfactory) or above on their Higher Level (HL) IB exams or a
score of 5 (Good) or above on their Standard Level (SL) IB exams will be awarded credit. Students
will receive 4 semester credits for lab based courses and up to 5 semester credits for all other HL
exams. 3 semester credits will be awarded for all SL exams.
All courses will transfer as lower level. Courses require a minimum score of 4 to transfer. SL
courses and HL courses with a score of 4 or 5 will generally transfer as 3 credits; credit awards for
higher scores will be based on a review of the course.
General Articulation Policy for the University
All students graduating from St. Gregory’s University should be educated in the Mission of the
University, including especially the: (a) Liberal Arts, and (b) unique character of the University as a
Benedictine and Catholic university.
General Articulation Policy for Previously Awarded Associate Degrees
1. Students entering St. Gregory’s University with an Associate Degree (other than an Associate of
Applied Science) from a regionally accredited US college or university will be minimally
required to take:
 6 Credit Hours of Theology courses
or 3 cr hrs of Theology and 3 cr hrs of Ethics
 4 Credit Hours of Great Books Seminar courses (CAS Only)
a. These may be waived if the student can demonstrate close equivalency for these courses.
b. Normally all credits awarded with an Associate Degree from a regionally accredited US
college or university will count towards a St. Gregory’s University degree (e.g. some
universities allow more hours of athletic credits than St. Gregory’s University allows);
however, they may or may not count towards a major. Decisions about major
requirements are normally made by the department.
2. Students entering St. Gregory’s University with an Associate Degree from a non-regionally
accredited US college or university will have their transcripts evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
3. Students entering St. Gregory’s University with an Associate Degree or its equivalent from a
college outside the US will be minimally required to take:
 6 Credit Hours of Theology courses OR
3 cr hrs of Theology and 3 cr hrs of Ethics
 4 Credit Hours of Great Books Seminar courses (CAS Only)
 EN1113: English Composition I
 EN 1323: English Composition II
 CO 1713: Fundamentals of Speech Communication
or BU2013: Business and Professional Communication
a. These courses may be waived if the student can demonstrate close equivalency except for
English Comp I and II.
30
b.
English Comp I and II may be waived if the student can demonstrate competency in
addition to equivalency. Normally non-native English speakers should take English
Composition I; if the student makes a “B” or better in this class, and can demonstrate
equivalency for English Comp II, then Comp II may be waived although in many cases a
non-native English speaker should be advised to also take English Comp II.
4. The above policies may be superseded by individual articulation agreements between St.
Gregory’s University and other institutions, in keeping with the spirit of the General
Articulation Policy for the University.
Articulation Policy for Career Technology Centers and Equivalents
St. Gregory’s University will accept up to 42 credits towards a Bachelor’s degree, and up to 32
credits towards an Associate Degree, from Career Technology Centers or their equivalent, which
are approved by the State in which they conduct education, and with which St. Gregory’s University
has a Memorandum of Understanding (or equivalent). One credit requires 30 seat-time hours and
credits will only be awarded for classes in organized programs of study in one of the following
fields:














Accounting
Architecture
Aviation Management
Business Administration & Management
Child Development
Computer Administration, Design, Networking and Programming
Criminal Justice
Event & Hospitality Management
Finance
Healthcare
Human Services
Information Technology
Logistics
Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math (STEM)
The Academic Dean and the Registrar, in consultation with the applicable Director, will make
decisions regarding the implementation of this policy (e.g. whether credits are for an “organized
program,” number of credits awarded, etc.). Differences between the Academic Dean and Registrar
will be decided by the Provost.
Articulation agreement exceptions will be minimal and must be approved by the Provost; when
appropriate, the Provost will consult with Academic Council.
Cross Registration with Oklahoma Baptist University
Cross Registration is available with Oklahoma Baptist University. The free program is limited to a
total of 18 credit hours per semester per school. If additional students wish to cross register, an
31
overcharge is billed directly to the student from the school where the limit was exceeded. St.
Gregory’s University, students are only permitted to take a cross registered course if that course is
not taught at St. Gregory’s University or will not be taught prior to the student’s graduation. Cross
registered students from OBU do not need to be admitted to St. Gregory’s University and may
register for courses through the Registrar’s Office. Proof of current full time enrollment from the
home school must be presented.
On-line Consortium of Independent Colleges and University (OCICU)
Online courses are available to St. Gregory’s students through The Online Consortium of
Independent Colleges and Universities. OCICU courses are offered through eight universities; refer
to www.ocicu.org for a complete list of participating institutions. Students must register for OCICU
courses through the St. Gregory’s University Registrar’s office. Students wishing to drop an OCICU
course, must immediately notify the St. Gregory’s Registrar’s office and must comply with the other
school’s add/drop/withdrawal dates. Either no grade, a W grade or an F grade will be given based
on the St. Gregory’s grading policy on dropping courses.
NOTE: No refund is given after seven days of the course start. For transcription purposes, OCICU
courses are considered St. Gregory’s University courses.
Athletic Academic Credits
Varsity athletes are eligible to receive one credit per year in their varsity sport (see KI 1411) up to a
maximum of four credits. Credits may be taken either semester.
Policy for Double Majors and Second Degrees
Double Majors
A double major offers students the opportunity to broaden their educational experience and
strengthens graduate school and career options.
1. Approval of each major lies within the respective departments, with the understanding that
some limitations may apply.
2. Each major must have at least 24 credits of unique and non-overlapping coursework,
exclusive of electives, to preserve the integrity of majors.
3. To earn a double major, all degree requirements must be fulfilled, including the Institutional
core and the specific curriculum of both majors.
4. If the majors are in different departments, the Senior Seminar for both majors is required; if
in the same department, one Senior Seminar may suffice but the department may (or may
not) choose to require two capstone projects.
5. Prerequisites and minimum GPA’s must be maintained as per major requirements.
6. Upon graduation, both majors are listed on the diploma and transcript.
7. The Academic Dean and applicable Director will approve departmental recommendations
for second majors and resolve questions about them. The Dean and applicable Director will
ensure that double majors fulfill the intent of a broad liberal arts education.
32
Second Degrees
A second baccalaureate degree is one that is earned beyond the first degree, whether from St.
Gregory’s University or another accredited university.
1. A second degree must be approved by the appropriate department and must be distinct in
emphasis from the student’s previous baccalaureate degree.
2. Students must earn at least an additional 30 credits beyond their first degree at St.
Gregory’s University, even if some credits towards a second degree have already been
earned.
3. All requirements for the major’s core curriculum apply; the department will address any
waivers or substitutions.
4. The relevant St. Gregory’s University Institutional core articulation policy for transfer
students applies: two theology courses (Introduction to Sacred Scripture and Introduction
to Theology), or one theology course and an ethics course, and Great Books courses HU3112
and HU3122.
5. The Academic Dean and applicable Director may approve previous degrees that were not
granted from institutions with regional accreditation.
6. The Academic Dean and applicable Director will approve departmental recommendations
for second degrees and resolve questions about them. The Academic Dean and applicable
Director will ensure that second degrees fulfill the intent of a broad liberal arts education.
7. Exceptions to this policy require approval of Academic Council.
Policy for Academic Minors
A minor is a coherent program in a particular discipline or disciplines taken in addition to a
major. A minor will enrich students' educational experiences through the study of subject matter
related to a major or of additional fields of knowledge to broaden their educational backgrounds, as
well as to permit the acquisition of skills useful to educational or career goals.
The course requirements for minors will be determined by each department and approved by the
Academic Council. Courses identified for minors must be drawn from existing courses in St.
Gregory’s University catalog. Departments may identify majors and minors that are not compatible
with one another.





Minors consist of 18-21 credit hours, of which at least 9 should be at the 3000 level or
above. No more than 6 of the 18-21 credit hours may be used to fulfill other specific degree
requirements, such as one’s major or the Institutional core.
Students are required to attain a minimum GPA in the minor consistent with the
requirements for the major and to complete each course with a grade of “C” or above.
Minors are not required and not all departments may offer minors. A student electing a
minor must receive approval from the departments of both her/his major and minor.
Any prerequisites to courses in the minor must be honored.
Students must earn at least one-half of the credit hours for the minor at St. Gregory’s
University.
33


Students cannot major and minor in the same discipline/academic area. For example, they
cannot major and minor in Business, but they can major in Business and minor in Human
Resources.
For courses required for minors see the appropriate degree and major.
Classification of Students
A student’s class year is determined by the cumulated credit hours the student has earned. A
sophomore has earned at least 30 credit hours, a junior 60 and a senior 90 credit hours.
Registration Procedures
The academic year for the College of Arts and Sciences is divided into two semesters (spring and
fall). Summer courses also are offered in a variety of formats. A student carrying 12 or more credit
hours in the fall or spring semester is considered a full-time student. Normally, a student may not
register for more than 18 credit hours during a fall or spring semester. Exceptions to this rule will
be granted only for a special reason and require the permission of the Academic Dean. Changes in
registration after the online registration period has closed require permission of the student's
academic advisor.
The academic year for the College of Continuing Studies is divided into six 8-week terms. Two
consecutive 8-week terms are combined to form a Parent Term for each student. A student carrying
12 or more credit hours in their Parent Term is considered a full-time student.
Adding or dropping courses is allowed during the add/drop period indicated on the Academic
Calendar. After that and until seventy-five percent of the semester or term is complete, a student
may withdraw from a course with a grade of "W."
Dropping Courses
Students may drop a course during the add/drop period indicated on the Academic Calendar.
During the add/drop period, no penalty is assessed and the class will not appear on the transcript.
After the add/drop period and until seventy-five percent of the semester or term is complete (date
indicated on the Academic Calendar), a student may withdraw from a course with a grade of "W."
Students electing to drop or withdrawal from a course, but who wish to remain enrolled in the
University, should process a course drop or withdrawal by completing the following steps:
1. Obtain the Change of Class Schedule Form from the Registrar’s Office or Academic
Support staff member;
2. Obtain the authorized signatures;
3. Return the Change of Class Schedule Form to the Registrar’s Office or Academic Support
staff member.
Course drops or withdrawals are not processed or considered official until validated by the
Registrar’s Office. Tuition adjustments, if any, are based on the date of Registrar validation. Usually,
federal financial aid is not affected if courses are dropped after the start of the third week of classes,
34
however; students should check with a financial aid counselor regarding their future eligibility for
federal aid.
Withdrawal from the University
St. Gregory’s University hereby establishes a fair and equitable refund policy under which the
University makes a refund of unearned tuition, fees, room and board and other charges to a student
who does not register for the period of enrollment for which the student was charged. Failure to
notify the Registrar’s Office by completing the proper withdrawal form will incur charges until such
withdrawal is properly processed.
Procedures for Withdrawal from the University
Students unable to remain at the University to complete their courses for the term should process a
full withdrawal by completing the following steps:
1. Obtain a University Withdrawal Form from the Registrar’s Office or Academic Support
staff member;
2. Obtain the authorized signatures;
3. Return the University Withdrawal Form to the Registrar’s Office.
Withdrawals are not complete until validated by the Registrar’s Office. Refunds, if any, are based on
the date of Registrar validation. Failure to withdraw using these procedures will make a student
liable for any and all charges due.
No refunds are calculated for students who do not officially withdraw, except when Federal refunds
are required (see Return of Title IV Funds Policy). In such cases, the student’s withdrawal date is
the last recorded date of class attendance by the student, as documented by the University.
Active Duty Military Withdrawal/Leave of Absence
St. Gregory's University wishes to provide as much assistance as possible to students who are called
to active duty in the United State Armed Services. To this end, these guidelines shall be followed
with appropriate consideration as required under special individual circumstances.
Students who have been involuntarily called to military duty are given the option of withdrawing or
requesting an incomplete. Military personnel who have requested an incomplete will adhere to St.
Gregory’s University Incomplete policies; however, at the request of the service member, time to
complete may be extended.
Military students electing to withdraw will be subject to the proportional refund policy. No refund
will be given to students receiving an incomplete. The student is required to give advance written
or verbal notice of deployment to the University as far in advance as is reasonable under the
circumstances unless advance notice is precluded by military necessity. No refunds will be given
until a copy of an official duty deployment document is provided.
35
University Refund Formula for Dropping Courses and Full Withdrawals
Adjustments for dropping courses are calculated from the official date of registration to the date the
drop is validated by the Registrar. Adjustments for full withdrawals will be made only for tuition,
housing and meal charges, calculated from the official date of registration to the date the withdrawal
is validated by the Registrar.
Non-Refundable Charges
The following charges are not refundable for course drops or withdrawals: admission and
application fees, registration fees, room deposit, general fees and technology fees.
College of Arts and Sciences Student
Fall/Spring Semesters
Refund
Up to and including the second Friday of the Fall and Spring semesters
Before the start of the 15th day of classes
After the beginning of the 30th day of classes
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
Summer Session(s)
As published with the summer course schedule.
College of Continuing Studies Student
Written notification received during the add/drop period
(prior to Monday of week 2)
Written notification received prior to the second session of a course
Withdrawal after second session of a course
100%
75%
0%
St. Gregory's University - Return of Title IV Funds Policy:
Students who receive Title IV Federal Aid (Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Education
Opportunity Grant, TEACH Grant, Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans) but withdraw
before completing more than 60% of the term for which they have been funded are subject to the
return of Title IV funds as well as the institutional refund policy. According to the federal policy, only
the amount of federal financial aid earned (determined by the withdrawal date) may be retained by
the student. The amount of earned aid is not related to whether the student has or has not paid the
bill with the University. Any federal financial aid which is not determined to be earned aid, must be
returned to the appropriate Title IV programs. The calculation of the return if federal financial aid
and the refund of institutional awards per the St. Gregory’s University policy, may result in the
student owing a balance to the university and federal aid source. Specific details of the federal
formula used for the return of Title IV funds are available in the Student Financial Services Office.
Additionally, if a student withdraws before the Oklahoma State Regents issues a reimbursement
36
check to St. Gregory’s University for any Oklahoma state grants, the full amount of the state grant(s)
will be reversed from the student’s account as they are no longer eligible for the grant and St.
Gregory’s University will not be reimbursed.
Class Attendance Policy
Students are expected to attend every class unless prevented by an emergency situation or are
representing the University in a sanctioned activity. Students shall make up all work missed and
keep instructors informed of the reason(s) for absences.
Attendance policies for individual courses are set by the instructor and reflected in the course
syllabus. It is the student’s responsibility to know and adhere to the attendance policy in each
enrolled course. It is also the student’s responsibility to cancel his or her registration if he or she
does not plan to attend class or complete the course requirements. Students who fail to drop or
withdraw from their class(es) may be charged and receive a grade at the end of the semester,
whether they attend class or not.
Instructors will keep records of student attendance, may reduce a student’s grade based on
attendance, and may administratively withdraw a student who misses 20% or more of a course.
Academic Integrity Policy
St. Gregory's University expects its students to demonstrate integrity in their academic work. Acts
violating academic honesty include:
1. Cheating on examinations, quizzes or other written work;
2. Giving assistance to or receiving assistance from another during an examination or quiz;
3. Plagiarism, defined as:
 the use of another's published work (either through a full quotation, partial quotation,
paraphrase, or summary of an author's ideas);
 the use of another’s work as one's own; or
 the purchase, use or provision of an already prepared paper;
 student assignments submitted to a course must be original, i.e. students may not
submit the same assignment for multiple courses without permission of the
instructor of the second or subsequent course. An assignment which has been
substantially changed may be submitted to another course; the instructor of the
course to which an assignment is submitted determines if a change is substantial. A
violation of this policy constitutes plagiarism.
4. Obtaining, or attempting to obtain, copies of uncirculated examinations or examination
questions;
5. Falsifying any academic record.
Students found to have committed one or more of acts 1-4 will receive an F for the examination,
written work or quiz in question, and (if deemed appropriate by the instructor) for the course. The
instructor must then provide written notification of the incident to the Academic Dean and informs
the student that the dean has been given a record of the violation. If the dean determines that it is
not the first incident of academic dishonesty by the student, the matter will be referred to the
37
Academic Council. After reviewing the incident, the Academic Council will recommend to the
Academic Dean an appropriate penalty, which may include academic probation for up to one year,
suspension for up to one year, expulsion or other penalties (ref: Student Financial Aid/Scholarship
Policy).
An alleged violation of act 5 will be adjudicated in accord with the student disciplinary procedures
describe in the St. Gregory’s University Student Handbook.
Course Examinations and Grades
Examinations are given at the discretion of the instructor. Grade reports are issued to the student
and (with permission) to the student's parents at mid-term and at the end of the semester. Grades
issued at the end of the semester are the official records of scholastic achievement during the
previous semester and are based on criteria set forth in the syllabus for each course. Final course
grades are due from instructors within 72 hours of the end of the final exam. The following grading
symbols are used in the calculation of GPA:
Grade
A
B
C
D
F
Meaning
Excellent
Good
Average
Below average
Failure
Grade Points
4
3
2
1
0
Other Symbols/Grades
I: An incomplete grade may be used at the instructor's discretion to indicate that additional work is
necessary to complete a course. It is not a substitute for an “F.” To receive an "I'' grade, the student
must have satisfactorily completed half or more of the required course work for the semester. The
time limit to satisfy the "I'' will be one semester, with the option for the instructor to recommend an
additional semester extension. "I'' grades not changed by the instructor within this time will revert
to the grade specified by the instructor upon issuing the “I”. A written contract between the student
and faculty member consisting of the requirements for removal of the "I'' will be submitted to the
Registrar with the final grades. In the event a faculty member is not available for timely decision
regarding incomplete work submitted, the Academic Dean may extend the period for completion by
up to one additional semester.
AU: Auditing a course by a member of the outside community as well as University students is
available. No credit is received for auditing the course and the audit distinction must be elected by
the end of the add/drop period. In order to audit a course, the individual must apply through the
admissions office, register for the course in the Registrar’s Office and pay for the course prior to
attending the class. Auditing may be denied, for example, if a section is full. Students who are
auditing must follow the normal rules of classroom behavior, e.g. show up on time, not be
disruptive, etc. "AU'' is GPA neutral.
38
AW: Administrative Withdrawal indicates that a student has been "involuntarily'' withdrawn by the
institution during the designated semester. "AW'' is GPA neutral. Appeal of Administrative
Withdrawal may be made to the Provost within twenty days of the issue of the Administrative
Withdrawal.
CEU: Continuing Education Units may be granted for specific courses. Academic Council approves
requests to offer courses with CEU’s. CEU fees are determined by the business office.
NR: A Not Reported grade may be used to indicate that the semester grade was not reported by the
instructor by the appropriate deadline. The "NR'' grade is GPA neutral.
P/F: Some courses may be designated by St. Gregory’s University as Pass/Failure courses. The P
grade is GPA neutral. The F grade will have a negative impact on the GPA.
Students may elect to register for a course and receive a Pass/Failure designation in some
situations. Optional P/F grades are designed so that students wishing to expand their knowledge
outside their selected academic program may do so without the concern that it might negatively
impact their GPA. The course must not be related to their major, minor or the Institutional Core,
even as an optional course within those requirements. A student may take a Pass / Failure course
during the junior and senior years. A student is only permitted to take one optional P/F course per
term.
A student must elect to take a course with the optional P/F designation by the end of the add/drop
period. The student may choose to remove the P/F option, i.e. use the A-F grading designation, by
the end of the add/drop period. The instructor is not informed of the student’s selected grading
option. When the instructor enters a grade of A, B, C or D, the student will receive a grade of P. If
the student receives a grade of F, the student will receive a grade of F. The “P” grade is GPA neutral.
The “F” grade will have a negative impact on the GPA.
W: A Withdraw grade is issued when a student initiates a withdrawal during the first 75% of the
term/semester. Any drop or withdrawal processed after this date will result in the grade of "F,''
which will be calculated into the GPA. The "W'' grade is GPA neutral.
Grade Appeals
Students with proper documentation may appeal grades they consider to be incorrect. To initiate
the appeal process, a student should first contact the course instructor. If not satisfied with the
outcome, students who wish to dispute a grade will then submit their dispute to the Faculty
Arbitrator in the College of Arts and Sciences or the Director/Associate Director in the College of
Continuing Studies within two weeks of the last day of class. The Arbitrator or Director/Associate
Director will respond in writing with a judgment within two weeks of the arbitration being
submitted to him or her. An appeal of the Arbitrator or Director/Associate Director’s judgment
may be made to the Provost, whose decision is final. The name of the current CAS Faculty Arbitrator
is available from the Academic Dean, Registrar or Provost.
39
Student Academic Assessment
Evidence of student assessment occurs at eight (8) different levels:
Students are assessed of institutional goals, with the administration of U.S. English version of the
National Survey of Student Engagement (NSSE), which provides data concerning academic and
student life engagement. In addition, student life conducts assessments of orientation experiences
and yearly events to better align activities with student expectations.
Students are assessed of the Institutional Core experience by the collection of artifacts into a
Portfolio under the guidance of instructors. Pieces of the portfolio should be due throughout the
course of the semester so that the instructor can give the students detailed, written feedback about
their work. Students have the chance to revise their materials before creating an electronic file at
the end of the course.
Every department, major, and program has developed measurable learning objectives that reflect a
student’s overall experience in this academic subunit. To assess achievement of this learning,
traditional undergraduate students must complete a nationally normed test, the Collegiate
Assessment of Academic Proficiency, designed to assess basic academic knowledge and skills. Our
students take this test at the end of the sophomore year, just like the CAAP population norm. CAAP
offers individual modules in writing, reading, math, etc., St. Gregory’s University employs the
critical thinking and reading modules.
All course syllabi are required to have learning objectives, and measurable learning outcomes. St.
Gregory’s participates in the Student Ratings of Instruction System of the Individual Development
and Educational Assessment Center’s (IDEA), a nonprofit organization whose mission is to provide
assessment and feedback systems to improve learning in higher education. IDEA supports the
evaluation and development of both programs and people, so courses, programs, majors, and/or
departments as well as instructors are evaluated. The Student Ratings of Instruction System,
focuses on student learning of specific objectives to receive summative and formative feedback.
IDEA reports provide data-driven feedback for teaching improvement suggestions and connect
these recommendations with specific resources for improvement. Reports provide comparisons to
the entire IDEA database, to disciplines, and to the institution as a whole.
Field experiences, senior seminars and Capstones, senior thesis experiences, student teaching,
portfolio development, and program practicum experiences are such integral components of the St.
Gregory’s student experience that they may have separate stated learning goals in some
institutional literature. Since all of the experiences are linked to course credits, course goals are
employed, however, these experiences may be either listed separately with course goals or be
integrated into the course goal listings. Some of the experiences may occur over more than course
sequence; learning goals for these may be divided into course goals, or merged together in some
departmental literature.
For some departments, majors, and/or programs, students are required to undergo state,
accrediting body, or other standardized measures that typically occur outside of coursework. The
departments, majors, and programs under which this activity occurs have stated goals and
40
reporting requirements for this activity which may either be listed as part of the departmental,
major, or program goals, or may be listed separately. Our human service professional fields of
Nursing and Education have ongoing accreditation requirements and require licensure exams
including: the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN), the
Oklahoma General Education Test (OGET), Oklahoma Professional Teaching Examination (OPTE),
and the Oklahoma Subject Area Tests (OSAT). To obtain certification and a license, Accounting
majors of the Business Department are required to pass the Uniform CPA Examination prepared by
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) and meet specific educational and
experience requirements, including an additional 30 credit hours of college-level coursework.
Departments, majors, or programs which are working towards affiliation with an accrediting body
have participated in continuous information collection and assessment processes to demonstrate
viability for program accreditation. It is expected that the use of batteries of benchmarked,
externally validated instruments to assess learning outcomes of its graduates, such as the ETS
Major Field Test in Business, the EBI Undergraduate Business Survey as well as a review of the CPA
Public Exam data will provide richer, externally focused evaluation of the attainment of learning
outcomes.
St. Gregory’s University is actively involved with student learning and supports internships,
directed studies and special course related projects assigned to students as part of their class work.
Assessment of these activities is handled by the faculty and may be coordinated for courses with
multiple sections. St. Gregory’s University, however, is involved in assuring student learning in
other ways. As part of the senior seminar portfolio production process, students participate in
reviews and critiques of individual portfolio elements following their completion. Students are held
accountable for their work and required to make improvements when competencies do not match
expectations. The assessments are on-going and expectations of student performance are elevated
as performance milestones are reached. Evaluation of the student’s performance may be verbal or
written although, increasingly, the documentation is electronic to serve as a transcript of
communication feedback. In addition to written and verbal evaluations, program performance may
be recorded on video and given to the student for self-evaluation. Student learning is also tracked
as part of the tasks associated with the work they perform. Reflection on learning objectives, video
production and web page construction may be required or subjected elements used as evidence of
work completed and submitted to the state board along with grades and standardized test scores as
a required portfolio. These work products provide a permanent record of the student’s skills and
their progress and improvement over time.
Semester Hours of Credit and Grade Points
Reference: from the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov] [Federal Register:
June 18, 2010 (Volume 75, Number 117)][Proposed Rules][Page 34805-34890]
Sec. 600.2 Definitions.
Credit hour: Except as provided in 34 CFR 668.8(k) and (l), a credit hour is-(1) One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out of class
student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for one semester or trimester hour of
41
credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one quarter hour of credit, or the equivalent amount of work over
a different amount of time;
(2) At least an equivalent amount of work as required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other
academic activities as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships,
practica, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours; or
(3) Institutionally established reasonable equivalencies for the amount of work required in
paragraph (1) of this definition for the credit hours awarded, including as represented in intended
learning outcomes and verified by evidence of student achievement.
Scholastic progress is evaluated in terms of semester hours of credit, indicating the amount of work
completed, and grade points, indicating the quality of the work. In the College of Arts and Sciences
traditional courses follow the credit hour definition as referenced above in section (1) (from the
Federal Register): “a credit hour is--(1) One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a
minimum of two hours of out of class student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for
one semester or trimester hour of credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one quarter hour of credit, or
the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time ….” St. Gregory’s University
generally follows the traditional model for course-work and credit hour requirements. Laboratory
work, internships, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours will
follow definition (2) above; exceptions to traditional course work will follow the credit hour
definition in (3) above.
A student receives one grade point per credit hour for each D, two grade points per credit hour for
each C, three grade points per credit hour for each B, and four grade points per credit hour for each
A. In determining a student's grade point average, the grade point total is divided by the total
number of semester hours of credit earned and failed. Thus, grade point averages of 1.00, 2.00, 3.00,
and 4.00 indicate a D, C, B, and A average respectively. For satisfactory progress toward a degree,
the student must maintain an average of 2.00.
Requirements for Continued Enrollment
St. Gregory's University requires that students maintain satisfactory academic progress (SAP)
while seeking a degree. Graduation from the University requires a minimum 2.00 cumulative grade
point average for coursework completed at St. Gregory’s. Students who do not maintain a 2.0 average
are subject to academic probation as outlined below (ref: Student Financial Aid/Satisfactory
Academic Progress (SAP) Policy).
Satisfactory Academic Progress Review Period
Satisfactory academic progress (SAP) is reviewed after the fall and spring semesters. For the
College of Continuing Studies, SAP is also reviewed after the summer semester.
Academic Probation
Upon review of satisfactory academic progress, students are placed on academic probation if they
fail to meet the following requirements:
42
Credit hours attempted/transferred
0-11 credit hours
12-30 credit hours
31-60 credit hours
More than 60 hours
Cumulative GPA
No requirement
1.60 GPA
1.80 GPA
2.00 GPA
Requirement for SGU courses
applies to Freshmen
applies to Freshmen
applies to Sophomores
applies to all others
If a student’s overall GPA meets the minimum requirements, but the semester GPA falls below the
minimum requirement, the Academic Dean and/or applicable Director may issue a letter of concern
and impose conditions to meet Satisfactory Academic Progress.
Probation Requirements
Students placed on academic probation must meet the minimum GPA indicated above (based on
credit hours attempted/transferred) in course work during each semester.
College of Arts and Sciences students on probation will not take more than 14 hours per semester
including the Strategies for Class Management course; exceptions may be approved by the
Academic Dean. College of Continuing Studies students on probation may not take more than 12
credit hours per semester and may be required to submit to an improvement plan developed by the
advisor.
The Academic Dean and/or applicable Director may make other probation requirements.
Reinstatement after Probation
Students on academic probation are removed from academic probation if and when they achieve the
relevant GPA requirements and other terms of probation. Once a student is reinstated the process
may repeat; a student may be placed on and reinstated from probation several times.
Academic Suspension
Students on academic probation who fail to maintain the minimum GPA in course work during each
semester or otherwise fail to meet the terms of probation are suspended from the University.
Students admitted on probation will be allowed to continue on probation for one semester before
being suspended from the University.
Appeal of Academic Suspension
A student who has been suspended may make a written appeal to the Provost and the Academic
Council (one letter addressed to both) for a reversal of academic suspension, but such a reversal is
granted only in extraordinary cases.
The student’s appeal must minimally include why he or she failed to make satisfactory academic
progress (SAP) and what has changed that will allow the student to make SAP if he or she is
readmitted.
43
Readmission after Academic Suspension
A student who has been suspended must make written application to the Provost and Academic
Council for readmission. Students are normally required to complete a minimum of 9 credit hours
at another institution of higher education with a minimum 2.0 GPA to be readmitted (and this is a
requirement for renewed financial aid (ref: Admission Policies/Readmission to the University).
Readmitted students should consult with the Financial Aid Office to verify their eligibility).
Decisions on appeals for academic readmission may also be based on judgment as to whether the
student has in the interim demonstrated maturity and responsibility, for example, by working
successfully at a full-time job.
The Academic Council will establish and communicate to the student via the Academic Dean and/or
appropriate Director a plan for ensuring that he or she will make satisfactory academic progress by
the end of the next evaluation period (normally at the next semester’s end).
Students who successfully appeal to the Academic Council and are allowed to re-enroll will be
reinstated on Financial Aid Probation, as long as they are otherwise meeting the required standards
for receiving financial aid (ref: Admission Policies/Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy).
Student Retention Policies: “At-Risk” Students
Early identification of “At-Risk” students and subsequent measures to ensure such students’
academic recovery are essential to student retention. St. Gregory’s University has a University-wide
and centralized system through which “At-Risk” students are identified. This system ensures that—
following such identification—“At-Risk” students are put on a path to academic recovery.
A student might be identified as “At-Risk” through the following means:






Standardized Exams
Absence Report
Student Grade
Late enrollment
First-generation students
Identification by faculty
Since Faculty/Instructors work closely with students, they are best qualified to identify “At-Risk”
students. The Faculty/Instructor is a crucial part of the student’s recovery plan. However, the
University will facilitate each individual student’s academic recovery through a central system
accountable for record-maintenance and recommending actions.
The Academic Success Center (ASC) and Partners in Learning (PIL) are the central bodies
responsible for “At-Risk” students.
The process of identification and subsequent recovery plan follows these steps:
1. Faculty/Instructor identifies “At-Risk” student;
2. Faculty/Instructor generates “At-Risk” report through web form;
44
3. ASC/PIL receives report;
4. ASC/PIL arranges meeting with “At-Risk” student, Faculty/Instructor generating report,
Student’s Adviser (if any)/Coach, Facilitator from ASC/PIL;
5. Specific plan for student’s academic success formulated at meeting.
Academic Forgiveness Provisions
Repeated Courses
A student may repeat a course once and have only the second grade count in the calculation of the
GPA; the second grade will count even if it is lower than the first grade. This policy only applies to
courses taken at St. Gregory’s University.
Academic Reprieve
An academic reprieve for coursework completed at St. Gregory's University may be granted under
the following conditions:
 At least three years must have elapsed between the period in which the grades requested to
be reprieved were earned and the date of the reprieve request.
 Prior to requesting the academic reprieve, the student must have earned a GPA of 2.00 or
higher, with no grade lower than a "C," in all regularly graded coursework (a minimum of 12
semester credit hours). This coursework may have been completed at any accredited
institution of higher education recognized by St. Gregory's University.
 The request may be for one semester or term of enrollment, or two consecutive semesters or
terms of enrollment. University officials may choose to reprieve only one semester, even if
two are requested.
An academic reprieve will be granted only once in a student's academic career. All courses taken in
a reprieve semester will be reprieved with all grades and hours for that semester included in the
reprieve; a student cannot select specific courses in the semester to reprieve. The transcript will
note the courses and semester(s) reprieved.
Superior Academic Achievement
At the end of each fall and spring semester, the President's Honor Roll and the Dean's Honor Roll are
published in recognition of superior academic achievement. A full-time undergraduate student who
has earned a grade point average of 4.00 is eligible for inclusion on the President's Honor Roll. A fulltime undergraduate student who has earned a grade point average of 3.50 to 3.99 is eligible for
inclusion on the Dean's Honor Roll. A student receiving a grade of I, D, or F, however, is automatically
disqualified from inclusion on either list.
Academic Honors at Graduation
Degrees are conferred cum laude upon students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.50, magna
cum laude upon students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.75, and summa cum laude upon
students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.90 or above.
45
Graduation
Graduations are conferred in August, December and May. For information about application
deadlines see the Academic Calendar in this Catalog. For expenses related to graduation see Student
Financial Aid/Student Expenses.
Permission to Participate in Graduation Ceremonies
Students must have no more than (2) classes or six (6) credit hours remaining to fulfill graduation
requirements and they must be enrolled in all remaining credit hours in order to participate in
graduation ceremonies.
Degree Audits and Degree Posting
The student is ultimately responsible for meeting his or her degree requirements. Students can at
any time go to their University web page and run a degree audit to determine their progress towards
a degree. The program also allows students to have their course work compared to other academic
degrees and majors when considering whether to change to a different major.
Transcript of Record
Students are entitled to one free complete transcript of their academic transcript. A fee of $10.00 is
charged for each subsequent copy. A student whose account has not been paid in full is not eligible
for a transcript. Under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, St. Gregory's University
has the right to withhold a student's transcript if that student is in default on a student loan that is
affecting the University's default rate. No transcript will be released on a student who is in default
until that student is returned to good standing on the loan.
Access to Student Records (FERPA Rights)
The following information concerning student records maintained by St. Gregory's University is
provided in compliance with the Federal Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). The act
provides that all records maintained on a student be made available for inspection by that student.
The student must not only have access to the full records, but must also be given opportunity to
challenge any portion of the record. The act further provides that certain portions of the record are
deemed directory information. Directory information may be released to the public without
authorization of the student. However, students may request that directory information be withheld
from the public by making written request in the Registrar's Office. The request must be made prior
to the end of the fourth week of each semester of attendance and applies only to that semester.
Directory information as defined by St. Gregory's includes the following: name, local and permanent
address, telephone listing, email address, photograph, field of study, participation in officially
recognized activities and sports, weight and height of athletes, enrollment status, grade level, dates
of attendance and degrees and awards received. Portions of the student record not included in
directory information may not be released without specific written authorization. Additional
information about access to student records is available from the Registrar. Additional FERPA rights
and exceptions are delineated in the Student Handbook.
46
Dormant Degree Programs
Degree Programs offered at St. Gregory’s University are subject to change. Degree Programs may be
placed in a dormant state and/or reactivated at the discretion of the Provost and may or may not
continue to be listed in the Academic Catalog. Students actively enrolled in a degree program moved
to a dormant state will be notified and a formal teach-out option will be prepared. All academic
policies remain in effect for students in a dormant program.
47
Student Financial Aid
Although the cost of financing a college education is an important consideration of both students and
parents, it is important to realize that a St. Gregory's University education is affordable and can be
made financially possible through the many types of financial aid administered by the Student
Financial Aid Office.
It is the basic premise of financial aid programs that the primary responsibility for meeting college
costs lies with the family. Because many factors contribute to the need for financial assistance,
students can never be certain whether they will qualify for assistance unless they actually apply.
Many St. Gregory’s University students who receive assistance are from middle-to-upper income
families who consider themselves comfortable financially; however, they are eligible for financial
assistance because the total cost of attendance at St. Gregory's University is higher than the family's
contribution can meet. Students should apply for financial aid if the cost of St. Gregory's University is
more than they feel that they or their family can afford.
Federal Aid Application (FAFSA)
Applicants should use the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), provided by the U. S.
Department of Education. There is no processing fee for this application and students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA online at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov. The form is also available upon request by calling
1-800-4FEDAID. This application is used to apply for federal and state grants, work study and loans
(see descriptions which follow).
Applications for federal aid must be submitted annually, preferably in January for the following
academic year. Students who apply early have the best chance of receiving all the aid for which they are
eligible. The financial aid office at St. Gregory's University provides assistance to students and parents
with completion of their FAFSA online.
Types of Financial Aid
Scholarships
St. Gregory's University offers many scholarships based on academic achievement and activities.
Need-based scholarships and grants are also offered. The University requires the completion of the
FAFSA, if eligible, to receive a University athletic, merit or activity scholarship. Many St. Gregory’s
University students also receive scholarships from outside funding sources, such as churches, civic
groups, professional affiliations of parents, etc. For proper recognition of outside scholarships,
students must report such scholarship awards to the financial aid office. New students wishing to
apply for scholarships should contact the St. Gregory's University Admissions Office.
Grants
The U.S. Department of Education offers Pell grants, Supplemental Education Opportunity Grants
(SEOG), and Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grants to
students who demonstrate financial need. The Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education offers
48
Oklahoma Residents the Oklahoma Tuition Aid Grant (OTAG), the Oklahoma Tuition Equalization
Grant (OTEG), and Oklahoma’s Promise (OHLAP), which are need-based programs. Complete the
FAFSA application to apply for these grant programs.
Student Employment
The financial aid office awards work (on a first-come, first-serve basis) to students who are eligible
for Federal Work Study and whose answers on the FAFSA indicate interest in student employment.
A wide range of jobs exists; however, the number of jobs is limited, so students should submit their
FAFSA early to secure work. Students who are awarded work allowances are permitted to work on
campus at minimum wage, usually for a maximum of 20 hours per week, and earn approximately
$2,000 during the academic year.
Loans
Students and parents may secure federally-insured loans to complete their financing of college
through the FFEL or Direct Loan Programs. The amount of a student's loan is limited by regulation,
based on year in college. Parent loans are limited to the difference between the total cost of
attendance and the sum of other aid received by the student. Most alternative loans are disbursed
from a lender (chosen by the student) to the student's account on the first day of class, depending on
the student's application completion process.
Repayment of Loans
Repayment on student loans begins six months after the student has either graduated or fallen below
a half-time status. Repayment on parent loans normally begins within 60 days of full disbursement.
Students and parents may apply for loan forbearance or deferment of payments with their lender.
The student’s information will also be shared with Inceptia Default Prevention to work with the
student during their grace period.
Other Types of Aid
St. Gregory's University cooperates with Native American tribal agencies, Vocational Rehabilitation
Services, and the Veteran's Administration in processing student applications for funds from these
agencies. Students should check with the financial aid office if they need the university's assistance
in completing applications for other types of aid.
The Alternative Loan Program is a private loan program designed to help finance educational costs
beyond what federal programs fund. For students who need additional money for college, the
Alternative Loan may help fill in the gap in meeting their total educational costs. For more
information, contact the financial aid office at 405-878-5396.
How to Qualify for Federal Aid
Eligibility for need-based grants, work and loans is based on the FAFSA results. The university
receives an electronic FAFSA report for every student who lists St. Gregory’s University as a college
choice. This report is received at the financial aid office around the time the student receives
his/her report. Students must be in compliance with the Satisfactory Progress Policy (see below) in
49
order to receive federal aid. Students enrolled in a program of study abroad approved by St.
Gregory's University may be considered enrolled at St. Gregory’s University for the purpose of
applying for Title IV (federal) assistance. St. Gregory's University students must be enrolled in a
degree granting program to receive federal aid. Students enrolled in a stand-alone certificate
program are not eligible for federal financial aid. Students enrolled in both a degree granting
program and a certificate program may receive federal financial aid.
For further information: contact 1) the Office of Student Financial Aid at St. Gregory's University,
1900 W. MacArthur, Shawnee, OK 74804, (405-878-5396); 2) Federal Student Aid Information
Center, P.O. Box 84, Washington, D.C. 20044, (800-433-3243); or 3) Student Information Services,
Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education (800-858-1840).
Entrance Counseling
Entrance counseling is required for students receiving federal student loans and must be completed
by visiting www.studentloans.gov prior to disbursing funds.
Exit Counseling
Exit counseling is required for students who withdraw or graduate. This is to inform the
Department of Education of the student’s last date of attendance and begins the six month
deferment period until the student must begin repaying his/her loans. Exit counseling can be
completed by visiting www.studentloans.gov and is required to receive an Official Transcript.
Leave of Absence
Students in a degree program may request a leave of absence for periods of non-standard attendance.
If a student fails to return from a LOA, the student will be withdrawn from the university and a return
of funds calculation will be completed. The University will attempt to advise all students, prior to
withdrawal or period of non-standard attendance, the affect that it may have on loan repayment
terms, including the expiration of the student’s grace period; however, it is ultimately the
responsibility of the student to contact Financial Aid prior to a LOA.
All students returning to the University at the same degree level within 1 year of the last date of
attendance may contact the Registrar’s Office to enroll in courses. For periods of non-attendance
lasting more than 1 year, all students must reapply through the Admissions Office and are subject to
the new Academic Catalog requirements in place at that time.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy
In accordance with Federal, State, and University guidelines, students must maintain Satisfactory
Academic Progress (SAP) toward a degree throughout the duration of their academic program to be
eligible to receive financial aid under the Title IV, HEA programs.
These requirements apply to students receiving financial aid. The University also has
requirements for continued enrollment that apply to all students whether they receive
financial aid or not. These requirements are outlined in the “Academic Records” section of this
50
Academic Catalog under “Requirements for Continued Enrollment.” Consult this section for further
information. The University-wide requirements for continued enrollment are similar to, but not
exactly the same as, those for financial aid, and terminology varies slightly from that required for
Federal financial assistance, e.g. in the definition of “probation.”
SAP is assessed by qualitative and quantitative measures and is evaluated at the end of each
completed payment period in the student’s academic program.
Qualitative Measure
Students seeking financial assistance are expected to make qualitative satisfactory academic
progress (SAP) to remain eligible for financial aid. Qualitative SAP is measured by the cumulative
Grade Point Average (GPA). A student’s cumulative GPA is calculated using only those grades
earned at the University, whether in a prior program or the current program. The cumulative GPA
is computed by adding the cumulative grade quality points earned (calculated by multiplying the
credit hours and the weight of the grade earned in the course) and dividing it by the cumulative
total number of credit hours completed. Courses from which the student withdraws are not
included in the program GPA calculation for the qualitative measurement.
Undergraduate students must maintain a cumulative GPA of:
Credit hours attempted/transferred Cumulative GPA
0-30 credit hours
1.60 GPA
31-60 credit hours
1.80 GPA
More than 60 hours
2.00 GPA
Requirement for SGU courses
applies to Freshmen
applies to Sophomores
applies to all others
Graduate students must have a program GPA of 3.0 at the end of each completed payment period.
Quantitative Measure
Students seeking financial assistance are also expected to make quantitative satisfactory academic
progress (SAP) to remain eligible for financial aid. Quantitative SAP is measured by considering the
maximum timeframe to complete the program and pace of completion.
1. Maximum Timeframe: The maximum timeframe to complete the program cannot exceed
150% of the published length of the program measured in credit hours attempted. Progress
is evaluated cumulatively at the completion of each payment period to ensure completion of
the program within the 150% maximum timeframe. If a student cannot complete the
program of study within the maximum timeframe (as determined at the end of the payment
period), the student will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension and will not have the ability
to appeal.
2. Pace of Completion: Pace of Completion is measured as a percentage of the successful
hours earned divided by the total hours attempted. Each academic program has a published
standard credit hour requirement for completion. Pace of completion will automatically be
evaluated for all periods of attendance at the University, including periods the student did
not receive federal financial aid. At the end of each payment period, the student’s pace of
completion is evaluated. Students must earn at least 67% of the credit hours attempted
51
toward completion of the primary program of study. Credit hours taken at other institutions
and accepted toward a student’s primary program of study at the University are included in
both attempted and completed credit hours when measuring pace of completion. Grades of
I, W, F, AW, and AU are counted as attempted credit hours, but are not successful
completions.
Evaluation
The University evaluates SAP for the student’s primary program of study, based on completion of
the fall, spring and summer (CCS only) semesters. As a result of the evaluation, a student is assigned
a SAP status.
1. Financial Aid Warning: Undergraduate and Graduate students who do not meet the
minimum cumulative GPA requirement OR who do not earn 67% of the credits they attempt
(cumulatively) at the end of a completed payment period, are automatically placed on
Financial Aid Warning status. The University can disburse federal financial aid funds to
students on Financial Aid Warning for one payment period.
2. Financial Aid Suspension: If a student on Financial Aid Warning status does not meet SAP
at the end of the subsequent completed payment period (semester), the student is not
eligible for additional federal financial aid and will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension
status. Students who are placed on Financial Aid Suspension are ineligible for federal
financial aid.
3. Financial Aid Probation: Students who are granted an appeal of the Financial Aid
Suspension will be placed on Financial Aid Probation status and will have their financial aid
eligibility reinstated based on the appeal. The University can disburse federal financial aid
funds to students on Financial Aid Probation for one probationary payment period,
provided all other eligibility requirements are met. The student must meet the University’s
SAP standards to maintain federal financial aid eligibility.
Student Notification
The University will notify students at any point during their enrollment if they are placed on or
taken off the Financial Aid Warning, Financial Aid Suspension, or Financial Aid Probation statuses,
as these affect student eligibility to receive federal financial aid.
Student Financial Aid Appeals
Students placed on financial aid suspension status due to a violation of the qualitative and/or
quantitative (Pace of Completion only) standards during the financial aid warning period may
appeal the suspension to regain eligibility for federal financial aid. Students may do so by
submitting an appeal to the Student Financial Services Office. The SAP-Appeal form is located in the
Financial Services Office. If there are unusual circumstances that should be considered during the
appeal process, federal financial aid reinstatement may be possible during a financial aid probation
period. Approval and/or reinstatement of federal financial aid eligibility are not guaranteed. The
Appeals Team reviews all appeals on a case-by-case basis. Approval is only granted when there are
significant circumstances. All decisions made by the Appeals Team are final.
Examples of unusual circumstances may include, but are not limited to, the following:
52



Death of a relative
An injury or illness of the student
Other special circumstances
Students must explain in the appeals process why the nature and timing of their unusual
circumstance(s) directly prohibited them from maintaining SAP, and what has changed in their
situation that would allow them to demonstrate SAP at the next evaluation. If students have more
than 12 credit hours remaining in their program of study, they must demonstrate the ability to
graduate within the maximum timeframe allowed and meet the GPA requirements. If students have
12 or less credits remaining, they must demonstrate the ability to complete the remaining credits
successfully.
Regaining Eligibility after Payment Period of Ineligibility
A student who is not making SAP regains eligibility only when the student is in compliance with the
University’s SAP requirements. Therefore, if a student loses eligibility for federal financial aid as a
result of not meeting SAP requirements, the student must pay for the ineligible payment period
using non-federal financial aid funds. If, after the ineligible payment period, the student meets all
SAP criteria, the student’s academic year will start at the beginning of the eligible payment period
following the period of ineligibility.
Maximum Timeframe Disqualification
If at any time during the evaluation period it is determined a student is not going to complete the
program of study within the maximum timeframe of 150% of the length of the educational
program, the student becomes ineligible for federal financial aid.
Professional Judgment
The University may exercise discretion to accommodate special circumstances, with respect to
some aspects of eligibility, using professional judgment. Professional judgment allows the
University to treat a student individually when the student has special circumstances not
sufficiently addressed by standard procedures. The University uses professional judgment on a
case-by-case basis. Special circumstances will include conditions that differentiate an individual
student from a whole class of students. The University will not accept professional judgments made
for a student by another school, but will independently review the circumstances and, if
appropriate, document the professional judgment decision. The decision of the University
regarding professional judgment is final and cannot be appealed to the U.S. Department of
Education. A student should contact a Finance Advisor if interested in submitting a professional
judgment request. Note: The University will complete verification before exercising professional
judgment for students who have been selected for verification.
For questions or concerns, please call the Financial Aid office by phone at (405) 878-5396, by email
at [email protected], or by visiting the office in Benedictine Hall 114.
53
Scholarship Policy
St. Gregory's University offers scholarships to new and continuing students. New students who have
been accepted for admission to St. Gregory's University may apply for scholarships based on need,
academic achievement and/or ability to participate in university activities.
Amounts of scholarships vary. Amounts are stated as an annual award, to be applied equally to fall
and spring semesters. Students enrolled less than 14 credit hours each semester will have their
institutional scholarship(s) prorated. Students who are admitted on probation are not eligible for
most St. Gregory’s University scholarships. For a list of scholarships, or for further information on
scholarships, contact the Office of Admissions, St. Gregory's University, at (405) 878-5444 or by
visiting www.stgregorys.edu.
Scholarship Retention
St. Gregory's University scholarships normally are awarded for two semesters, fall and spring,
comprising the academic year. Renewable scholarships received for the first semester are continued
if:
 the recipient's cumulative GPA meets the specific scholarship rules or standards; and
 the recipient is in good standing with the university; and
 if applicable, the recipient has performed satisfactorily in an activity or program for which the
scholarship was awarded.
A student who withdraws or discontinues enrollment for one or more semesters may request
renewal for a future semester by writing the Office of Admissions before withdrawing. The request
should state the student’s name (including any changes), Student ID Number or social security
number, reason(s) for withdrawal and the semester he/she is planning to re-enroll. Students who
withdraw or discontinue full-time yearly enrollment without filling a written request asking for a
reinstatement of the scholarship will forfeit their scholarship.
St. Gregory's University scholarships may not be retained beyond the first eight full-time semesters.
Determination of eligibility for renewal for another year will occur at the end of each academic year,
i.e., at the end of the spring semester. Scholarships will be cancelled for the following year for
recipients who are not in compliance with all applicable retention criteria. However, in some cases
scholarships may be cancelled after only one semester. For example, activity scholarships may be
cancelled when the sponsor or coach recommends cancellation due to unsatisfactory performance.
Scholarships may be cancelled or rescinded at any time for violations of the Academic Integrity Policy
or the Student Code of Conduct (ref: Academic Regulations/Academic Integrity Policy).
A student may appeal the decision to cancel or rescind a scholarship. Students wishing to make such
an appeal must follow the appeal process described in the Satisfactory Progress Policy section above.
Scholarships and Student Balances
St. Gregory’s academic scholarships are the final financial aid awards to be applied to a student’s
balance. Should the academic award amount exceed the total cost of university attendance, the
54
academic scholarship may be reduced. Student loans are not considered financial aid awards and
can exceed the total cost of university attendance in which case the student would be entitled to
collect the remaining funds.
Student Expenses
St. Gregory’s University is a non-profit corporation having as its principal endowment the
contributed services of the Benedictine Fathers and Brothers who conduct it. It is this living
endowment, together with the generosity of alumni and friends, which has made it possible for the
university to maintain and expand its programs of Catholic education. The yearly income derived
from tuition and other fees paid by the student covers approximately one-half of the cost of the
student’s education. Scholarships, loans, grants, etc. approved by the financial aid office may be
deducted at the rate of 50% (one-half) of the total annual award per semester. Financial aid
probably will not cover the entire cost of college, and the student is required to pay the balance or
make arrangements for payment of the balance before completing enrollment.
Note: The expenses described in this section of the catalog include only those weeks during which
classes are in session. Residence halls are not open during the Christmas vacation or the spring break
period.
55
College of Arts and Sciences Student Expenses
2015-2016
Tuition
Room
Meals
Graduate Tuition
$520 per credit hour
Undergraduate Tuition (Includes Mandatory Fees)
High School Concurrent
Online Tuition
Semi-Private (Double Occupancy)
$2,100 per semester
Private (Single Occupancy)
$2,990 per semester
Resident Life Program Fee
$10 per semester
21 Meals per week, including $150 Cyber cash
$1,985 per semester
14 Meals per week, including $150 Cyber cash
$1,846 per semester
Partners in
Learning
Charged only to students in the program.
Contact Partners in Learning for a la carte services
pricing.
Room
This deposit is maintained for the duration of the stay in
Deposit
the residence halls. It is available to defer the expense of
any damage to University furniture or equipment on the
premises. The balance of this deposit will be refunded
when the student vacates the Residence Halls if a written
application is made within 60 days. This deposit cannot
be paid with scholarship funds.
Registration Accepted students must make a non-refundable deposit
Deposit
before registering for classes. This deposit is credited
toward the tuition charges.
Other Fees
Graduation Fee (Undergraduate)
Graduation Fee (Graduate)
Late Graduation Application Fee
Replacement Diploma
Official Transcript
Returned Check Fee
CLEP Test / Proficiency Exam
DSST / DANTES Test
ACT Test
Prior Learning Evaluation Fee
Orientation Fee (Freshman Only)
Add / Drop Fee (After Add/Drop Period)
Replacement ID Fee
Auditing a Course Fee
Applied Voice/Music Fee (Accompanist)
56
$3,000 per semester
$100
$100
$100
$130
$55 (in addition to
graduation fee)
$50
$10
$35
$25
$25
$60
$200
$150
$10
$15
$352 per course
$240 per class
International Student Fee
Late Payment Fee
Nursing Lab Fee
Little Rock
Pastoral Center new cohort
Other specific class or lab fees are stated in the class schedule.
$175 per semester
$100/month and
collection fees
College of Continuing Studies Student Expenses
2015-2016
Tuition
Other
Charges
Undergraduate – Lower Level Courses
Undergraduate – Upper Level Courses
Graduate
Nursing
Registration Fee
Graduation Fee (Undergraduate)
Graduation Fee (Graduate)
Late Graduation Application Fee
Replacement Diploma
Official Transcript
Returned Check Fee
CLEP TEST / Proficiency Exam
DSST / DANTES Test
MBA – Peregrine Exam
Prior Learning Evaluation Fee
$50 (one time)
$100
$130
$55 (in addition to
graduation fee)
$50
$10
$35
$25
$25
$75
$200
$100/month and
collection fees
Late Payment Fee
57
Payment Schedule Information
College of Arts and Sciences
St. Gregory’s University offers the following payment plan options for the College of Arts and
Sciences (CAS):
Option 1: Full Payment
Payment in full may be made on or before the first day of class. New for Fall 2015, if payment in full
of the remaining balance after financial aid is made by May 31st, 2015, student will be eligible for
5% Early Bird Discount off the balance. If payment in full is made by July 31st, 2015, student will be
eligible for 3% Early Bird Discount off the balance.
Option 2: Automatic Payment Plan through Nelnet Business Solutions (NBS)
This is not a loan program. There are no finance charges assessed and there is no credit check. The
cost to budget your interest-free monthly payment plan is a non-refundable enrollment fee of $25.
With this option, the student must sign up with Nelnet Business Solutions (NBS). To enroll in the
NBS Payment Plan, go to https://www.nbspayments.com/signin/4JFFK. NBS requires the student
to provide a credit/debit card or savings/checking account (ACH) from which 25% (depending
upon the payment plan chosen) of the total balance due will be automatically drafted on the 20th of
each month. The 25% (or other) down payment amount will be calculated by subtracting estimated
or awarded financial aid, scholarships and/or loans from the semester charges on the current
statement. No credit will be given for financial aid not submitted in writing. Financial aid must be
estimated on the statement by the 1st payment date and awarded by the 2nd payment date or the
student will be required to pay the statement balance in full. Students who elect to make a down or
full payment will have that payment processed by NBS immediately, according to the payment
method selected. Should the down or full payment fail, NBS will notify the student that the
agreement has been terminated. The student will then be instructed to re-enroll through NBS or
make payment arrangements directly with the Business Office. The NBS agreement terms and
conditions provide more details. To make any changes to the agreement after it is set up by
NBS, contact the Business Office at 405.878.5617 or 405.878.5415. NBS Customer Service
may also be contacted 24/7 at 1-800-609-8056. All changes must be made 10 calendar days
prior to the upcoming scheduled payment date.
College of Arts and Sciences Fall 2015 Payment Plan Dates
Last day to enroll online
June 10
July 9
August 10
September 10
Required down payment
None
None
None
25%
58
Number of payments
6
5
4
3
Month of payment
June - Nov
July - Nov
Aug - Nov
Sept - Nov
College of Arts and Sciences Spring 2016 Payment Plan Dates
Last day to enroll online
November 10
December 10
January 8
February 10
Required down payment
None
None
None
25%
Number of payments
6
5
4
3
Month of payment
Nov - April
Dec - April
Jan - April
Feb - April
College of Continuing Studies
St. Gregory’s University offers the following payment plan options for the College of Continuing
Studies (CCS):
Option 1: Full Payment
Payment in full may be made prior to the first day of class.
Option 2: Third Party Billing (Employer/Military/Government)
Vouchers or forms certifying that the student qualifies and authorizing billing must be received by
the University at least one week prior to the start of each course.
Option 3: Tuition Reimbursement Plan
Tuition and fees will be deferred a maximum of 30 days from each course end date to accommodate
employer tuition reimbursement processes.
Option 4: Financial Aid Plan
Need and non-need based financial aid programs are available for eligible students. In order to
secure deferment of tuition, students must provide the University with all the documents required
to complete the certification of federal financial aid funds during the application process.
Students are required to complete a Student Financial Agreement at least one week prior to the
start of each course indicating their payment plan selection.
Campus Residence
Only full-time students may reside on campus. A full-time student is one who is enrolled for 12 or
more credit hours each semester.
Delinquent Accounts
Delinquent accounts are those in which monthly payments are past due. In the event an account
becomes delinquent and the account is turned over to a collection agency, the cost of the service
and reasonable attorney’s fees may be added to the account. Failure to make payments of any
indebtedness to the University when due, including but not limited to, tuition and fees, housing and
meal plan charges, student loans, housing, library or parking fines, is considered sufficient cause,
until debt is settled with verified funds, to:
1. Bar the student from classes,
59
2. Withhold diploma, grade reports or transcript of records, and
3. Dismiss the student.
For more information or questions, please contact the Business Office @ 405-878-5617.
Student accounts that are not current on payments for any reason will be charged $50 per month
by the University. Failure to have funds available for any automatic draft will result in a $30 missed
payment fee and possible cancellation of enrollment and/or meal plan. Accounts must be paid in
full in order to enroll for an upcoming semester.
Statements of student accounts are mailed by the 1st of each month. Failure to receive a statement
does not affect the responsibility of the student to make timely monthly payments.
Students will be responsible for all charges reflected on their student account as well as any charges
posted after the previous statement (e.g. fines, damages, library fines, additional fees, etc.).
Student accounts reflecting a credit, due to overpayment by federal aid or by the student, are
entitled to a refund of that credit. Refunds will be issued no later than 14 days after credit occurs.
Any credit reflected on a student account may be used as payment towards an upcoming semester.
St. Gregory’s University will not release grades or transcripts to any student with an outstanding
balance on his or her account. At the time of enrollment or graduation, accounts must be paid in full
in order to participate in any enrollment period and/or graduation ceremony. Pre-enrollment may
be permitted if scheduled payments are all made accordingly. Resident students receive their meal
tickets only after the first one-fourth payment is made. All resident students are required to
participate in a meal plan. The meal plan will be billed to accounts automatically.
General Expenses
Any additional charges payable to the university, if incurred during the semester, will be submitted
to the student as they become payable. A student will not receive a diploma or a transcript of
credits until his or her account with the university has been paid in full. If a student still owes an
outstanding balance from the previous semester, he or she will not be allowed to move into the
dorms or complete enrollment until the account is paid in full.
Scholarships, loans, grants, etc. approved by the financial aid office may be deducted at the rate of
one-half of the total annual award per semester. Financial aid probably will not cover the entire
cost of college, and the student is required to pay the balance or make arrangements for payment of
the balance before completing enrollment.
Note: The expenses described in this section of the catalog include only those weeks during which
classes are in session. Residence halls are not open during the Christmas vacation or the spring break
period.
60
Academic Services
Academic Advising
Each student is initially assigned an academic advisor who assists the student in defining
educational and career goals, planning a course of study, and selecting and registering for classes.
At any time a traditional student may request a particular faculty member as an advisor (normally
in the student’s major department). Such a request must be approved by the new prospective
faculty member. College of Continuing Studies student advising is performed by the College of
Continuing Studies Administration. Students are strongly encouraged to meet with their academic
advisor at least once each semester. While academic advisors will provide students with a degree
plan, the final responsibility remains with the student to be aware of and to meet any and all degree
requirements.
Academic Success Center
The primary goal of the Academic Success Center is to offer individual and/or group assistance to
students in an effort to remove barriers to education and to increase students’ chances for
satisfactory academic progress and graduation. The Center may provide tutoring, proctoring,
testing and other services. Students may self-refer or be referred by faculty. Additionally the
Academic Success Center sponsors workshops about study skills, test taking, time management,
and related subjects.
Assessment at St. Gregory's University
The Assessment Program at St. Gregory's University assesses the capacity of the institution to
assure its quality and provides evidence to the stakeholders that it does so. Assessment is a key
component of planning and planning is crucial to sustaining quality. The Assessment Program
especially attends to student learning and persistence since these are measures of the quality of
teaching and learning. Student learning encompasses all aspects of the student experience at the
University. The Assessment Program provides one measure of the success of the Mission of the
University, which includes preparing students for life-long learning and lives of balance, generosity
and integrity (see Mission Statement). The Assessment Program is also essential to continuous
improvement efforts of administration, faculty and staff. The University has established
benchmarks to assist with continuous improvement. It also values transparency and dissemination
in its assessment plans and efforts. Faculty have a large role in assessment plans, implementation
and reporting, especially through the Assessment Committee which takes the lead in academic
assessment and a majority of whose members are faculty. The Assessment Office is represented as
an ex officio member of the Assessment Committee as are the Provost and Academic Dean. For a
more detailed description of Student Assessment see “Student Academic Assessment” this section.
The Computer Help Desk and the Local Area Network
The Computer Help Desk, located on the lower level of the Benedictine Hall, provides the campus
community with technological assistance in the use of personal and university computers. The
61
Local Area Network links the entire campus electronically, through wired and wireless ports, and
provides internet and intranet access.
The Counseling and Testing Center
The Counseling and Testing Center offers a variety of emotional wellness services provided by a
professional staff of counselors. Basic to emotional health is the ability to put the past into
perspective and plan for the future while living in the present. Confidential services provide
opportunities for students to gain insight into personal problems, define goals, enhance personal
relationships, and plan appropriate actions reflecting needs, interests, and abilities. Counseling of a
personal nature is provided on campus and by referral to agencies and services in the community
when appropriate. Testing services are also available, including ACT, CLEP, advanced standing
examinations, personality, career and interest testing. For further information about testing see
Appendix, “Credit by Examination Policy.”
The James J. Kelly Library
The James J. Kelly Library is located on the second floor of the Benedictine Hall. The online catalog
(SOULS) provides access to over 80,000 volumes and over 8,000 full-text periodicals in electronic
format. The mission of the library is to support the academic programs of the university through
the provision of appropriate resources (both electronic and print) and to provide students with the
skills they need to navigate the universe of information that is available to them.
Open Class Policy
At any given time when classes are offered, St. Gregory’s University will have certain classes open to
the public (including University staff). The purpose of this policy is to make learning a feature of
the campus as a whole, to help students pick a major, and to assist in recruiting appropriate
students. Faculty determine what courses will be open. Visitors are required to meet the usual
standards of class participation (arrive on time, behave appropriately, etc.).
Partners In Learning Program (PIL)
Partners In Learning (PIL) offers services, supports, and mentoring to students along a continuum.
Students with and without disabilities may take advantage of the fee-for-service program. The
resources, strategies, and workshops provided are useful for all students. Some students who are
admitted to St. Gregory’s University on probation may be required to enroll in the PIL program.
A separate application is required for admission to the university. Students may apply under the
following parameters:
*disabled OR non-disabled
*full service OR a la carte
*degree-seeking (Associate’s/Bachelor’s) OR non degree-seeking College Experience (Certificate
program). NOTE: College Experience program is under development
62
Student Affairs
Student Handbook
The Student Handbook is published by the Office of Student Life. The official copy is the electronic
copy accessible from the University’s web page. Students are given a printed copy at the beginning
of the academic year or semester for transfer students. The contents of the official copy supersede
and replace all printed copies and all previous editions of the Student Handbook. If there is a
conflict between the policies and regulations contained in St. Gregory’s University Student
Handbook and policies published in any document of a group or student organization, the policy
published in the student handbook shall have precedence. In the event of a conflict between the
student handbook and any other official university source, the President of the University will
determine the policy that will apply.
New Student Orientation
All new students are expected to participate in the orientation program. For College of Arts and
Sciences students, orientation is held the weekend before the start of the fall semester. College of
Continuing Studies students participate in orientation through the First Year Experience course and
related activities. Orientation activities are designed to acquaint students with the mission and
values of St. Gregory's University, help students to better understand and adjust to the academic life
of the university, and equip students for success in all aspects of the college experience.
Residence Life
In the spirit of the core Benedictine values and the traditions of the Catholic Church, residence life
at St. Gregory's University strives to enhance the total educational experience. Our desire is that
each student will experience a living and learning environment which will enable them to be
successful, positive, flourishing, and responsible young adults.
St. Gregory's University requires all single, full-time College of Arts and Sciences undergraduate
students to live on campus. Any exception to this policy requires the prior approval of the Dean of
Students. Please consult the Student Handbook for further information about residence life
requirements and policies.
Disability-related needs should be identified to Disability Services (DS) as well as on the housing
application.
Campus Ministry
As a Catholic college, St. Gregory's University seeks to provide for the spiritual development and
well-being of all members of the university community. The Campus Ministry office coordinates
and sponsors a variety of activities and events each semester, including Sunday night and
Wednesday night celebrations of the Eucharist, student retreats, Bible studies, service
opportunities and mission trips. In addition, all members of the university community are invited
and encouraged to participate in the daily liturgical celebrations at the Abbey Church or activities at
the Tulsa Campus chapel.
63
The Buckley Team is an outreach ministry of the university, providing retreat opportunities for
middle school and high school students throughout the state and region. Students interested in
joining the Buckley Team may apply through the Campus Ministry office. Students selected as
members of the Buckley Team are awarded a scholarship for their participation.
FIDE
The Office for Faith Integration, Development, and Evangelization (FIDE) is tasked with integrating
Catholicism both on campus and off. Integration of our Catholic Faith on campus requires both inter
office communication and coordination to ensure that the entire St. Gregory’s community
understands and is able to articulate the mission of the university within the Church. Off campus,
FIDE develops relationships with various Church offices, priests, and youth directors whereby
fostering the understanding that St. Gregory’s stands not as an entity in relation to the Church, but
as a vital and integral part of the Church in Oklahoma.
Student Government Association
The Student Government Association (SGA) is the primary leadership and governing organization
of the students. SGA organizes various social activities, solicits student opinion, and voices student
perspectives on campus issues. SGA consists of the executive board, elected by the student body at
the end of the spring semester, and senators representing each class, elected at the beginning of the
fall semester.
Athletics
St. Gregory's University is a member of the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA)
and the Sooner Athletic Conference. Varsity sports include men's and women's basketball, men's
and women's soccer, men and women’s track and cross country, men and women’s golf, men’s and
women’s swimming, men's baseball, men’s lacrosse, women's softball and women's volleyball.
Intramural athletics activities, including sand volleyball, dodge ball, flag football and basketball, are
scheduled throughout the academic year.
Clubs and Organizations
St. Gregory’s University recognizes that activities outside the classroom are an important part of the
college learning experience. Listed below are the currently recognized student organizations.
Alpha Epsilon Delta
Alpha Epsilon Delta is a Health Professional Honor Society. It requires a 3.2 overall and science
GPA along with completion of at least three semesters of pre-professional health work.
Alpha Psi Omega
Alpha Psi Omega offers interactive opportunities in the area of theatre for the students and the
university community. Candidates will be elected to membership by a majority vote of the active
64
membership after eligibility criteria are evaluated. Eligibility will be determined based upon the
local point system.
Beta Phi Gamma
Beta Phi Gamma is a social service organization (fraternity) that enhances the quality of campus
life. This organization is a local chapter and is not affiliated with any national Greek organization.
The men of Beta Phi Gamma uphold a standard of excellence and strive to better themselves in
everything they do and possess a desire to better the community.
Business Society
The Business Society educates for business success and financial independence through a multitude
of interactive endeavors for our diverse local and global communities.
CAV CREW
The Cav Crew is a group of students that provides spirit, support and pride to all St. Gregory’s
University athletics, fine arts performances, and fellow clubs and organizations.
Delta Epsilon Sigma
Delta Epsilon Sigma is a national scholastic honor society for students, faculty, and alumni of
colleges and universities with a Catholic tradition. It emphasizes community.
Delta Chi Epsilon
Delta Chi Epsilon is a social service organization that enhances the quality of campus life. This
organization is a local chapter and is not affiliated with any national Greek organization.
Delta Omicron Omega
Delta Omicron Omega is a social service organization that enhances the quality of campus life. They
are a group of girls who through quality time and service build a genuine sisterhood. This
organization is a local chapter and is not affiliated with any national Greek organization.
Golden Key International Honour Society
Golden Key International Honor Society recognizes student achievements in academics, leadership,
and service with an ethos in integrity, innovation, and respect.
Greek Council
The Greek Council ensures the protection and distribution of equal rights and opportunities to all
members of the Greek community including coordinating among all social service Greek
organizations, governing pledge seasons and rush weeks, and setting guidelines for all social
service Greek organizations.
HASA (Hispanic American Student Association)
HASA introduces the best of the Latin culture, history, and beliefs in a fun and friendly way. Anyone
who is interested can be a part of HASA. They also enjoy learning about other cultures that are
present in the St. Gregory’s University community.
65
Honors Program
The academic Honors Program provides students with opportunities to take more challenging
classes, conduct special studies, and work closely with faculty. In order to graduate with honors,
students must successfully complete nine honors courses, including Honors Composition; maintain
a minimum cumulative GPA of at least 3.5; and participate in a university service activity. For
further information and eligibility requirements, contact the Director of the Honors Program or the
Academic Dean.
Knights of Columbus
The Knights of Columbus is a fraternal organization for Catholic men which provides service to the
Church and the community and participates in service projects and leadership workshops. This
organization is affiliated with the national Knights of Columbus organization.
Pro-Life Team
The purpose of the Pro-Life Team is to support activities dealing with pro-life issues, from
conception until natural death. These activities include prayer, supporting legislation, and making
others aware of the atrocity of abortion.
Psychology Club
Psychology club is an organization for Psychology majors and anyone interested in spending quality
time learning more about how the mind works. They work on outside events and activities and
spend time serving their community.
Stand For the Silent
SFTS is an organization created to fight against bullying and end hatred in our communities and
schools.
Student Government Association
Student Government Association (SGA) provides communication and cooperation between the
students, administration, faculty and staff of St. Gregory’s University, increase awareness of and
promote social, intellectual, and cultural activities. They also provide a means by which students of
St. Gregory’s University can effectively voice their concerns, approval and/or disapproval of the
policies and actions of St. Gregory’s University.
Students Oklahoma Education Association
The objectives of the Students Oklahoma Education Association is to advance the interests and
welfare of students preparing for a career in education; stimulate the highest ideals of professional
ethics, standards, and attitudes; develop in prospective educators an understanding of the
education profession; influence the conditions under which prospective educators are prepared;
and to promote and protect human and civil rights.
Teachers Education Association
The objectives of the Teachers Education Association is to advance the interests and welfare of
students preparing for a career in education; stimulate the highest ideals of professional ethics,
66
standards, and attitudes; develop in prospective educators an understanding of the education
profession; influence the conditions under which prospective educators are prepared; and to
promote and protect human and civil rights.
Theta Alpha Kappa
Theta Alpha Kappa is a religious studies/theology honor society. Members must complete at least
three semesters and at least twelve semester credits in courses representing these disciplines and
attain a GPA of at least 3.5 in such courses and an overall GPA of at least 3.0.
Theta Chi Omega
Theta Chi Omega is a social service organization (sorority) that enhances the quality of campus life.
This organization is a local chapter and is not affiliated with any national Greek organization. Theta
Chi Omega is organized to provide an opportunity to give back to the community and school. They
work together to develop the lives of each other as sisters intellectually, socially, spiritually, and
physically.
Zeta Xi Lambda
Zeta Xi Lambda is a social service organization (sorority) that enhances the quality of campus life.
This organization is a local chapter and is not affiliated with any national Greek organization. The
sisters of Zeta Xi Lambda built this sorority in the hopes of giving women at St. Gregory’s University
a positive reinforcement in friendship, unity, love, care, trust, and loyalty. With all these qualities
they fill they can do anything as a sisterhood.
Health Services
A full-service regional hospital is located within one mile of St. Gregory's University. Area clinics
also are within a short driving distance. Students at the Shawnee campus needing medical
assistance may contact a residence life staff member or the Dean of Students. At the Tulsa campus,
students should contact the office manager.
67
College of Arts and Sciences Institutional Core
Purpose and Goals
The purpose of the institutional core curriculum at St. Gregory's University is to provide students
with a solid foundation in the liberal arts (the heart of the Catholic intellectual tradition), thereby
initiating them into and equipping them for lifelong inquiry and learning in the pursuit of wisdom
and virtue.
The institutional core curriculum at St. Gregory's University seeks to:
1. provide a "common intellectual experience," enabling students and faculty to engage in dialogue
about the great questions and texts of civilization and culture;
2. familiarize students with history, ideas, and contributions of the Western and Catholic
intellectual traditions;
3. strengthen the fundamental skills of critical thinking, reflective reading, written and oral
communication, mathematics, and creative expression;
4. cultivate an appreciation of and reverence for diverse ways of thinking and knowing;
5. engage students in active reflection upon the moral and spiritual dimensions of human
existence; and
6. facilitate the emergence of the self-in-community and a deepening awareness of one's own
unique gifts and talents for the sake of placing these at the service of others in life and work.
Student Learning Objectives for the Institutional core
Upon completion of the institutional core curriculum, the student will be able to:
1. identify and discuss the influence of significant events, movements, thinkers, ideas and texts in
the history of Western civilization and culture and the Catholic intellectual tradition;
2. identify and explain the fundamental symbols and beliefs of the Catholic Christian tradition;
3. demonstrate the ability to write and speak clearly, coherently, and persuasively in English;
4. apply critical thinking and problem solving skills, quantitative reasoning, and the scientific
method appropriately to questions arising from multiple areas of human inquiry;
5. comprehend, analyze and evaluate literary, artistic, philosophical, theological, historical and
political texts;
6. demonstrate respect for diversity of thought and opinion in conversation with others;
7. identify and appropriate the responsibilities and obligations of citizenship;
8. describe and explain the healthy integration of the physical, psychological, social, intellectual,
aesthetic and spiritual dimensions of the human person;
9. examine and assess the ethical implications of personal choices, professional decisions, and
social policies in accord with the natural law tradition, virtue ethics, the tenets of Catholic social
teaching, and at least one other major ethical theory; and
10. discuss and demonstrate the qualities of effective leadership.
68
CAS Institutional Core Curriculum – Associate Degrees (45 cr)
Foundations and Portfolio (3 cr)
 HU 1101
First Year Experience I (repeated only with permission of Academic Dean)
 HU 1201
First Year Experience II (repeated only with permission of Academic Dean)
 HU 2651
Liberal Arts Core Seminar
Great Books Seminars (8 cr)
 HU 1112
Seminar I: Ancient and Classical Culture (2000 BC to 20 BC) (2 cr)
 HU 1122
Seminar II: Christian and Medieval Culture (50 AD to 1500 AD) (2 cr)
 HU 2112
Seminar III: Early Modern Culture (1600 AD to 1900 AD) (2 cr)
 HU 2122
Seminar IV: Late Modern Culture (1900 AD to Present) (2 cr)
Faith and Reason (9 cr)
 TH 1323
Introduction to Sacred Scripture (3 cr)
 TH 2413
Introduction to Theology (3 cr)
 PH 1013
Introduction to Philosophy (3 cr)
Creative Expression (6 cr)
 EN 1113
English Composition I (3 cr)
 EN 1323
English Composition II (3 cr)
Social and Behavioral Science (12 cr)
 CO 1713
Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3 cr)
 HI 1483
United States, 1492-1865 (3 cr)
o or HI 1493 United States, 1865-Present
 PO 1013
Government of the United States (3 cr)
 PY 1113
Elements of Psychology (3 cr)
o or SO 1113 Introduction to Sociology
Mathematics and Natural Science (7 cr)
 MA 1473
Math for Critical Thinking (3 cr)
o or MA 1513 College Algebra
 Introductory Life or Physical Science Course with Lab (4 cr)
69
CAS Institutional Core Curriculum – Bachelor Degrees (56 cr)
 HU 1101
First Year Experience I (1 cr) (repeated only with permission of Dean)
 HU 1201
First Year Experience II (1 cr) (repeated only with permission of Dean)
 HU 2651
Liberal Arts Core Seminar (1 cr)
Great Books Seminars (8 cr)
 HU 1112
Seminar I: Ancient and Classical Culture (2000 BC to 20 BC) (2 cr)
 HU 1122
Seminar II: Christian and Medieval Culture (50 AD to 1500 AD) (2 cr)
 HU 2112
Seminar III: Early Modern Culture (1600 AD to 1900 AD) (2 cr)
 HU 2122
Seminar IV: Late Modern Culture (1900 AD to Present) (2 cr)
 TH 1323
 TH 2413
 PH 1013
 PH 3063
Moral Philosophy (3 cr)
or TH 3513
The Moral Theology
or PH 4033
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
or PH 4043
Health Care Ethics
Creative Expression (9 cr)
 EN 1113
 EN 1323
 Introductory Fine Arts (Dance, Music, Theatre, Visual Arts) Course (3 cr)
 CO 1713
Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3 cr)
or BU 2013
Business and Professional Communications (For Business majors)
 HI 1483
United States, 1492-1865 (3 cr)
or HI 1493
United States, 1865-Present
 PO 1013
Government of the United States (3 cr)
 PY 1113
Elements of Psychology (3 cr)
or SO 1113
Introduction to Sociology
 MA 1473
or MA 1513 College Algebra
 Two (2) Introductory Life or Physical Science Courses, one of which must be taken with a
laboratory component (7 cr)
 KI 1072
Concepts of Wellness (2 cr)
or two (2) different Physical Activity Courses (Dance can count as one), only one of which
may be KI 1411 (Varsity Athletics)
70
College of Continuing Studies Institutional Core
The Purpose and Goals and the Student Learning Objectives for the Institutional Core
Curriculum in the College of Continuing Studies are the same as for the College of Arts and Sciences.
Continuing student degree programs offer the same or similar learning objectives as traditional
programs. However, courses are primarily offered through a non-traditional schedule, and because
of the schedule the elective courses are often included in each program. St. Gregory’s University
students may take classes through both the traditional programs in the College of Arts and Sciences,
or the non-traditional programs through the College of Continuing Studies, unless otherwise
indicated for a specific program. Should students choose alternative electives or have transfer
credits, those will be adjudicated to maximize learning objectives.
CCS Institutional Core Curriculum – All Undergraduate Degrees (46 cr)
 HU 1101
First Year Experience (1 cr)
English and Communications (9 cr)
 EN 1113
 EN 1323
 BU 2013
Business and Professional Communications (3 cr)
or CO 1713
Fundamentals of Speech Communication
 PH 1013
 TH 1033
Faith in the Modern World (3 cr)
 PH 4033
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility (3 cr)
or TH 3513
The Moral Theology
or PH 3063
Moral Philosophy
or PH 4043
Health Care Ethics
Humanities (9 cr)
 Nine credits of Humanities Courses (9 cr)
 Nine credits of Social Science Courses (9 cr)
 MA 1473
or MA 1513 College Algebra
 Six credits of Introductory Life or Physical Science Courses (6 cr)
71
Associate of Arts and Associate of Science Degrees
Associate of Arts Degree (64 cr)
Requirements
The Associate of Arts degree is conferred upon candidates who have fulfilled the degree
requirements listed below:
1. Candidates for the Associate of Arts degree must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 64
semester credit hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00.
2. The 64 semester credit hours must include all Institutional Core courses for the College in
which the student is enrolled, all Specialization Curriculum courses for the specialization
selected, and any additional elective courses needed to reach a total of 64 credit hours.
3. Even though credits earned at other colleges may be applied towards the fulfillment of degree
requirements, candidates for the Associate of Arts degree must earn a cumulative grade point
average of 2.00 in coursework completed at St. Gregory's University. Grades earned at other
colleges may not be used to counterbalance a grade point deficit at St. Gregory's. No more than
six (6) semester hours of credit awarded at another college and/or university for which a
student received the grade of "D" will be accepted at St. Gregory’s University towards the
fulfillment of undergraduate degree requirements.
4. Candidates for the Associate of Arts degree must complete EN 1113 (English Composition I) and
EN 1323 (English Composition II), or equivalent courses if transferred from another college,
with a grade of "C" or better.
5. Candidates for the Associate of Arts degree may not count more than five (5) semester credit
hours of physical activity courses with the KI prefix (including equivalent courses transferred
from another institution) towards fulfillment of undergraduate degree requirements. No more
than two (2) of these five (5) semester credit hours may be Varsity Athletics (KI 1411).
6. Candidates for the Associate of Arts degree must earn at least 30 semester credit hours at St.
Gregory's University.
Specialization in Liberal Arts
Mission
Instead of focusing on one field of study, Liberal Arts majors at St. Gregory’s take a variety of
Humanities courses. Students majoring in Liberal Arts gain a sense of the big picture. Rather than
becoming narrowly specialized, they develop different facets of themselves. Thus, they are
knowledgeable in more than one area and become well-balanced, informed citizens.
Student Learning Objectives
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Associates of Arts in Liberal Arts
degree, the student will be able to:
1. Recognize the characteristics of Western culture and place it within a global context
2. Express their own ideas in a variety of manners, such as written works, artistic projects, and
speaking presentations
3. Identify elements of various artistic and intellectual traditions
72
4. Engage in an interdisciplinary discussion, and value the disciplinary differences in the liberal
arts tradition
Specialization Curriculum (15 cr)
 15 cr in English, History, Philosophy, Theology, Languages, Dance, Theatre, Visual Arts
and/or Music in at least three different areas.
Specialization in Visual and Performing Arts
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Associates of Arts in Visual and
Performing Arts degree, the student will be able to:
1. Develop an appreciation of the arts and the role that artistic endeavors played in the
creation of Western civilization and non-Western civilization
2. Describe major movements and the work of significant figures in visual and performing arts
3. Actively participate in the process of creating works of visual and/or performing arts
4. Engage in an interdisciplinary discussion, and value the disciplinary differences in the visual
and performing arts
 15 cr hours in Dance, Theatre, Music and/or Visual Arts in at least three different areas.
73
Associate of Science Degree (64-65 cr)
Requirements for Associate of Science Degree
The Associate of Science degree is conferred upon candidates who have fulfilled the degree
1. Candidates for the Associate of Science degree must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 64
semester credit hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00.
2. The 64 semester credit hours must include all Institutional Core courses for the College in
which the student is enrolled, all Specialization Curriculum courses for the specialization
selected, and any additional elective courses needed to reach a total of 64 credit hours.
requirements, candidates for the Associate of Science degree must earn a cumulative grade
point average of 2.00 in coursework completed at St. Gregory's. Grades earned at other
colleges may not be used to counterbalance a grade point deficit at St. Gregory's. No more
than six (6) semester hours of credit awarded at another college and/or university for which
a student received the grade of "D" will be accepted at St. Gregory’s University towards the
fulfillment of undergraduate degree requirements.
4. Candidates for the Associate of Science degree must complete EN 1113 (English Composition
I) and EN 1323 (English Composition II), or equivalent courses if transferred from another
college, with a grade of "C" or better.
5. Candidates for the Associate of Science degree may not count more than five (5) semester
credit hours of physical activity courses with the KI prefix (including equivalent courses
transferred from another institution) towards fulfillment of undergraduate degree
requirements. No more than two (2) of these five (5) semester credit hours may be Varsity
Athletics (KI 1411).
6. Candidates for the Associate of Science degree must earn at least 30 semester credit hours at
St. Gregory's University.
Specialization in Business
Mission
The mission of St. Gregory’s Department of Business is to prepare values-centered professionals
committed to an entrepreneurial spirit, ethical focus, and global orientation.
1. Synthesize fundamental business skills in marketing, management and accounting;
2. Develop and evaluate unit goals in an ethical manner;
3. Demonstrate effective business communication skills;
4. Demonstrate and model interpersonal skills required of team members to realize effective
team performance;
 Business courses
o BU 2903
Business Skills and Portfolio Dev (3 cr)
74
o
12 cr hrs of business courses (BU or EC prefix) outside the Institutional Core
Specialization in Early Childhood
1. Demonstrate a high level of competence in use of English language arts by knowing,
understanding, and using concepts from reading, writing, speaking, viewing, listening, and
thinking skills.
2. Know, understand, and use the major concepts and modes of inquiry from the social
studies—the integrated study of history, geography, the social sciences, and other related
areas.
3. Know, understand, and use the major concepts and procedures that define number and
operations, algebra, measurement, data analysis and probability.
4. Know, understand, and use fundamental concepts of physical, life, and earth/space sciences.
5. Know, understand, and use the major concepts in the subject matter of nutrition and health
to create opportunities for appropriate child development and practice of skills that
contribute to good health.
6. Know, understand, and use creativity and human movement as central elements to foster
active, healthy life styles and enhanced quality of life.
7. Know and understand young children’s characteristics and needs and the influences on
their development and learning.
8. Know and understand family characteristics as they affect young children’s development
and learning.
9. Know and understand effective approaches, strategies and tools for early education in
reading and math.
10. Know and understand how human beings develop spiritually over the course of their lives
and the implications of this within the Catholic perspective of education.
 ED 3113
Early Childhood Reading Assessment and Instruction (3 cr)
 ED 3242
Children’s Literature (2 cr)
 ED 3403
Theory to Practice in Early Childhood Education (3 cr)
 ED 3353
Methods of Integrating Fine Arts/PE/Health in EC-Elem Education (3 cr)
 ED 4512
Guidance & Group Process Methods for EC-Elem Teachers (2 cr)
 PY 4003
Child and Adolescent Psychology (3 cr)
 MA 1223
Principles of Math I or approved Math (3 cr)
Specialization in Natural Science
1. Apply information and computer technology to obtain, manipulate, and communicate
scientific and mathematical information.
2. Apply algebraic, trigonometric, and differential terms and functions
3. Apply standard laboratory methods safely and accurately
4. Explain the philosophical basis of science and mathematics
75
5. Explain the fundamental principles in life sciences and physical sciences.
 Mathematics and Natural Science courses
o 11 cr hrs of Mathematics and Natural Science courses outside the Institutional Core
Specialization in Professional Studies
Mission
The mission of the Specialization in Professional Studies is to provide students with specialized,
technical skills the opportunity to expand their intellectual talents and instill a desire for continued
learning while preparing them for advanced academic coursework and continued professional
success.
1. Think critically using a variety of methodological problem solving techniques.
2. Communicate effectively in written and spoken English.
3. Examine moral issues using ethical theories and Catholic social teaching.
4. Demonstrate effective leadership and citizenship behaviors.
5. Demonstrate understanding of diverse perspectives.
6. Analyze routine problems in science and create appropriate solutions.
7. Organize, analyze, and interpret data.
Semester credit-hour-equivalents from an approved career/technical school may be used to fulfill
the Specialization Curriculum requirements. These credits require a minimum of thirty (30) seattime hours per semester-credit-hour-equivalent and the career/technical school courses must be a
part of a certificate or formally organized program in one of the following fields:














Accounting
Architecture
Aviation Management
Business Administration & Management
Child Development
Computer Administration, Design, Networking and Programming
Criminal Justice
Event & Hospitality Management
Finance
Healthcare
Human Services
Information Technology
Logistics
Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math (STEM)
76
Specialization in Social Science
Mission
The Mission of the Social Sciences program is to prepare graduates with the knowledge and skills
necessary for productive personal reflection, insight, spiritual growth and health, and for the
development of strong, supportive, healthy relationships among people at home, at work, in schools
and communities around the world.
1. Demonstrate competence in conducting research, in writing and in presentation skills
through the use of technologies and traditional methods.
2. Demonstrate the ability to understand and use basic statistics.
3. Recognize and demonstrate respect for socio-cultural and international diversity.
4. Demonstrate insight into the development, behavior (including spiritual) and mental
processes of the human person including self.
5. Apply effective strategies for self-management, self-improvement, ethical development, and
leadership.
6. Demonstrate and model implementation of social science knowledge, leadership, skills and
values in their occupational pursuits and settings.
 Social Science courses
o 12 cr hrs of Social Science courses outside the Institutional Core
77
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degrees
Requirements for Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degrees
St. Gregory's University offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in Humanities and in Theology and a
Bachelor of Science degree in Business, Natural Science, Nursing and Social Science.
The Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon candidates who have fulfilled,
in addition to the particular requirements listed with each degree program, the general
1. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Arts and
Sciences must satisfactorily complete at least 128 semester credit hours. The 128 semester
credit hours must include all Institutional Core courses for the College of Arts and Science, all
Major Curriculum courses for the major selected, and any additional elective courses needed to
reach a total of 128 credit hours.
2. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Continuing
Studies must satisfactorily complete at least 124 semester credit hours. The 124 semester credit
hours must include all Institutional Core courses for the College of Continuing Studies, all Major
Curriculum courses for the major selected, and any additional elective courses needed to reach a
total of 124 credit hours.
requirements, candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must earn a
cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or greater in coursework completed at St. Gregory's
University. Grades earned at other colleges may not be used to counterbalance a grade point
deficit at St. Gregory's. No more than six (6) semester hours of credit awarded at another college
and/or university for which a student received the grade of "D" will be accepted at St. Gregory's
University towards the fulfillment of undergraduate degree requirements (see also 3. below and
“Requirements for Continued Enrollment”). Calculations for academic and related honors are
based on St. Gregory’s University grade point averages.
4. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees must earn at least a “C” in
courses taken to fulfill the requirements for the student’s major area of study.
5. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must complete EN 1113
(English Composition I) and EN 1323 (English Composition II), or equivalent courses if
transferred from another college, with a grade of "C" or better.
6. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree may not count more than six
(6) semester credit hours of non-major physical activity courses with the KI prefix (including
equivalent courses transferred from another institution) towards fulfillment of undergraduate
degree requirements. No more than four (4) of these six (6) semester credit hours may be Varsity
Athletics (KI 1411).
7. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must earn at least 30 semester
credit hours at St. Gregory's University.
8. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must earn at least 40 semester
credit hours in upper-division courses.
78
9. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree are required to take the
Collegiate Assessment of Academic Proficiency (CAAP) exam in the spring semester of the
sophomore year or the fall semester of their junior year. If a student has transferred to St.
Gregory's University with more than 45 semester credit hours from another college which have
been accepted by St. Gregory's towards the fulfillment of degree requirements, the candidate is
not required to take the CAAP exam.
10. If a student has transferred to St. Gregory's University with 30 semester credit hours or more
from another college which have been accepted by St. Gregory's towards the fulfillment of degree
requirements, the candidate is not required to take the First Year Experience course.
Sciences who transfer 45 semester credit hours or more which have been accepted by St.
Gregory’s towards the fulfillment of degree requirements, may take the transfer sections (4
credits) of the Great Books Institutional Core program. Students who transfer 45 or more
semester credit hours which have been accepted by St. Gregory’s University towards the
fulfillment of degree requirements are not required to take the Liberal Arts Core Seminar (or do
an Institutional Core Portfolio).
Sciences must progressively prepare, complete, and receive faculty approval for a
Comprehensive Learning Portfolio, which contains samples of the student's academic work
demonstrating fulfillment of the student learning objectives for the institutional core curriculum
and the particular degree program in which the student is enrolled (see above for an exception
to the Institutional Core Portfolio for certain transfer students).
A candidate who already possesses a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited institution may
be awarded a second bachelor's degree upon completion of an approved course of study
consisting of at least 30 additional semester credit hours, completed at St. Gregory's University and
including all course requirements for the student's major area of study.
79
Bachelor of Arts in Humanities (128 cr)
Dance Major
Mission
The St. Gregory’s University Dance Program offers students, both majors and non-majors,
opportunities to expand their knowledge of the art form of dance as practitioners and as audience
members. Through performances and community education, dance is brought as an art form to the
local Shawnee area. Dance majors are prepared through rigorous coursework and out-of-classroom
opportunities, for careers in dance education, performance and choreography, dance scholarship,
administration, and advocacy. In everything done and created, dance is approached holistically,
acknowledging its connections to other art forms and to faith.
Upon completion of the dance major, students will:
1. Demonstrate necessary skills to work in a variety of performing arts organizations:
professional, amateur or educational
2. Practice the techniques and explain the value of various dance styles, including Jazz, Tap,
Ballet and Modern.
3. Identify significant practitioners and movements/eras through the study of dance history
4. Understand and apply pedagogical skills for the teaching of dance
5. Discover a cohesive artistic process for the creation, performance and production of dance
6. Apply leadership and organizational skills within the collaborative experience of Dance
Curriculum
Major in Dance (49 cr)
 FA 1001
Applied Performing Arts (x6) (6 cr)
 TE 1113
Technical Theatre and Production (3 cr)
 DA 2102
Choreography I (2 cr)
 DA 3811
Dance Improvisation (1 cr)
 DA 3113
Dance History: Pre-Twentieth Century (3 cr)
 DA 3123
Dance History: Contemporary Dance after 1900 (3 cr)
 DA 3512
Dance Pedagogy (2 cr)
 DA 3511
Dance Pedagogy Lab (x2) (2 cr)
 KI 3243
Movement Anatomy (3 cr)
 DA 4102
Choreography II (2 cr)
 Majors must take at least two credits each of the ballet, jazz, modern, and tap and must
reach advanced level in two styles (16 cr)
o DA 1201, 1211 and/or 3212 - Ballet - Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1301, 1311 and/or 3311 - Jazz - Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1101, 1111 and/or 3111 - Modern - Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1401, 1411 and/or 3411 - Tap - Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1511
Aerial Dance
80


Three credit hours in Theatre to be selected from the catalog (3 cr)
FA 4993
Senior Seminar (3 cr)
Dance Minor
Mission
The Mission is the same as the Major.
Upon completion of the course requirements for the Minor in Dance, students will:
1. Practice the techniques and explain the value of at least three dance styles;
2. Identify several significant practitioners and movements/eras through the study of dance
history;
3. Demonstrate a basic understanding of pedagogical skills for the teaching of dance;
4. Discover an artistic process for the creation and performance of dance.
Curriculum
Minor in Dance (20 cr)
 FA 1001
 DA 2102
Choreography I (2 cr)
 DA 3811
Dance Improvisation (1 cr)
 DA 3113
Dance History: Pre-Twentieth Century OR DA 3123 Dance History:
Contemporary Dance after 1900 (3 cr)
 DA 3512
Dance Pedagogy (2 cr)
 DA 3511
Dance Pedagogy Lab (1 cr)
 9 credits of technique (in at least three styles, at least 2 must be 3000 or 4000 level)
o DA 1201, 1211 and/or 3211 Ballet—Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1301, 1311 and/or 3311 Jazz—Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1101, 1111 and/or 3111 Modern—Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
o DA 1401, 1411 and/or 3411 Tap—Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced
English Major
Mission
The English program at St. Gregory's University focuses on developing each student’s creative
potential. By taking a variety of courses in all the major areas of English, each student develops
skills in reading, writing and understanding literature. Our Department strives to promote within
students a sense of lifelong learning, along with the ability to communicate ideas effectively, no
matter the forum. Due to the national decline in communications kills, there is an increasing
demand for those who can communicate effectively. Because of our focus on intelligent and
effective reading and writing, our graduates are well prepared to enter a number of possible fields.
Upon completion of the English curriculum, students will:
1. Analyze literary works effectively, including poetry, fiction, and drama.
81
2. Think critically about issues related to languages and literature.
3. Demonstrate sound research methodology skills by finding and evaluating sources using
evidence based on established methods of inquiry.
4. Integrate a mastery of listening, speaking, reading, writing, viewing, and presenting in
English course work and senior capstone work.
5. Articulate a sense of cultural consciousness.
6. Demonstrate an awareness of the major literary works and writers of both Western and
non-Western culture.
Curriculum
Major in English (36 cr)
 EN 3103
Creative Writing (3 cr)
 EN 3213
Survey of American Literature I (3 cr)
 EN 3223
Survey of American Literature II (3 cr)
 EN 3313
Shakespeare (3 cr)
 EN 3423
Survey of English Literature I (3 cr)
 EN 3433
Survey of English Literature II (3 cr)
 EN 3543
World Literature (3 cr)
 EN 4113
Literary Theory and Criticism (3 cr)
 Three upper-division Humanities courses in at least 2 different areas, not English (9 cr)
 HU 4993
English Minor
Mission
The mission is the same as for the major.
The student will be able to:
1. Analyze literary works effectively, including poetry, fiction, and drama.
2. Think critically about issues related to language and literature.
3. Demonstrate sound research skills.
4. Show a mastery of reading and writing.
5. Demonstrate an awareness of major literary works and writers.
Curriculum
Minor in English (18 cr)
All courses must be completed with a grade of “C” or better.


3 hours of any lower division English course; and
15 hours of any upper division English courses.
82
History Major
Mission
Providing a varied and wide-ranging venue, the study of History at St. Gregory’s University is one of
the best foundations for a liberal arts education. A History degree is designed to foster a critical
understanding of the past, while also showing how these events influence both the present and the
future. Subsequently, this knowledge gives individuals the skills to become leaders in their local or
global communities. At St. Gregory’s University, students are exposed to a broad range of historical
themes and issues, in addition to having the chance to pursue special topics of interest. Whether it
is Medieval Europe or contemporary Oklahoma, students explore the cultural, social, political,
economic and religious factors in a society’s development that leave the individual well prepared
for a variety of careers.
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the significant historical figures and events of world and U.S.
history.
2. Present historical issues from a variety of perspectives.
3. Analyze the role of Christianity in shaping the history of Western civilization.
4. Analyze the continuities and discontinuities between the past and present.
5. Analyze and critique historical interpretations.
6. Develop a personal philosophy regarding the duties of a historian and the historical
profession.
7. Apply historical method in locating sources, evaluating evidence, and reaching sound
conclusions regarding historical issues.
Curriculum
Institutional Core Specifications
 HI 1483
United States, 1492-1865
Major in History (36 cr)
 HI 1043
World History to 1600 (3 cr)
 HI 1053
World History since 1600 (3 cr)
 HI 1493
United States, 1865-Present (3 cr)
 HI 4113
Historiography (3 cr)
 Additional upper-division History courses (12 cr)
 Three upper-division Humanities courses in at least 2 different areas, not History (9 cr)
 HU 4993
History Minor
Mission
The mission is the same as for the History major.
83
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the significant historical figures and events of world and U.S.
history.
2. Present historical issues from a variety of perspectives.
3. Analyze the role of Christianity in shaping the history of Western civilization.
4. Analyze the continuities and discontinuities between the past and present.
5. Analyze and critique historical interpretations.
Curriculum
Minor in History (18 cr)
Nine credits from the following list of lower-division courses:
 HI 1043
 HI 1053
 HI 1483
United States, 1492 – 1865 (3 cr)
 HI 1493
United States, 1865 – Present (3 cr)
 Nine credits from any upper-division History courses
Liberal Arts Major
Mission
Instead of focusing on one field of study, Liberal Arts majors at St. Gregory’s take a variety of
Humanities courses. Students majoring in Liberal Arts gain a sense of the big picture. Rather than
becoming narrowly specialized, they develop different facets of themselves. Thus, they are
knowledgeable in more than one area and become well-balanced, informed citizens.
The Student will be able to
1. Recognize the characteristics of Western culture and place it within a global context.
2. Identify the major historical and cultural events that influenced various stages in the
development of Western civilization and non-Western civilization.
3. Discuss the progression of artistic and intellectual traditions in Western civilization and
non-Western civilization.
4. Analyze contemporary ethical issues and understand the impact that historical, cultural,
and social factors have on these issues.
5. Engage in an interdisciplinary discussion and study, and value the disciplinary differences
in the liberal arts tradition.
6. Analyze and critique major intellectual, cultural, and historical interpretations from a
variety of perspectives.
7. Develop an appreciation of the arts and the role that artistic endeavors played in the
creation of Western civilization and non-Western civilization.
8. Demonstrate strong research methodology by locating sources, evaluating evidence, and
producing sound conclusions regarding historical and cultural issues.
84
9. Articulate and present their own ideas and conclusions in a variety of manners, such as
written works, artistic projects, and speaking presentations.
Curriculum
Major in Liberal Arts (36 cr)
 Humanities elective courses, including a minimum of 21 upper-division credits in at least
4 different areas, selected from Art, Dance, English, Foreign Language, History, Music,
Philosophy, Theatre, Theology (30 cr)
 Cross-cultural Humanities course (3 cr)
 HU 4993 Senior Seminar (3 cr)
Museum Studies Minor
Mission
Provide both broad theoretical knowledge and practical (hands-on) skills applicable to museum
practice and history in order to prepare students for graduate work in museum studies and/or
entry level museum employment.
Upon completion of the Museum Studies Minor, students will:
1. Explain the history, theory, and practice of museums and collections;
2. Apply techniques for the preservation and collection of museum materials;
3. Describe the variety of jobs and business skills held by museum professionals;
4. Demonstrate interdisciplinary thinking about the theoretical, historical and contemporary
roles of museums and curatorial institutions;
5. Analyze museum exhibitions of anthropological, historical, scientific and artistic materials.
Curriculum
Minor in Museum Studies (18 cr)
 HU 3xx3 General Museum Science (3 cr)
 HU 491X Internship (6 credits -- potential internships include Exhibit Design & Installation
Internship; Museum Education Internship; Nonprofit Development Internship; Collections
Care Internship – possible sites include MGMoA, CPN Cultural Center, OK History Center,
etc.) OR three (3) credits in HU 491X Internship and three credits in museum studies (can
be a transfer course, must be approved by advisor and Dept. Chair).
 BU 3023 Principles of Management (3 cr)
 BU 3033 Principles of Marketing (3 cr)
 3 credits hours of the following:
o BU 2113 Financial Accounting (3 cr) or
o BU 2123 Managerial Accounting (3 cr)
85
Philosophy Major
Mission
The department of Theology and Philosophy seeks in both its introductory and upper-division
courses to assist the student to develop those tools of human reason both alone and in conjunction
with revelation which will help the student to understand himself, his world, and his creator.
1. Become closely familiar with the major authors, themes, arguments and conclusions in the
history of western philosophy, in the fields of logic, epistemology, metaphysics, ethics,
political philosophy and philosophical psychology.
2. Develop the ability to reason precisely in philosophical matters, employing clear terms, true
judgments and valid arguments.
3. Practice a humble and open-minded approach to questions of meaning and value, so that
they might learn to compare and contrast differing models, and synthesize common truths
from disparate perspectives.
4. Apply the lessons of philosophical reasoning in practical applications, and recognize how
theoretical questions on the true and the good directly affect our everyday lives.
5. Express his or her own positions and arguments in philosophy in clear and concise
discussion, writing and scholarly research.
Curriculum
 PH 3063
Moral Philosophy
Major in Philosophy (39 cr)
 PH 1113
Logic (3 cr)
 PH 3003
Ancient Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3103
Epistemology (3 cr)
 PH 3113
Modern Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3123
Metaphysics (3 cr)
 PH 3223
Medieval Philosophy (3 cr)
 Additional upper-division Philosophy courses (9 cr)
 Humanities courses in at least two different disciplines, not Philosophy (9 cr)
 HU 4993
Philosophy Minor
Mission
The mission is the same as the Major.
Upon completion of the Philosophy Minor, the student will be able to:
86
1. Become familiar with some of the major authors, themes, arguments and conclusions in the
history of western philosophy, in the fields of logic, epistemology, metaphysics and ethics.
discussion and writing.
Curriculum
Minor in Philosophy (18 cr)
 PH 1113
Logic (3 cr)
 PH 3063
Moral Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3103
Epistemology (3 cr)
 PH 3123
Metaphysics (3 cr)
 Two additional upper division philosophy courses (6 cr)
Philosophy for Religious Studies Major
Philosophical preparation for seminary (Courses also offered in conjunction with the Little
Rock Theology Institute, Little Rock, Arkansas)
Mission
1. Become closely familiar with the major authors, themes, arguments and conclusions in the
history of western philosophy, in the fields of logic, epistemology, metaphysics, ethics,
political philosophy and philosophical psychology.
discussion, writing and scholarly research.
87
6. Form the necessary philosophical habits of reasoning, including proficiency in Latin, in
order to allow the student to enter into formal preparation for the ministerial priesthood.
Curriculum
Major in Philosophy for Religious Studies (54 cr)
 PH 1313 Introduction to Philosophy of St. Thomas Aquinas (3 cr)
 PH 3003 Ancient Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3103 Epistemology (3 cr)
 PH 3113 Modern Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3123 Metaphysics (3 cr)
 PH 3223 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr)
 PH 3033 Philosophy of the Human Person (3 cr)
 PH 1113 Logic (3 cr)
 LA 1113 Beginning Latin I (3 cr)
 LA 1223 Beginning Latin II (3 cr)
 LA 2113 Intermediate Latin I (3 cr)
 An introductory language course in Spanish, French, Italian, or German (3 cr)
 Additional upper-division Humanities courses (in at least two different areas, not
philosophy) (9 cr)
 Upper-division philosophy courses (6 cr)
 HU 4993 Senior Seminar (3 cr)
Theatre Major
Mission
The Theatre Program at St. Gregory’s University inspires and prepares theatre artists, advocates
and educators through the study and the creation of viable and meaningful theatre.
Upon completion of the theatre major, students will:
1. Demonstrate a fundamental comprehension of acting theories and practices relevant to
major periods and genres of dramatic literature
2. Apply basic theories and creative processes in the areas of directing, design, stage
management and/or technical production
3. Articulate an understanding of theatre history and practice within a global context
4. Identify contemporary and historically significant theatre practitioners
5. Analyze and critique works of theatre: text and performance
6. Apply leadership and organizational skills within the collaborative experience of creating
theatre
Curriculum
88
Major in Theatre (51 cr)
 FA 1001
 TE 1013
Fundamentals of Acting (3 cr)
 TE 1113
 TE 1513
Introduction to Theatre (3 cr)
 TE 2013
Acting: Styles (3 cr)
 AR 2113
Basic Drawing (3 cr)
 TE 3153
Costume Design and Construction (3 cr)
 TE 3013
Acting: Advanced Realistic Techniques (3 cr)
 FA 3113
Introduction to Film (3 cr)
 TE 3123
Scenic and Lighting Design (3 cr)
 TE 3523
Theatre History: Pre-20th Century (3 cr)
 TE 3533
Theatre History: Modern and Contemporary (3 cr)
 EN 3313
Shakespeare (3 cr)
 TE 4013
Directing (3 cr)
 Three credit hours of Dance or Music to be selected from the catalog (3 cr)
 FA 4993
Theatre Minor
Mission
Upon completion of the Theatre Minor, students will:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental acting theories
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic production process in all areas of theatre
3. Identify contemporary and historically significant theatre practitioners
4. Analyze and critique works of theatre: text and performance
5. Apply leadership and organizational skills within the collaborative experience of creating
theatre
Curriculum
Minor in Theatre (20 cr)






FA 1001
TE 1013
Fundamentals of Acting (3 cr)
TE 1113
TE 1513
Introduction to Theatre (3 cr)
TE 3123
or TE 3153 Costume Design and Construction
3 credit hours in Theatre History to be selected from the following courses: (3 cr)
o TE 3523
Theatre History: Pre-20th Century
89

or TE 3533 Theatre History: Modern and Contemporary
One additional course in Theatre (3 cr)
Visual Arts Major
Mission
The major in visual arts is designed to lead students who wish to become professional artists,
designers, art therapists, and art educators in the study and creation of visual art. All courses share
a primary structure focused on the art elements and principles of design, which allows students to
develop basic skills and conceptual framework exposing them to art’s history, concepts, and
practices and to the way that creative expression can bring balance and wholeness to their lives.
Upon completion of the visual arts major, students will:
1. Produce creative works which combine well-developed technical skills in drawing, painting,
and two-dimensional as well as three-dimensional design
2. Apply an understanding of the art elements and principles of design to construct as well as
to examine and analyze works of art
3. Describe major art forms, movements, and artists in history
4. Discuss the responsibilities and obligations of citizenship for members of the arts
community
5. Devise creative projects reflecting qualities of self-motivation and effective leadership
Curriculum
Major in Visual Arts (48 cr)
 AR 1001
Applied Visual Arts (x6) (6 cr)
 AR 1003
Basic Design I (3 cr)
 AR 1013
Basic Design II (3 cr)
 AR 1043
Introduction to Photography (3 cr)
 AR 2113
 AR 2153
Introduction to Ceramics (3 cr)
 AR 2413
Introduction to Painting (3 cr)
 AR 2643
Graphic Design (3 cr)
 TE 3123
 BU 3263
Website Design (3 cr)
 AR 3523
Survey of Art History I (3 cr)
 AR 3533
Survey of Art History II (3 cr)
 AR 3823
Advanced Studio I (3 cr)
 AR 3923
Introduction to Art Therapy (3 cr)
 FA 4993
90
Visual Arts Minor
Mission
The minor in visual arts is designed to introduce students to the study and creation of visual art,
exposing them to its history, concepts, and practices and to the way that creative expression can
bring balance and wholeness to their lives.
Upon the completion of the requirements for a minor in visual arts, the student will have met the
following learning objectives:
1. Produce creative works which combine technical skills in drawing, painting, and twodimensional as well as three-dimensional design
2. Apply an understanding of the art elements and principles of design to construct as well as
to examine works of art
3. Describe major art forms, movements, and artists in history
4. Discuss the responsibilities and obligations of citizenship for members of the arts
community
Curriculum
Minor in Visual Arts (21 cr)
 AR 1003
Basic Design I (3 cr)
 AR 1013
Basic Design II (3 cr)
 AR 2113
 AR 2413
Introduction to Painting (3 cr)
 AR 3523
Survey of Art History I (3 cr)
 AR 3533
Survey of Art History II (3 cr)
 One additional course in Visual Arts to be selected from the catalog (3 cr)
91
Bachelor of Arts in Theology (128 cr)
Theology Major
Catholic faculty members who teach basic doctrines of the Church are required to have a Mandatum
(see also the Faculty Handbook).
Mission
Upon completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree in theology, the student will
be able to:
1. Identify and demonstrate a basic understanding of the major stories, events, characters, and
theological themes of the Bible.
2. Apply to the reading and interpretation of biblical literature the fundamental skills associated
with historical and literary criticism.
3. Describe the historical development of and critically interpret the primary beliefs and
theological understandings of the Christian faith (i.e., Trinity, Christ, salvation, Church,
sacraments)
4. Analyze contemporary ethical issues from the perspective of the Catholic moral tradition.
5. Articulate how the study of Scripture and theology informs and shapes one’s attempt to live
as a critically reflective disciple of Christ.
6. Integrate theological reflection and pastoral practice.
7. Summarize the historical development, major beliefs, and significant practices of Judaism,
Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism.
8. Research and write a scholarly paper in biblical, historical or systematic theology.
9. Engage in interdisciplinary discussion and study, relating theology to one or more other
academic disciplines.
Curriculum
 TH 3513 The Moral Theology
Major in Theology (48 cr)
 TH 3113
History of Christianity I (3 cr)
 TH 3123
History of Christianity II (3 cr)
 TH 3153
History of Christianity III (3 cr)
 TH 3313
Studies in Old Testament Literature (3 cr)
 TH 3323
Studies in New Testament Literature (3 cr)
 TH 3443
World Religious Traditions (3 cr)
92








TH 3453
The Trinity (3 cr)
TH 3463
Ecclesiology (3 cr)
TH 3503
Sacramental Theology (3 cr)
TH 4213
Christology (3 cr)
TH 4423
Systematic Theology (3 cr)
HU 4993
Upper-division Theology courses (6 cr)
Upper-division Humanities courses (6 cr)
Theology Major: Second Degree
(Courses offered in conjunction with the Little Rock Theology Institute, Little Rock,
Arkansas)
Mission
with revelation which will help the student to understand himself, his world, and his creator
be able to:
1. identify and demonstrate a basic understanding of the major stories, events, people, and
theological themes of the Sacred Scripture;
2. apply to the reading and interpretation of Sacred Scripture the best methods and tools of
modern biblical scholarship with the principles of the Church’s rich exegetical tradition;
3. discuss the historical and moral significance of the life, passion, death, and resurrection of
Jesus Christ;
4. trace the historical development and articulate the significance of the major tenets of the
Catholic faith (i.e., Trinity, Christ, salvation, Church, sacraments);
5. analyze contemporary ethical issues from the perspective of the Catholic moral tradition;
6. articulate how the study of Scripture and tradition informs and shapes one’s attempt to live
as a critically reflective disciple of Christ;
7. integrate theological reflection and pastoral apostolates;
8. acquire the catechetical skills to pastorally and effectively engage an ever increasing
pluralistic culture;
9. research and write a scholarly paper in biblical, historical or systematic theology; and
10. engage in interdisciplinary discussion and study, relating theology to one or more other
academic disciplines;
11. appreciate the significance of the Catholic faith as a living, organic whole and learn to
appropriate and transmit it as such.
Curriculum
93
All courses in the Institutional Core are satisfied through the completion of an initial Bachelor
Degree and therefore waived.
Major in Theology: Second Degree (32 cr)
 PH 1313
Introduction to Philosophy of St. Thomas Aquinas (3 cr)
 TH 2413
 TH 1323
 TH 4213
Christology (3 cr)
 TH 2211
Catechesis and God’s Pedagogy (1 cr)
 TH 3513
The Moral Theology (3 cr)
 TH 3203
Church History (3 cr)
 TH 3211
Catechesis and the Church (1 cr)
 TH 3463
Ecclesiology (3 cr)
 TH 3503
 TH 4123
Pastoral Ministry (3 cr)
 TH 4142
Parish Leadership and Spirituality (2 cr)
 TH 4211
Catechesis and the New Evangelization (1 cr)
Theology Minor
Mission
be able to:
2. Describe and interpret the historical development of the primary beliefs and theological
understandings of the Christian faith (i.e. Trinity, Christ, salvation, Church, sacraments)
3. Analyze contemporary ethical issues from the perspective of the Catholic moral tradition
and articulate how the study of Scripture and Theology informs and shapes one's attempt to
live as a disciple of Christ.
4. Integrate into their major field the perspective of theology, tradition and ethics of the
Catholic Church.
5. Respond to the opportunities for personal and spiritual growth.
Curriculum
Minor in Theology (18 cr)
 6 cr hrs from the following courses
o TH 3113
94





o TH 3123
o TH 3153
TH 3313
or TH 3323
Studies in New Testament Literature
TH 3503
TH 3513
The Moral Theology (3 cr)
TH 4213
Christology (3 cr)
Pastoral Ministry Major
Mission
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Theology degree,
the student will be able to:
2. Apply to the reading and interpretation of biblical literature the fundamental skills
associated with historical and literary criticism.
3. Describe the historical development of and critically interpret the primary beliefs and
theological understandings of the Christian faith (i.e., Trinity, Christ, salvation, Church,
sacraments)
4. Analyze contemporary ethical issues from the perspective of the Catholic moral tradition.
5. Articulate how the study of Scripture and theology informs and shapes one’s attempt to live
as a critically reflective disciple of Christ.
6. Integrate theological reflection and pastoral practice.
7. Engage in interdisciplinary discussion and study, relating theology to one or more other
academic disciplines.
8. Produce an integrated project incorporating pastoral application in a ministry setting with
theological, academic research.
Curriculum
 TH 3513
The Moral Theology
Major in Pastoral Ministry (45 cr)
 6 cr Hrs from the following courses
o TH 3113
o TH 3123
o TH 3153
95













TH 3313
TH 3323
Studies in New Testament Literature (3 cr)
TH 3463
Ecclesiology (3 cr)
TH 3503
TH 4213
Christology (3 cr)
PY 3113
Developmental Psychology (3 cr)
TH 4223
Theology and Practice of Ministry (3 cr)
TH 4233
Catechetics (3 cr)
TH 4313
Ministry in an Ecumenical & Interfaith Context (3 cr)
or TH 4403
The Church and Modernity (3 cr)
TH 4913
Pastoral Ministry Practicum (3 cr)
Upper-division Theology course (3 cr)
Upper-division Humanities course (3 cr)
HU 4993
96
Bachelor of Science in Business (124-128 cr)
Mission
The mission of St. Gregory’s Department of Business is to prepare values-centered professionals
committed to an entrepreneurial spirit, ethical focus, and global orientation.
Business Prerequisites (19 cr)
The following business prerequisite courses are required of all students seeking the Bachelor of
Science in Business Degree and are to be completed with at least a 2.0 GPA. They are recommended
to be taken before proceeding to disciplinary core requirements.







EC 1603
Macroeconomics (3 cr)
EC 1613
Microeconomics (3 cr)
BU 1623
Computer Applications (3 cr)
BU 2113
Financial Accounting (3 cr)
BU 2123
Managerial Accounting (3 cr)
MA 3013
Elementary Statistics (or equivalent statistics course) (3 cr)
BU 3041
Applied Business Statistics Lab (1 cr)
(Waived for College of Continuing Studies students)
Business Disciplinary Core (21 cr)
The following required business disciplinary core courses are required of all students seeking
the Bachelor of Science in Business Degree and are recommended to be taken before proceeding to
the major requirements.







BU 3213
BU 3023
BU 3033
BU 3043
BU 3053
BU 4963
BU 4993
Fundamentals of Leadership (3 cr)
Principles of Management (3 cr)
Principles of Marketing (3 cr)
Principles of Finance (3 cr)
Principles of Business Law (3 cr)
Strategic Management (3 cr)
Accounting Major
1. Demonstrate an appropriate mastery of the knowledge, skills and tools of intermediate and
advanced accounting topics.
2. Apply aspects of FASB's conceptual framework to transactions and compare/contrast the
reporting impact of the concepts applied.
3. Identify ethical issues in accounting and apply the appropriate ethical principles, rules, and
code of ethics to make ethical decisions.
4. Develop a fundamental understanding of the components of taxable income, deductions,
credits, and liability across taxable entities.
97
5. Identify and define major concepts and appropriate technics required for assurance
services, including risk, materiality, and professional standards.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
Business & Professional Communication
 PH 4033
Business Ethics and Corporate Responsibility
 MA 2054
Calculus I
Major in Accounting (24 cr)
The following required courses are in addition to the institutional core curriculum, business
prerequisite courses and business disciplinary core requirements. Also, student must have earned
at least a “C” in Financial Accounting and Managerial Accounting.








BU 3323
Cost Management (3 cr)
BU 3553
Intermediate Accounting I (3 cr)
BU 3563
Intermediate Accounting II (3 cr)
BU 3573
Advanced Accounting (3 cr)
BU 3593
Federal Taxation (3 cr)
BU 4533
Accounting Information Systems (3 cr)
BU 4543
Auditing (3 cr)
Three (3) credit hours in accounting electives (approved by advisor and/or Chair of the
Department of Business)
Aviation Management Minor (Non-Pilot)
1. Synthesize and apply knowledge of advanced concepts and techniques in aviation
management.
2. Internalize the attributes of an aviation professional, and describe career planning and
certification standards.
3. Reflect knowledge of aircraft design, performance, operating characteristics, and
maintenance.
4. Evaluate factors affecting aviation safety and human performance.
5. Summarize significant concepts pertaining to national and international aviation laws,
regulations, and labor issues.
6. Describe key features of airports, airspace, and air traffic control, and appreciate how they
are integrated.
7. Apply knowledge of meteorology and environmental issues to aviation.
Curriculum
Minor in Aviation Management (21 cr)
 AVIA 3513
Aviation History
98






AVIA 3523
AVIA 3543
AVIA 3553
AVIA 4113
AVIA 4213
AVIA 4313
Aviation Regulations
Human Factors in Aviation
Aviation Weather
Aviation Safety
Airport Operations
Aviation Supply Chain and Logistics
Business Management Major
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Business
1.
2.
3.
4.
Synthesize fundamental business skills in marketing, management and finance;
Develop and evaluate organizational goals in an ethical and legal manner;
Analyze problems and create appropriate solutions;
Demonstrate and apply effective business communication skills utilizing appropriate
computer applications;
5. Demonstrate and model interpersonal skills required of leaders and team members to
realize effective team performance;
6. Integrate acquired skills to formulate strategies to establish and accomplish individual and
organizational goal in a global environment.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
 PH 4033
 MA 1513
College Algebra
Major in Business Management (9 cr)
prerequisite courses and business disciplinary core requirements.



BU 4123
International Business or related course (3 cr)
Three (3) credits from the following:
o BU 3163
Production & Operation Management
o BU 3173
Management Information Systems
o BU 3323
Cost Management
o EC 3123
Advanced Microeconomic Theory
o BU 3223
Organizational Behavior
o BU 4023
Human Resources
o BU 4153
Organizational Effectiveness
o BU 4903
Upper Division Business Special Topics Course
99
o
Any HR course
Business Management Minor (for non-Business Majors)
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Business
1. Synthesize fundamental business skills in marketing, management and accounting;
2. Develop and evaluate organizational goals in an ethical and legal manner;
3. Demonstrate and model interpersonal skills required of team members to realize effective
team performance.
Curriculum
Minor in Business Management (18 cr)
 EC1613
Microeconomics (3 cr)
 BU2113
Financial Accounting (3 cr)
 BU2123
 BU3023
Principles of Management (3 cr)
 BU3033
Principles of Marketing (3 cr)
 BU3053
Principles of Business Law (3 cr)
Finance Major
1. Demonstrate an appropriate mastery of the knowledge, skills and tools of intermediate and
advanced financial concepts, theories, and techniques.
2. Analyze financial decisions based on the tools of finance and of ethics.
3. Recognize decisions that increase firm value.
4. Describe various risk measures and models of the relationship between risk and return.
5. Explain the concept of market efficiency and its implications for securities’ returns.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
 PH 4033
 MA 2054
Calculus I
Major in Finance (18 cr)
at least a “C” in Financial Accounting and Managerial Accounting.

EC 3143
Money and Banking (3 cr)
100



BU 3183
Investments (3 cr)
BU 4123
International Business (or related course) (3 cr)
Nine (9) credit hours in finance-related electives (approved by advisor and/or Chair of the
Department of Business)
Human Resources Major
Use legal and ethical reasoning to make employment decisions.
1. Identify the main functional areas of Human Resources.
2. Identify and describe the context in which unions and employers meet to organize, bargain,
and resolve disputes.
3. Develop appropriate, staffing, selection, and compensation plans.
4. Analyze and evaluate organizational risk factors.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
 PH 4033
 MA 1513
College Algebra
Major in Human Resources (18 cr)
prerequisite courses and business disciplinary core requirements.






BU 4213
BU 4223
BU 4343
BU 4413
BU 4333
BU 4083
Employee Development (3 cr)
Staffing: Selection and Placement (3 cr)
Employee and Labor Relations (3 cr)
Wage, Salary, and Benefits Administration (3 cr)
Employment Law (3 cr)
Strategic Management: Human Resources (3 cr)
Human Resources Minor (for non-business majors)
1. Synthesize fundamental abilities in designing jobs, developing skilled employees, and
identifying ways to improve employee performance;
2. Develop and evaluate organizational goals in an ethical and legal manner; and
3. Analyze problems and create appropriate solutions.
Curriculum
Minor in Human Resources (18 cr)
 BU 4213
Employee Development (3 cr)
101





BU 4223
BU 4343
BU 4413
BU 4333
BU 4083
Staffing: Selection and Placement (3 cr)
Employee and Labor Relations (3 cr)
Wage, Salary, and Benefits Administration (3 cr)
Employment Law (3 cr)
Strategic Management: Human Resources (3 cr)
Information Systems Management Major
1. Use sound managerial and ethical concepts and principles in the development and
operation of information systems.
2. Develop a computer program using a contemporary programming language, programming
algorithms and data structures.
3. Explain security concepts for protecting organizational data and information systems.
4. Apply systems theory and information concepts in the analysis of organizational problems
and opportunities.
5. Relate project and risk management principles and techniques to information systems
projects.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
 PH 4033
 MA 1513
College Algebra
Major in Information Systems Management (18 cr)
at least a “C” in Computer Applications. IS courses are cross listed with BU courses.






BU 2803
Programming I (approved by advisor) (3 cr)
BU 2813
Programming II (approved by advisor) (3 cr)
BU 3173
Management Information Systems (3 cr)
BU 3803
Databases (3 cr)
o BU 3813 Advanced Web Design (3 cr)
o BU 4813 Networking (3 cr)
BU 4803
Systems Analysis & Design (3 cr)
Information Systems Management Minor (for non-business majors)
1. Use sound ethical concepts and principles in the development and operation of information
systems.
102
2. Develop a computer program using a contemporary programming language, programming
algorithms and data structures.
3. Explain security concepts for protecting organizational data and information systems.
4. Apply systems theory and information concepts in the analysis of organizational problems
and opportunities.
Curriculum
Minor in Information Systems Management (18 cr)
Student must have earned at least a “C” in Computer Applications. IS courses are cross listed with
BU courses.
 BU 2803
Programming I (approved by advisor) (3 cr)
 BU 2813
Programming II (approved by advisor) (3 cr)
 BU 3173
Management Information Systems (3 cr)
 BU 3803
Databases (3 cr)
 Three (3) credits from the following:
o BU 3813 Advanced Web Design (3 cr)
o BU 4813 Networking (3 cr)
 BU 4803
Systems Analysis & Design (3 cr)
Marketing Major
1. Define marketing and its role in the economic process, discuss what marketing
segmentation entails, and address how marketing impacts individuals, firms, and society
over time.
2. Identify, describe, and explain the environmental factors that affect marketing activities and
the marketing activities that affect environmental factors in both domestic and
international contexts.
3. Describe the factors involved in consumer decision making and how marketing evaluates
consumer need states.
4. Explain the major differences between and inter-linkages among business and consumer
markets and discuss how value chain issues impact the marketing and promotional mixes.
5. Discuss how the process of defining, developing, and analyzing relevant marketing research
data may be performed and the nature of how marketing research changes depending upon
the involved environmental factors.
Curriculum
 BU 2013
 PH 4033
 MA 1813
College Algebra
103
Major in Marketing (18 cr)
at least a “C” in Microeconomics.




Six (6) credits from the following:
o BU 4033 Consumer Behavior (3 cr)
o CO 3043 Marketing Communication (3 cr)
o EC 3123 Advanced Economic Theory (3 cr)
BU 4123
International Business or related course (3 cr)
Six (6) hours of Business, Marketing or Business related electives (approved by advisor and
Chair of the Department of Business)
BU 4133
Marketing Research/Strategy (3 cr)
104
Bachelor of Science in Natural Science (128 cr)
Biology Major
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in biology, the student will have met the
following learning objectives:
2. Interpret technical articles in professional academic journals
3. Apply algebraic, trigonometric, and differential terms and functions
4. Interpret statistics to analyze data sets
5. Compose scholarly papers using appropriate professional format
6. Apply standard laboratory methods safely and accurately
8. Explain the fundamental principles and concepts in the life sciences, including genetics
9. Assess ethical issues regarding research, technology, publication, intellectual property
rights, and human impact on biodiversity
10. Describe major events in the history of mathematics and the sciences
11. Explain the fundamental principles and concepts in the physical sciences, including physics
and organic chemistry
Curriculum
 LS1113/1111 Principles of Biology with Lab
 PS1363/1361 General Chemistry I with Lab
 MA 1814
Pre-Calculus/Analytic Geometry
Major in Biology (44 cr)
 LS 2014
General Zoology (4 cr)
or LS 2414
General Botany
 LS 3333
Genetics (3 cr)
 LS 4104
Biostatistics (4 cr)
 MA 2054
Calculus I (4 cr)
 NS 3013
Research and Technical Writing in the Sciences (3 cr)
 NS 4993
 PS 1111/13 College Physics I with Lab (4 cr)
 PS 1473/71 General Chemistry II with Lab (4 cr)
 PS 3313
Organic Chemistry I (3 cr)
 Additional life science courses (9 cr)
 Additional kinesiology, physical science and/or mathematics courses (3 cr)
105
Biomedical Sciences Major
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Biomedical Sciences, the student will have
met the following learning objectives:
2. Interpret technical articles in professional and academic journals.
3. Apply algebraic, trigonometric, and differential terms and functions.
4. Interpret statistics to analyze data sets.
5. Compose scholarly papers using appropriate professional format.
6. Apply standard laboratory methods safely and accurately.
8. Explain the fundamental principles in life sciences and physical sciences.
9. Assess ethical issues within the medical profession regarding research, technology,
publication, and intellectual property rights.
10. Describe major events in the history of mathematics and the sciences.
Curriculum
 PS1363/1361 General Chemistry I with Lab
 MA 1513
College Algebra
 PH 4043
Health Care Ethics
Major in Biomedical Sciences (39 cr)
 LS 1112
Medical Vocabulary (2 cr)
 LS 2014
 LS 3214
Human Physiology (4 cr)
 LS 3252
Human Anatomy Lab (2 cr)
 LS 3253
Human Anatomy (3 cr)
 MA 3013
Elementary Statistics (3 cr)
 NS 3013
 NS 4993
 Additional kinesiology, mathematics, life science and/or physical science courses (15 cr, at
least 6 cr of which are upper-division)
Chemistry Minor
Mission
The mission of this program is to familiarize students with four of the five American Chemical
Society recognized Chemistry sub-disciplines. Upon completion of the program, students will have
been exposed to the major laws and theories covered in Analytical Chemistry, Biochemistry,
106
Inorganic Chemistry, and Organic Chemistry. The minor may help some of the students understand
the chemical background of their major program.
Upon completion of the requirements for the Chemistry Minor, the student will be able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Identify the major theories in Analytical Chemistry.
Identify the major theories in Biochemistry.
Examine the major theories in Inorganic Chemistry.
Examine the major theories in Organic Chemistry.
Integrate knowledge through solving problems.
Apply appropriate laboratory techniques.
Curriculum
Minor in Chemistry (19 Cr)
 PS 1473/1
General Chemistry II/Lab (4 cr)
 PS 2213/1
Analytical Chemistry/Lab (4 cr)
 PS 3313/1
Organic Chemistry I/Lab (4 cr)
 PS 3323/1
Organic Chemistry II/Lab (4 cr)
 PS 4003
Biochemistry (3 cr)
Exercise Science Major
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Exercise Science, the student will have met
the following learning objectives:
1. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of anatomy and physiology as it relates to
human movement.
2. Demonstrate the application of anatomical and physiological knowledge in the study of
human movement to areas related to exercise and physical activity.
3. Demonstrate the integration of other Natural Science disciplines with the study of human
movement.
4. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of the philosophical and aesthetic foundations
of human movement and the relationship to health and exercise.
5. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of psycho-social areas related to exercise and
physical activity.
6. Demonstrate the basic research and statistical competencies in using and interpreting data
related to human movement.
Curriculum
 KI 1072
Concepts of Wellness
107

MA 1513
College Algebra
Major in Exercise Science (39-42 cr)
 KI 2012
Foundations of Health and Sport Science (2 cr)
 KI 2101
First Aid (1 cr)
 KI 2222
Basic Care and Prevention of Injuries (2 cr)
 KI 3243
or LS 3253
 KI 3752
Health Behaviors (2 cr)
or KI 3023
Psychology of Sport and Exercise (3 cr)
 KI 3803
Kinesiology and Biomechanics (3 cr)
 KI 4033
Management of Sport, Fitness and Leisure Programs (3 cr)
or KI 4012
Legal Issues in Health and Sport Science (2 cr)
or KI 4913
Internship (3 cr)
 KI 4101/03
Exercise Physiology with Lab (4 cr)
 KI 4263
Exercise Testing and Prescription (3 cr)
 LS 3203
Introduction to Nutrition (3 cr)
 LS 3214
or LS 3252/53 Human Anatomy with Lab (5 cr)
 MA 3013
 NS 4993
 PS 1363/61 General Chemistry I with Lab (4 cr)
or PS 1113/11 College Physics I with Lab (4 cr)
Fitness and Health Promotion Major
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Fitness and Health Promotion, the student
will have met the following learning objectives:
1. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of anatomy and physiology as it relates to
human movement, specifically health and fitness.
2. Demonstrates the application of anatomical and physiological knowledge in the study of
human movement to areas related to health and fitness.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of methods to develop and promote appropriate health and fitness
programs for a variety of populations.
4. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of the philosophical and aesthetic foundations
of human movement and the relationship to health and fitness.
5. Demonstrate a fundamental understanding of psycho-social areas related to health and
fitness.
6. Demonstrate the basic research and statistical competencies in using and interpreting data
related to human movement.
Curriculum
108
 KI 1072 Concepts of Wellness
 MA 1513 College Algebra
 An introductory Physical Science course
Major in Fitness and Health Promotion (35-37 cr)
 KI 2012
Foundations of Health and Sport Science (2 cr)
 KI 2101
First Aid (1 cr)
 KI 2222
Basic Care and Prevention of Injuries (2 cr)
 KI 3122
Motor Learning and Development (2 cr)
 KI 3243
or LS 3253
 KI 3752
Health Behaviors (2 cr)
or KI 3023
Psychology of Sport and Exercise (3 cr)
 KI 4033
Management of Sport, Fitness and Leisure Programs (3 cr)
or KI 4012
Legal Issues in Health and Sport Science (2 cr)
 KI 4103/01
Exercise Physiology with Lab (4 cr)
 KI 4263
Exercise Testing and Prescription (3 cr)
 LS 3203
Introduction to Nutrition (3 cr)
 MA 3013
 NS 4993
 Additional 2000+ level courses in Kinesiology (5 cr, at least 2 cr of which are upperdivision)
Secondary Life Science/Biology Education Major
Mission
Learning objectives for Secondary Life Science/Biology Education majors are based on the
standards from the National Science Teachers Association (NSTA), The National Science
Education Leadership Association (NSELA), The Oklahoma General Competencies for Licensure
and Certification, and The St. Gregory’s University Department of Education Conceptual
Framework. To achieve these objectives, the following course requirements and field experiences
comprise the curriculum for a major in Secondary Natural Science/Biology Education.
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Secondary Life Science/Biology Education,
the student will have met the following learning objectives:
1. Demonstrate and apply the central concepts and methods of inquiry of the subject matter
discipline(s) taught.
2. Identify how students learn and develop and how they vary in their approaches to learning.
3. Devise and design learning experiences that make subject matter meaningful to students
and support students’ intellectual, social, and physical development.
109
4. Compare and contrast the curriculum integration process with other approaches to
teaching and use a variety of instructional strategies to encourage students’ development of
critical thinking, problem solving, and performance skills.
5. Identify, synthesize, and apply best practices related to motivation and behavior for the
purpose of creating learning environments that encourage positive social interaction, selfmotivating behavior, and active engagement in learning.
6. Demonstrate a knowledge of and use of communication techniques to foster active inquiry,
collaboration, and supportive interaction in the classroom.
7. Mastery of effective technology application.
8. Devise and design instruction based upon the Oklahoma core curriculum, knowledge of the
teaching/learning process, subject matter, students’ abilities and differences, and the
community.
9. Comprehend, design and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate and modify
the teaching/learning process ensuring adaptation of instruction based upon assessment
and reflection.
10. Evaluate the effects of choices and actions on others, modifying those actions when needed,
and actively seeking opportunities for continued professional growth.
11. Relate positively with school colleagues, parents/families, and organizations in the
community and actively engage them in support of students’ learning and well-being.
12. Comprehend the importance of assisting students with career awareness and apply career
concepts to the academic curriculum.
13. Comprehend the process of continuous lifelong learning, the concept of making learning
enjoyable, and modify instruction when change leads to greater student learning and
development.
14. Interpret the legal aspects of teaching including the rights of students, parents/families, as
well as the legal rights and responsibilities of the teacher.
15. Describe the Catholic Perspective in education and relate principle and theories to actual
practice, demonstrating the reflective practitioner framework and a life of balance.
Curriculum
 Foreign Language Competency: Novice high-Listening/Speaking. One semester in college
with “C” or better, or two years same language in high school with “B” or better, or pass CLEP
test
Major in Secondary Life Science/Biology Education (68 cr)
 LS 1023
Environmental Science (3 cr)
 LS 2014
 LS 3214
 LS 3333
Genetics (3 cr)
 MA 1814
Pre-Calculus (4 cr)
110















or MA 2054 Calculus I (4 cr)
MA 3013
NS 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary Life Science/Biology (3 cr)
PS1363/1361 General Chemistry I with Lab (4 cr)
PS 1113/11 College Physics I with Lab (4 cr)
PS 1213/11 College Physics II with Lab (4 cr)
or PS 1473/71 General Chemistry II with Lab
Plus three (3) credit hours of upper division science (3 cr)
PY 3113
or PY 4113
Cognitive Psychology
PY 4132
Psychology of Students with Exceptionalities (2 cr)
PY 4223
Tests and Measurement (3 cr)
TH 3202
Catholic Perspectives in Education (2 cr)
ED 3002
Educational Technology (2 cr)
ED 3013
Foundations of Teaching (3 cr)
ED 3022
Middle Level Education (2 cr)
ED 4322
Student Teaching Seminar (2 cr)
ED 4910
Student Teaching (10 cr)
Graduation Requirements
1. 2.5 cumulative GPA or better
2. Successful completion of required field experience hours and Student Teaching
3. Successful completion of Impact on Student Learning Project
4. Successful completion of Professional Education Portfolio
5. Passing scores on the OSAT and OPTE
Mathematics Major
Upon completion of the mathematics course requirements, the student should be able to:
1. Demonstrate computational and analytical fluency.
2. Solve problems using inductive, deductive, and quantitative reasoning.
3. Construct logical arguments and written proofs.
4. Recognize and appreciate the interconnection of various fields in mathematics.
5. Apply mathematical content and methodology to other disciplines.
6. Communicate mathematical knowledge effectively both in verbal and written format.
7. Use appropriate technology as a tool to solve mathematical problems.
8. Work both independently and collaboratively on mathematical problems.
9. Organize, analyze, and interpret data.
10. Synthesize ideas, generate questions and hypotheses, and find evidence to support or refute
those hypotheses.
Curriculum
111
 PS 2113/2111 University Physics I with Lab
 MA 1814 Pre-Calculus/Analytic Geometry
 An introductory Life Science course
Major in Mathematics (37 cr)
 MA 2054
Calculus I (4 cr)
 MA 2153
Calculus II (3 cr)
 MA 3013
 MA 3113
Discrete Mathematics (3 cr)
 MA 3123
Linear Algebra (3 cr)
 MA 3253
Calculus III (3 cr)
 MA 3303
Introduction to Number Theory (3 cr)
 MA 3413
History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3 cr)
 MA 4313
Abstract Algebra (3 cr)
 MA 4513
College Geometry (3 cr)
 NS 3013
 NS 4993
Mathematics Minor
Mission
The goal of this program is to provide an entry to the world of mathematics to students interested
in the field or who want to understand the mathematical background of their major program.
Upon completion of the mathematics course requirements, the student should be able to:
1. Demonstrate computational and analytical fluency.
2. Solve problems using inductive, deductive, and quantitative reasoning.
3. Recognize and appreciate the interconnection of a number of fields in mathematics.
4. Apply mathematical content and methodology to other disciplines.
Curriculum
Minor in Mathematics (19 cr)
 MA 2054
Calculus I (4 cr)
 MA 3013
 MA 3113
 Plus 9 hours from the following courses or other approved mathematics courses
o MA 2153
Calculus II (3 cr)
o MA 3123
o MA 3303
o MA 3413
History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3 cr)
112
Mid-Level Mathematics Education Major
Mission
Learning objectives for Mid-Level Mathematics Teacher candidates are based on the standards
from the National Council for Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), The Oklahoma General
Competencies for Licensure and Certification, and The St. Gregory’s University Department of
Education Conceptual Framework.
Upon completion of the Mid-Level Mathematics Education course requirements, the student should
be able to:
community.
and reflection.
development.
113
Curriculum
 PS1113/1111 College Physics I with Lab
 An introductory Life Science course
 Foreign Language Competency: Novice high-Listening/Speaking. One semester same
language in college with “C” or better, or two years same language in high school with “B” or
better, or pass CLEP test
Major in Mid-level Mathematics Education (64 cr)
 MA 1223
Principles of Mathematics I (3 cr)
 MA 1323
Principles of Mathematics II (3 cr)
 MA 1814
Pre-Calculus/Analytic Geometry (4 cr)
 MA 2054
Calculus I (4 cr)
 MA 3013
 MA 3113
 MA 3123
 MA 3263
Methods of Teaching Middle Level/Secondary Mathematics (3 cr)
 MA 3303
 MA 3413
History and Philosophy of Math (3 cr)
 PY 3113
or PY 4113
Cognitive Psychology(3 cr)
 PY 4132
 PY 4223
 ED 3002
 ED 3013
 ED 3022
 ED 3202
 ED 3343
Elementary Math Methods (3 cr)
 ED 4322
 ED 4910
114
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (124-128 cr)
St. Gregory's University Department of Nursing has been approved to offer the Bachelor of Science
in Nursing by the Oklahoma Board of Nursing, 2915 N. Classen, Suite 524, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
73106, 405-962-1800.
The baccalaureate degree in nursing at St. Gregory’s University is a new applicant pursuing initial
accreditation by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), One DuPont Circle, NW,
Suite 530, Washington, DC, 20036, (202)887-6791. New applicant status is neither a status of
accreditation nor a guarantee that accreditation will be granted. The CCNE Accreditation visit is
scheduled for Fall 2015.
Mission
The mission of the St. Gregory’s University Department of Nursing is to prepare skilled
professionals to serve as agents of healing and grace, within diverse populations, in global settings,
while providing expert nursing care with Christian love.
Three pillars of St Gregory’s University nursing program
 Academic Preparation (Think) – offering high quality instruction, student-centered learning
environments, individual attention and support.
 Skill Development (Do) – preparing graduates to provide safe care of extraordinary quality
and service who can communicate and collaborate as full partners in the healthcare team.
 Spiritual Formation (Love) – developing students who through their own spiritual
development can foster and promote holistic, healing environments of care.
Upon graduation from St. Gregory’s University Department of Nursing the student will be able to:
1. Integrate liberal arts education into basic nursing practice with an emphasis on social
justice, ethical, spiritual, and holistic care. (Essentials I and IX*)
2. Collaborate with inter-professional team members, patients, families, and communities to
provide safe, evidence-based, quality care. (Essentials III and VI*)
3. Demonstrate leadership as global healthcare professionals through partnership and
advocacy to promote health and wellness while affecting healthcare disparities. (Essentials
II and VIII*)
4. Blends informatics and technology with clinical decision-making and caring to ensure safe,
timely, efficient and effective nursing care. (Essentials IV and VI*)
5. Apply knowledge of healthcare policy, standards of practice, regulatory and financial
processes to transform client and population health. (Essentials V, VII and IX*)
6. Engage in reflective practice, lifelong learning, and self-care to nurture healthy relationships
and healing environments. (Essentials VI, VII, IX*)
*American Association of Colleges of Nursing (2008). The Essentials of Baccalaureate Education for
Professional Nursing Practice.
115
Nursing Major: BSN (CAS)
Curriculum
 PH 4043
Health Care Ethics
 MA 1513
College Algebra
 LS1113/1
Principles of Biology/Lab
 LS 3013
Nutrition
 The following courses are satisfied through major requirements and therefore waived from
the Institutional Core:
o CO 1713 Fundamentals of Speech Communications
o KI 1072 Concepts of Wellness
Nursing Prerequisites (20 cr)
 MA3013
Statistics (3 cr)
 LS 2273
Microbiology (3 cr)
 LS 2271
Microbiology Lab (1 cr)
 LS 3252
 LS 3252
Human Anatomy Lab (2 cr)
 LS 3214
Physiology (4 cr)
 PS 1123
Principles of Chemistry (3 cr)
 PS 1121
Principles of Chemistry Lab (1 cr)
Major in Nursing: BSN (57 cr)
 NURS 1123
Introduction to Professional Nursing in the Global Environment
 NURS 3103
Physical Assessment Across the Lifespan
 NURS 3115
Foundations of Nursing
 NURS 3202
Pharmacology I
 NURS 3302
Pharmacology II
 NURS 3426
Adult Health I
 NURS 3524
Mental Health Nursing
 NURS 4126
Adult Health II
 NURS 4224
Maternal/Child Health/Family Nursing
 NURS 4304
Community and Public Health Nursing
 NURS 4324
Pediatrics
 NURS 4412
Fundamentals of Evidenced-Based Practice
 NURS 4405
Transformative Nursing Leadership
 NURS 4424
Critical Care Nursing
 NURS 4523
Gerontological Nursing
Note: All NURS 3000 and 4000 courses require admittance to the upper division courses of the
nursing program
116
Eligibility Requirements for Entrance into Upper Division Courses
 GPA of 2.5
 Minimum of a “C” in all math and science prerequisite courses
 Evidence of English proficiency (see policy outlined in following pages)
 No more than 9 hours of the required general education courses remaining
 Clinical affiliation contract requirements including:
o Health insurance, immunizations, and other health tests
o CPR certification (American Heart Association Basic Life Support)
o Background check
o Drug screen
Admission into Upper Division Nursing Courses (NURS 3000 and 4000)
Once students have completed the required prerequisites and sufficient supporting courses for the
BSN major, they are eligible to apply for progression into the upper division nursing courses. The
initial preferred application deadline for the fall semester is February 28. Students will receive
notice of provisional acceptance by March 31. Acceptance is provisional until final spring and
summer grades are available.
Students transferring from another institution to the upper division nursing courses may apply any
time after February 28 and prior to the start of the fall semester. Acceptance into the program is
formalized based on space available. Priority acceptance will be given to those students who have
completed the majority of their academic hours at St. Gregory’s University.
The student may enter the upper division courses with up to 9 hours of deficiency in the following
curricula areas: great books, faith and reason, creative expression, history or government. These
courses must be completed prior to graduation and may be taken concurrently with the NURS
upper division courses
English Proficiency Requirements for Upper Division Nursing Courses
All students must be proficient in writing, speaking, and reading English. Students from non-English
speaking* countries must demonstrate proof of English proficiency as evidenced by one of the
following options:
Option 1:
iBT TOEFL
80 (550 PBT)
with not less
than 20 on each
subsection
TOEIC
IELTS
CET
ELS
PTE
700
6.0, with at
least 5.5 on
each band
score
6.0
Level 112
53
Option 2: Completion of grades 6-12 education in the US.
117
Option 3: Completion of a minimum of 45 credit hours in a regionally accredited US College or
University.
Option 4: Two years attendance and graduation from high school in an English speaking country.*
*English-speaking countries listed in the current Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language:
American Samoa
Dominica
Sierra Leone
Anguilla
Falkland Islands
South Africa
Antigua/Barbuda
Fiji
St. Helena
Australia
Grenada
St. Kitts & Nevis
Bahamas
Guam
St. Lucia
Barbados
Guyana
St. Vincent
Belize
Ireland
Trinidad & Tobago
Bermuda
Jamaica/other West Indies
Turks & Caico Isle
British Guyana
Liberia
United Kingdom
Canada (except Quebec)
Montserrat
Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
New Zealand
Progression Requirements
A nursing student may re-enroll and re-take only one nursing course. Withdrawal from a nursing
course after the official add/drop period constitutes one enrollment. A student who is passing, in
good standing, and who needs to delay program completion for personal reasons after the official
withdrawal date of the class, may request an “I” (Incomplete) according to university policy.
Nursing Major: RN-BSN (CCS)
Curriculum
Institutional Core Curriculum (12 cr)
 PH 1013
 TH 1033
Faith in the Modern World (3 cr)
 PH 4043
Health Care Ethics (3 cr)
 MATH 3013 Elementary Statistics (3 cr)
 All remaining Institutional Core courses are satisfied through completion of the Associate
Degree in Nursing and RN license and therefore waived from the Institutional Core.
Major in Nursing: RN to BSN (18 cr)
 NURS 3113
Professional Nursing in the Global Environment (3 cr)
 NURS 3123
Health Assessment (3 cr)
 NURS 4314
Public Health Nursing (4 cr)
 NURS 4413
Evidence Based Practice (3 cr)
 NURS 4415
Transformative Leadership in Health Care (5 cr)
118
Admission Requirements
The RN-to-BSN program is for students who have earned an Associate Degree with a major in
Nursing from a regionally accredited College or University and hold current registered nurse
licensure. Requirements for admission to the RN-to-BSN program:





Admission to St. Gregory’s University College of Continuing Studies (CCS)
Current, active, unrestricted RN license
Graduation from an Associate Degree in Nursing program.
Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher
Compliance with eligibility requirements (see below)
Eligibility Requirements
Once the student is admitted to the program and before proceeding with any clinical practicum, the
following requirements must be met:
 Health insurance, immunizations, and other health tests
 CPR certification (American Heart Association Basic Life Support)
 Background check
 Drug screen
Progression and Program Completion
 All RN-to-BSN applicants who have graduated from a regionally accredited nursing
program, passed the NCLEX-RN, and possess an active unrestricted registered nurse license
will receive 72 credit hours of transfer credit.
 22 additional credit hours of general education and elective credit hours must be earned to
complete degree requirements. These credit hours may be earned through elective courses
taken at St. Gregory’s University or transferred in compliance with the Transfer and Award
of Credit Policies section of the Academic Catalog.
 Specific Institutional Core credits required by St. Gregory’s University for graduation (12 cr)
will be earned through St. Gregory’s University.
 Students will be required to take all 18 credit hours of specified nursing (NURS) courses at
St. Gregory’s University.
 To progress each semester, the student must complete prerequisites for subsequent
courses and maintain the required GPA for Satisfactory Academic Progress.
 Consistent with University graduation and residency requirements, at least 30 semester
credit hours must be taken at St. Gregory's University.
General Information
 The nursing major courses for the RN to BSN program will be taught in eight-week blocks.
Institutional Core, general education courses or electives may be taken along with nursing
courses.
 BSN requirements for a diploma RN or a graduate from a non-regionally accredited
university are handled on a case-by-case basis.
119

Credit granted to RNs by St. Gregory’s University for validated prior learning through
portfolio assessment will not be posted until the student has successfully completed a
minimum of 12 credit hours at St. Gregory’s University. None of these credits count toward
the 30 credit hours of St. Gregory's University residency requirement.
120
Bachelor of Science in Social Science (124-128 cr)
Communication Studies Major
Mission
The goal of Communication Studies is to equip our students with practical tools of communication
that can be applied in organizational, intercultural, and interpersonal contexts. These tools include
persuasion, self-presentation, leadership small group, conversation and relational communication.
The faculty prepares students for success in a broad range of settings by providing the necessary
communication competence for a liberal arts and sciences education.
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Communication Studies, the student will
have met the following learning objectives:
1. Acquire an understanding of the nature and importance of communication, and of their own
communication behavior, across a variety of interaction contexts;
2. Become sophisticated consumers and producers of effective and appropriate messages
across a variety of interaction contexts;
3. Apply relevant theories to the communication difficulties across a variety of interaction
contexts;
4. Evaluate critically the usefulness of theories for enhancing their own communication
competence;
5. Evaluate critically situations to determine which skills and approaches are competent
responses to those situations;
6. Acquire a general understanding of communication research;
7. Acquired in-depth knowledge in at least one of five communication emphasesorganizational; health; marketing; mass; political.
8. Acquire skills and knowledge for successful careers and/or post-baccalaureate study.
Curriculum
 CO 1713 Fundamentals of Speech Communication
Major in Communication Studies (39 cr)
 CO 3003
Interpersonal Communication (3 cr)
or CO 3073
Small Group Communication
 CO 3023
Intercultural Communication (3 cr)
 CO 3043
Marketing Communications (3 cr)
 CO 3063
Organizational Communication (3 cr)
 CO 3123
Introduction to Mass Communication (3 cr)
 CO 4023
Principles of Persuasion (3 cr)
 Additional upper-division courses in Communication (3 cr)
 SO 3013
Sociology of the Family (3 cr)
121





MA 3013
PH 3033
GE 3113
SS 4983
SS 4993
Philosophy of the Person (3 cr)
World Geography and Cultures (3 cr)
Social Science Research Methods (3 cr)
Criminal Justice Major
Mission
The mission of the criminal justice major is to learn about and understand the nature of deviance,
the need of society to maintain order, and the institutions and systems that operate to deal with this
deviance.
Upon degree completion,
1. Students will explain society’s need for a system of order maintenance, and detail the role of
law within that system.
2. Students will expound upon the relationship of criminal justice to social justice and other
wider notions of equity and fairness.
3. Students will explain how multiculturalism and diversity present special challenges to, and
opportunities for, the American system of criminal justice.
4. Students will understand and apply basic research methods in sociology/criminology,
including research design, data analysis, statistics, and interpretation of data.
5. Students will develop and use critical and creative thinking, skeptical inquiry, and, when
applicable, the scientific approach to solve problems related to crime and deviance.
6. Students will be able to weigh evidence, tolerate ambiguity, act ethically, embody
spirituality and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychological knowledge
and application.
Curriculum
Major in Criminal Justice (45 cr)
 PO 2013
Criminal Law (3 cr)
 CJ 2313
Introduction to Criminal Justice (3 cr)
 CJ 2333
Criminal Investigation (3 cr)
 SO 3013
 CJ 3303
Criminal Justice Systems (3 cr)
 CJ 3313
Juvenile Justice System (3 cr)
 CJ 4113
Crime and Deviance (3 cr)
 PY 4213
Criminal Behavior (Forensic Psychology) (3 cr)
 SO 4213
Modern Social Problems (3 cr)
 GE 3113
 CO 3023
Intercultural Communications (3 cr)
 PH 3033
Philosophy of the Human Person (3 cr)
122



MA 3013
SS 4983
SS 4993
Criminal Justice Minor
Mission
The mission of the criminal justice minor is to study the criminal person in relation to society and
the criminal justice system devised to manage crime.
Upon completion of the Criminal Justice Minor,
1. Students will describe and differentiate the various agencies in the criminal justice system.
2. Students will describe how the law defines crime.
3. Students will analyze deviant and criminal behavior and explain its etiology.
4. Students will demonstrate criminal investigation skills.
Curriculum
Minor in Criminal Justice (18 cr)
 PO 2013
Criminal Law (3 cr)
 CJ 2313
Introduction to Criminal Justice (3 cr)
 CJ 2333
Criminal Investigation (3 cr)
 CJ 4113
Crime and Deviance (3 cr)
 Additional Electives (6 cr) to be chosen from Social Science, Humanities, Natural Science or
Business
Early Childhood Education Major
Mission
Learning objectives for elementary teacher candidates are based on the National Association for
the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) standards, The Oklahoma General Competencies for
Licensure and Certification, and The St. Gregory’s University Department of Education Conceptual
Framework. To achieve the objectives, the following course requirements and field experiences
comprise the curriculum for a major in Early Childhood Education.
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Early Childhood Education, the student will
have met the following learning objectives:
123
community.
and reflection.
development.
Curriculum
 NS 1313 Frontiers of Science (CAS Students only)
 Foreign Language Competency: Novice high-Listening/Speaking. Two semesters same
language in college with “C” or better, or two years same language in high school with “B” or
better, or pass CLEP test
 Concepts of Wellness waived, with 1 activity cr required.
Major in Early Childhood Education (70-73 cr)
 9 cr hrs of Math Courses from the following
o MA 1223
o MA 1323
o MA 1423
Principles of Mathematics III (3 cr)
124





















o MA 1513
College Algebra (3 cr)
o MA 3013
o MA 4513
Geometry (3 cr)
o Other approved math course (3 cr)
GE 3113
World Geography and Culture (3 cr)
PS 1103
Introductory Geology or Introductory PS course (3 cr)
An introductory Natural or Life Science course (3 cr)
PY 4003
Child and Adolescent Development (3 cr)
PY 4132
PY 4223
SO 3013
TH 3202
ED 2903
Special Topic: Ed. Skills and Portfolio Development (3 cr)
(Waived for College of Arts and Sciences students)
ED 3002
ED 3013
ED 3113
ED 3242
ED 3323
Methods of EC-Elem Science (3 cr)
ED 3343
Methods of EC-Elem Mathematics (3 cr)
ED 3353
ED 3363
Methods of EC-Elem Language Arts and Social Studies (3 cr)
ED 3403
Theory to Practice in Early Childhood (3cr)
ED 4322
ED 4512
Guidance and Group Process Methods for EC-Elem Teachers (2 cr)
ED 4910
Elementary Education Major
Mission
Learning objectives for elementary teacher candidates are based on the Association for Childhood
Education International (ACEI) standards, The Oklahoma General Competencies for Licensure
Framework. To achieve the objectives, the following course requirements and field experiences
comprise the curriculum for a major in Elementary Education.
125
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Elementary Education, the student will have
met the following learning objectives:
community.
and reflection.
development.
Curriculum
 NS1313 Frontiers of Science (CAS Only)
test
126
Major in Elementary Education (69 cr)
 PY 4132
 PY 4223
 PY 4003
Child and Adolescent Development (3 cr)
 TH 3202
 MA 1223
 MA 1323
 MA 1423
Principles of Mathematics III (3 cr)
 PS 1103
Introductory Geology or approved PS course (3 cr)
 An introductory Natural or Life Science course (3 cr)
 GE 3113
World Geography and Culture (3 cr)
 ED 3002
 ED 3013
 ED 3022
 ED 3113
 ED 3233
Elementary/Intermediate Reading Assessment and Instruction (3 cr)
 ED 3242
 ED 3353
(Satisfies Concepts of Wellness Institutional Core requirement, with one Activity course)
 ED 3363
Methods of EC-Elem Language Arts and Social Studies (3 cr)
 ED 3323
Methods of EC-Elementary Science (3 cr)
 ED 3343
Methods of EC-Elementary Mathematics (3 cr)
 ED 4322
 ED 4512
Guidance and Group Process Methods for EC-Elem Teachers (2 cr)
 ED 4910
Global Studies Minor
Upon completion of a minor in Global Studies, the student will be able to:
1. Differentiate and recognize their own and others’ perspectives.
2. Demonstrate effective communication in understanding and collaboration in an
interdependent world.
3. Analyze and synthesize historic or current international issues to construct coherent
responses and accomplish individual and organizational goals in a global environment.
127
4. Act, personally or collaboratively, in creative and ethical ways to contribute to improvement
of human society.
Curriculum
Minor in Global Studies (21 cr)
 Foreign Language (6 cr)
 CO 3023
Intercultural Communication (3 cr)
 GE 3113
 Elective Classes from the following (9 cr)
o BU 4123
International Business (3 cr)
o BU 4903
ST: International Marketing (3 cr)
o EN 3543
World Literature (3 cr)
o HI 1053
o HI 3043
Twentieth-Century Europe (3 cr)
o PO 3013
International Relations (3 cr)
o PO 3113
Comparative World Politics (3 cr)
o TH 3443
Note: No more than 2 courses fulfilling core requirements and/or major requirements may be used
to earn credit toward any minor.
Peace and Justice Studies Minor
Upon completion of the minor in Peace and Justice Studies, the student will be able to:
1. Identify and explain complex peace and justice issues through the lens of Catholic social
teaching.
2. Identify and explain complex peace and justice issues through multiple disciplinary lenses.
3. Discuss in detail case studies of groups at risk or specific peace and justice issues.
4. Demonstrate understanding of the interdependence and the interconnectedness of the
human community in both practical and abstract terms.
Curriculum
Minor in Peace and Justice Studies (18 cr)
 SS 3053 Introduction to Catholic Social Teaching (3 cr)
 SS 4433 Seminar in Peace and Justice (3 cr)
 A minimum of 12 credits in at least 3 different areas (areas listed below) are to be
selected from the following list of approved courses. "Special Topics" courses may be
approved as needed.
Note: No more than 2 courses fulfilling core requirements and/or major requirements may earn
credit toward any minor.
Elective Area 1: Theology and Philosophy
 TH 3513
The Moral Theology
128
 TH 3443
World Religious Traditions
 PH 3063
Moral Philosophy
 PH 4033
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
 PH 4043
Health Care Ethics
Elective Area 2: Humanities
 HI 3043
Twentieth-Century Europe
 HI 3113
The American Revolution and the Early Republic: 1763 to 1815
 EN3543
World Literature
 Special Topics courses may be applicable, depending on the topic.
Elective Area 3: Social Sciences
 PO 3013
International Relations
 PO 3113
Comparative World Politics
 SO 3013
Sociology of the Family
 CJ 3303
Criminal Justice Systems
 CJ 4113
Crime and Deviance
 SO 4213
Modern Social Problems
 Special Topics courses may be applicable, depending on the topic.
Elective Area 4: Individual Study or Internship
 Students may also receive credit for related directed study coursework and/or
approved internships. Internships are to be pursued via close consultation
between a student and his/her academic advisor. Advisors will pay careful
attention to the specifics of the internship and its compatibility with the values of
the university.
Political Science Major
Mission
The mission of the political science program is shaped by the mission statement and core values of
St. Gregory’s University. Political science instruction at St. Gregory’s University focuses on
developing analytical skills and nurturing students’ desire to contribute to local, national, and
global communities. Instruction equips students with knowledge related to productive citizenship,
good governance and the resolution of social problems. Instruction also sharpens academic content
knowledge and practical skills valuable in understanding and affecting social change. Finally, class
time and coursework provides space to consider the social justice implications of the substantive
topics being studied.



Fosters curiosity and shares knowledge related to productive citizenship and good
governance.
Emphasizes the use of political science to understand and resolve social problems.
Develops communication and critical thinking skills to aid students in advancing
meaningful social change that benefits local, national and global communities.
129
1. Upon graduation, political science majors will acquire and demonstrate broad knowledge of
four political science subfields: American Politics, International Relations, Comparative
Politics and Political/Social Theory.
2. Upon graduation, political science majors will acquire and demonstrate specific knowledge
of two of the four political science subfields: American Politics, International Relations,
Comparative Politics, Political/Social Theory.
3. Upon graduation, political science majors will be able to:
4. Think critically about social and political phenomena.
5. Read academic political science material (critically and for content) effectively.
6. Research causes and consequences of social and political events and/or phenomena
effectively.
7. Communicate effectively using written language.
8. Communicate effectively using oral language.
Curriculum
Major in Political Science (39 cr)
 PO 3013
 PO 3023
Branches of Government (3 cr)
 PO 3113
 Additional upper-division courses in Political Science (12 cr)
 PH 3113
Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr)
 GE 3113
 SO 3013
 MA 3013
 SS 4983
 SS 4993
Political Science Minor
Mission
Upon completion of a minor in Political Science at St. Gregory's University a student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate broad knowledge of three major subfields in Political Science: American
Politics, International Relations, Comparative Politics and/or Political/Social Theory.
2. Demonstrate specific knowledge in one of the following subfields: American Politics,
International Relations, Comparative Politics and Political/Social Theory
3. Demonstrate critical thought about social and political phenomena.
4. Demonstrate capacity to read academic political science material (critically and for
content).
5. Communicate effectively using written language.
130
6. Communicate effectively using oral language.
Curriculum
Minor in Political Science (18 cr)
 Any three courses from the following list: (9 cr)
o PO 3013
o PO 3023
o PO 3113
o PH 3113
Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr)
 Three additional upper division political science elective courses (9 cr)
Psychology Major
Mission
The mission of the psychology major is for students to come to know and understand themselves,
become authentic persons, and affirm the dignity and worth of all human beings.
Upon degree completion, students will
1. Demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical
findings, and historical trends of psychology.
2. Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology, including research design,
data analysis, statistics, and interpretation of data.
3. Develop and use critical and creative thinking, skeptical inquiry, and, when applicable, the
scientific approach to solve problems related to individual behavior and mental processes.
4. Understand and apply psychology principles to personal, social, cultural, and organizational
issues.
5. Be able to weigh evidence, tolerate ambiguity, act ethically, embody spirituality and reflect
other values that are the underpinnings of psychological knowledge and application.
Curriculum
 PY 1113
Elements of Psychology
Major in Psychology (42 cr)
 PY 2193
Introduction to Personality (3 cr)
 PY 3113
 PY 3143
Abnormal Psychology (3 cr)
 PY 3133
Physiological Psychology (3 cr)
 PY 4113
Cognitive Psychology (3 cr)
 PY 4333
Spiritual Dimensions of Mental Health (3 cr)
 GE 3113
131






PH 3033
SO 3013
MA 3013
SS 4983
SS 4993
Additional upper-division courses in Social Science (6 cr)
Psychology Minor
Mission
Upon completion of a minor in Psychology at St. Gregory’s University a student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate familiarity with major psychological theories.
2. Understand the normal development of human beings.
3. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the causes/explanations for abnormal behavior.
4. Understand the motivation for behavior of human beings.
5. Demonstrate critical thought about human behavior and cognition.
6. Understand the relationship between psychology and other fields of study.
Curriculum
Minor in Psychology (18 cr)
 PY 2193
Introduction to Personality
 PY 3113
Developmental Psychology
 PY 3143
Abnormal Psychology
 Three additional upper division psychology elective courses (9 cr)
Social Science Major
Mission
The Mission is to prepare graduates with the knowledge and skills necessary for productive
personal reflection, insight, spiritual growth and health, and for the development of strong,
supportive, healthy relationships among people at home, at work, in schools and communities
around the world.
Upon degree completion, students will
1. Demonstrate competence in conducting research, in writing and in presentation skills
through the use of technologies and traditional methods.
2. Demonstrate the ability to understand and use basic statistics.
3. Recognize and demonstrate respect for socio-cultural and international diversity.
4. Demonstrate insight into their own and others’ development as well as behavior and mental
processes, including spiritual behavior, and apply effective strategies for self-management,
self-improvement, ethical development, and leadership.
132
5. Compare and contrast the diverse historical views of the person, including philosophical,
religious, artistic, scientific, biological, psycho-dynamic and sociological, and begin to create
their own well-reasoned, holistic theory of human development and the human person.
6. Recognize the basic material, biological and human features and systems of the world and
their inter-relationships, and ethically analyze the impact of humans on environmental
systems with present and future consequences.
7. Demonstrate realistic ideas about how to implement their social science knowledge, skills
and values in various occupational pursuits and settings.
8. Students will demonstrate interdisciplinary knowledge and understanding relating the
social sciences to one or more other academic disciplines.
Curriculum
Major in Social Science (39 cr)
 GE 3113
 PH 3033
 SO 3013
 MA 3013
 SS 4983
 SS 4993
 Additional upper-division courses in Social Science (21 cr)
Secondary Social Studies Education Major
Mission
Learning objectives for Secondary Social Studies Education majors are based on the standards from
the National Council of Social Studies (NCSS), The Oklahoma General Competencies for Licensure
Framework. To achieve these objectives, the following course requirements and field experiences
comprise the curriculum for a major in Secondary Social Studies Education. Frontiers of Science
was added this year as a course requirement.
Upon the completion of the requirements for a major in Secondary Social Studies Education, the
student will have met the following learning objectives:
133
community.
and reflection.
development.
Curriculum
 HI 1483 United States, 1492-1865
 NS 1313 Frontiers of Science
test.
Major in Secondary Social Studies Education (71 cr)
 EC 1603
Macroeconomics (3 cr)
 GE 3113
 HI 1043
 HI 1053
World History Since 1600 (3 cr)
 HI 1493
U.S. History, 1865-Present (3 cr)
 HI 4903
ST: The American West (3 cr)
 Additional upper-division course in American History (3 cr)
134
















Additional upper-division course in World History (3 cr)
PO 3013
PO 3023
PY 3113
PY 4113
Cognitive Psychology (3 cr)
PY 4132
PY 4223
SO 4013
Language and Society (3 cr)
SS 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary Social Studies (3 cr)
TH 3202
TH 3443
ED 3002
ED 3013
ED 3022
ED 4322
ED 4910
135
Certificates of Proficiency
St. Gregory’s University may offer “Certificates of Proficiency” through its various educational
centers through both traditional and non-traditional delivery systems (e.g. online as these are
developed). These Certificate programs, normally drawing from regular St. Gregory’s University
courses, allow students to gain experience in a specific area by successfully completing a group of
interrelated college credit courses and possibly other non-credit requirements.
A Certificate of Proficiency is a non-degree program (although it may be achieved while seeking a
degree) designed to provide students with specialized knowledge that is less extensive than a
degree. A Certificate indicates that a student has passed a planned, sequential program of study in a
particular field of knowledge that meets the academic standards established by the General Faculty
of the University. A Certificate may closely complement a departmental concentration or it may
provide an opportunity to pursue an interest unrelated to departmental majors or minors. A
Certificate may be a useful step to further study, or may provide a credential for specialized
employment or may simply satisfy a student’s desire for further knowledge.
A Certificate of Proficiency is similar to a Minor but may require fewer credit hours to complete, is
awarded immediately upon achieving the requirements and does not require a student to be degree
seeking.
Some St. Gregory’s University students choose to complete a Certificate of Proficiency while
working toward their degree. Others may be non-degree seeking students. Individual Certificates
will be approved through normal academic mechanisms, e.g. from Departments to Academic
Council to General Faculty.
Admitted students should contact their academic advisor for help in coordinating certificate
courses as part of their degree program.
The Academic Dean will develop application materials for Certificates of Proficiency. An application
for a Certificate of Proficiency will be required. A successful application will require the Academic
Dean’s signature.
Students may transfer hours of credit taken at other colleges/universities towards a Certificate of
Proficiency; however at least half the hours of credit or other requirements toward the Certificate
must be completed at St. Gregory’s University.
A Certificate of Proficiency may include non-credit bearing courses, activities, etc.
St. Gregory's University students must be enrolled in a degree granting program in conjunction
with the certificate program to receive federal aid. Students enrolled in a stand-alone certificate
program are not eligible for federal financial aid.
136
Certificate of Proficiency in Catechetics
Mission
Beyond training students in the mere practical skills necessary for effective catechesis, the
Certification in Catechetics at St. Gregory’s University seeks to conform the catechist to Christ
Himself, the one true Teacher.
Upon completion of the requirements for the Certification in Catechetics, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the historical development of and critically interpret the primary symbols and
beliefs of the Christian faith
2. Articulate how the study of Scripture and theology conforms and shapes one’s attempt to
live as a critically reflective disciple of Christ
3. Integrate theological reflection and pastoral practice
Specific Goals
While every graduate of the program should have a general knowledge of the Church’s rich
catechetical tradition, and be able to utilize this tradition in new ways in their own particular
ministries, there are deeper aims of the programming:
1. Awareness of the many and varied philosophical biases and presuppositions of modern
thought that prevent or hinder intellect ascent to the faith
2. Acknowledgment and appreciation of the importance and effectiveness of the Catholic
imagination, narration, and the cultivation of wonder in the evangelization effort
3. The recovery and contemporization of scholastic dialectic as a mode of public inquiry,
cultural critique, and evangelization
Motto
tam antiqua et tam nova (ever ancient; ever new)
Curriculum
 TH 2211
 TH 3211
 TH 4211
Catechesis and God’s Pedagogy (1 cr)
Catechesis and the Church (1 cr)
Catechesis and the New Evangelization (1 cr)
137
Graduate Degree Programs
Minimum Graduation Requirements for all University Masters Degrees
(Additional requirements, if any, are indicated in individual program descriptions)
Candidates enrolled in the graduate program must meet the following graduation requirements to
have a degree conferred by St. Gregory’s University:
1. Successful completion of credits in graduate level courses as called for by the degree.
2. Maintenance of a GPA of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better in all coursework with no more than
two courses completed with a grade of “C”.
3. Completion of all coursework within 6 years of the date of initial enrollment.
4. Assurance of candidate meeting all objectives of the program at an acceptable level or higher.
Satisfactory Academic Progress for Graduate Students
If “C’s” are allowed in a graduate program, should a student receive a “C” or below in any graduate
course, that student will be referred to the Academic Success Center for coaching to improve his or
her abilities to accomplish educational goals. For programs that allow “D’s”, any student who
receives a “D” will be required to take said course over. Students who fall below a 3.0 cumulative
grade point average will be placed on academic probation and will coordinate with the Academic
Dean and/or applicable Director to create an individual, written success plan to identify specific
methods of improved academic performance.
Academic Probation
Students on academic probation will be allowed two subsequent courses to return their cumulative
grade point average to 3.0 or above. Failure to successfully rise above probationary status will
result in dismissal from the program by Academic Suspension. Students who successfully complete
academic probation are reinstated to satisfactory academic standing. This process may be repeated
as needed.
Appeal of Academic Suspension
A student who has been suspended may make a written appeal to the Provost and the Academic
Council (one letter addressed to both) for a reversal of academic suspension, but such a reversal is
granted only in extraordinary cases.
The student’s appeal must minimally include why he or she failed to make satisfactory academic
progress (SAP) and what has changed that will allow the student to make SAP if he or she is
readmitted.
Readmission after Academic Suspension
Normally a student who has been suspended waits at least one semester before making written
application to the Provost and Academic Council for readmission. Students are normally required to
complete a minimum of 9 credit hours at another institution of higher education with a minimum
2.0 GPA to be readmitted (and this is a requirement for renewed financial aid (ref: Admission
Policies/Readmission to the University). Readmitted students should consult with the Financial Aid
Office to verify their eligibility). Decisions on appeals for academic readmission may also be based
138
on judgment as to whether the student has in the interim demonstrated maturity and responsibility
for example by working successfully at a full-time job.
The Academic Council will establish and communicate to the student via the Academic Dean and/or
applicable Director a plan for ensuring that he or she will make satisfactory academic progress by
the end of the next evaluation period (normally at the next semester’s end).
Students who successfully appeal to the Academic Council and are allowed to re-enroll will be
reinstated on Financial Aid Probation, as long as they are otherwise meeting the required standards
for receiving financial aid (ref: Admission Policies/Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy).
139
Master of Business Administration (36 cr)
Mission
The mission of the St. Gregory’s University Graduate Business Program is to prepare and encourage
professionals to develop the capacity to compete in a global business environment utilizing
comprehensive business and leadership skills with an innovative spirit, integrity, and commitment
to a life of meaning and purpose.
Admission Requirements in Addition to University Minimum Requirements
1. Bachelor Degree in Business from a U.S. regionally accredited institution with a 2.5
cumulative GPA or demonstrated business proficiency.
2. In lieu of the standard admission requirement of two letters of recommendation, the MBA
requires two letters of professional recommendation on company letterhead. These
references must come from individuals outside of the student’s family who can verify the
student’s ability to succeed in the graduate program.
3. A professional resume that demonstrates a minimum of two (2) years of significant work
experience.
4. Students not meeting admission requirements may be considered for admission on a
probationary basis. If admitted to the program, the student must attain a grade of “B” or
better during the first two courses in order to remain in the program.
Transfer Students
Students may transfer a maximum of six (6) credit hours into the Master of Business
Administration Degree Program, subject to approval by the Department Chair.
Time Restriction
Maximum time frame for completing the Master of Business Administration Degree for full-time
graduate students is three years.
Upon completion of the disciplinary core requirements for the Masters of Business Administration
1. Synthesize and apply advanced concepts and techniques in marketing, management, and
finance;
2. Develop and evaluate organizational goals in an ethical and legal manner;
3. Analyze problems and formulate appropriate, innovative solutions;
4. Demonstrate and apply effective business communication skills utilizing appropriate
computer applications;
5. Demonstrate and model interpersonal skills required of leaders and team members to
realize effective team performance;
6. Integrate acquired skills to formulate strategies to establish and accomplish individual and
organizational goals in a global environment.
Curriculum
140
Core Curriculum (36 cr)
 BU 5303
Organizational Management (3 cr)
 BU 5313
Applied Business Research and Statistics (3 cr)
 BU 5323
Managerial Economics (3 cr)
 BU 5333
Managers and Integrity (3 cr)
 BU 5343
 BU 6113
Marketing Management (3 cr)
 BU 6123
Legal Environment of Contemporary Business (3 cr)
 BU 6133
Policy and Strategic Management (3 cr)
 BU 6143
Global Operations Management (3 cr)
 BU 6153
Financial Management (3 cr)
 BU 6163
Decision Science (3 cr)
 BU 6993
Capstone Project (3 cr)
141
Master of Arts in Professional Counseling (60 Cr)
Mission
St. Gregory’s University prepares students for licensure in Professional Counseling by educating the
whole person in the context of a Christian community through personal reflection, balanced growth
and integrity, while affirming human dignity, with an emphasis on working with tribal and other
minorities, to promote the well-being of individuals, families and society.
1. Prior to enrollment, prospective students must complete a minimum of 12 credit hours of
courses in psychology at the undergraduate level. Students will not be allowed to take the
first course in the Master of Arts in Professional Counseling without completion of these 12
credit hours. The courses are required to be predominantly psychological in nature.
Sociology courses cannot be accepted. Courses in programs other than those in a
psychology department can be considered after being reviewed by the Academic Dean or
his/her designee to determine if they are predominantly psychological in nature.
2. A letter in intent explaining the purpose for attaining this degree.
3. An interview is required.
4. Deadline for Application is April 1 of each calendar year (for optimal consideration).
Time Restriction and Leave of Absence
Maximum time frame for completing the Master of Arts in Professional Counseling Degree is five
years from the date of initial enrollment. Students who need to interrupt their course of study must
apply for a Leave of Absence (LOA). Requests for a LOA must be made at least one month prior to
the first day of classes and addressed to the Financial Aid Office and director of the program, who
makes the final decision. LOAs will be granted for fixed periods only with acceptable reasoning and
assurance of return to the program. LOAs will be counted towards the maximum time frame for
degree completion.
Student Core Learning Objectives
Upon completion of the core requirements for the Master of Arts in Professional Counseling the
student will be able to:
1. Apply ethical and legal standards of behavior for counselors and consistently practice in an
ethical, professional manner.
2. Create effective professional relationships that affirm the dignity and worth of the person to
facilitate the therapeutic process.
3. Evaluate and utilize for the client and/or group, including members of Native Nations and
other minorities, the best appropriate evidence-based counseling models, theories and
techniques.
4. Conduct and analyze assessments of cognitive function, personality, and psychopathology.
5. Demonstrate a science-based understanding of the development, diagnosis, and treatment
of psychopathology.
6. Understand the needs of persons and communities of faith and demonstrate effective
methods for counseling and serving them.
142
7. Describe and assess the history and development of the field of professional counseling, and
compose an orientation to a major counseling theory, to enable the student to create a
framework for practice and compassionate care.
8. Interpret and apply statistical and other analytic methods for effective research writing,
program assessment, and professional career development.
9. Through on-site supervised work, demonstrate appropriate and competent relationships
with clients and providers (as indicated by these learning objectives) and compose effective
strategies for therapeutic practice and professional relationships.
Curriculum
 PSYC 5013
Human Development (3 cr)*
 PSYC 5063
Practicum (3 cr)
 PSYC 5113
Personality Theories (3 cr)*
 PSYC 5213
Social & Cultural Foundations (3 cr)
(Multicultural Pastoral Counseling & Care may substitute)
 PSYC 5223
Psychopathology (3 cr)
 PSYC 5313
Professional Orientation and Ethics (3 cr)*
 PSYC 5323
Cognitive Assessment (3 cr)
 PSYC 5423
Personality and Pathology Assessment (3 cr)
 PSYC 5523
Individual Counseling Theories and Techniques (3 cr)
 PSYC 5623
Group Counseling Theories and Techniques (3 cr)
 PSYC 6063
Internship (3 cr)
 PSYC 6323
Research Methods (Experimental Design)
*Must be completed in year 1.
Elective Courses (24 cr from the below options)
 PCSL 5023
Cultural Issues in Death and Dying (Palliative Care I) (3 cr)
 PCSL 5123
Gerontology (Palliative Care II) (3 cr)
 PCSL 5223
Contemplative listening and communication skills (Palliative Care III) (3 cr)
 PCSL 5323
Trauma, Loss and Grief Counseling (Palliative Care IV) (3 cr)
 PCSL 5413
Pastoral Care and Counseling (3 cr)
 PCSL 5423
Multicultural Pastoral Counseling and Care (3 cr)
 PCSL 5513
Discernment and Decision-making (3 cr)
 PSYC 5413
Human Sexuality (3 cr)
 PSYC 5513
Physical and Emotional Health (3 cr)
 PSYC 5723
Introduction to the Arts as Therapy (3 cr)
 PSYC 5823
Life style and Career Development (3 cr)
 PSYC 5913
Addictions Counseling (3 cr)
 PSYC 5923
Marriage/Family Counseling (3 cr)
 PSYC 6023
Counseling with Children and Adolescents (3 cr)
143



PSYC 6013
PSYC 6113
PSYC 6223
Rehabilitation Counseling (3 cr)
Psychopharmacology (3 cr)
Crisis Intervention and Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (3 cr)
Areas of Focus can be developed by carefully choosing elective courses that complement the Core
Curriculum. Areas of Focus include:
Area of Focus in Child, Family and Marriage Counseling









Marriage and Family Counseling
Counseling with Children & Adolescents
Human Sexuality
Lifestyle and Career Development
Gerontology/Palliative Care and Counseling
Gerontology
Trauma, Grief and Loss Counseling
Contemplative Listening and Communication Skills
Historical, Social, Spiritual, and Cultural Influences in Palliative Care
Area of Focus in Pastoral Care and Counseling





Pastoral Care and Counseling I
Contemplative Listening and Communication Skills
Discernment and Decision-making
Multicultural Pastoral Counseling and Care
Spiritual Formation and Direction
144
Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (36 Cr)
Mission
St. Gregory’s University prepares students for counseling professions by educating the whole
person in the context of a Christian community through personal reflection, balanced growth and
integrity, while affirming human dignity, with an emphasis on working with tribal and other
minorities, to promote the well-being of individuals, families and society.
courses in psychology at the undergraduate level. The courses are required to be
predominantly psychological in nature. Sociology courses cannot be accepted. Courses in
programs other than those in a psychology department can be considered after being
reviewed by the Academic Dean or his/her designee to determine if they are predominantly
psychological in nature.
Maximum time frame for completing the Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology Degree is five
degree completion.
Upon completion of the core requirements for the Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology the
student will be able to:
1. Apply ethical and legal standards of behavior for counselors and consistently practice in an
ethical, professional manner.
2. Create effective professional relationships that affirm the dignity and worth of the person to
facilitate the therapeutic process.
3. Evaluate and utilize for the client and/or group, including members of Native Nations and other
minorities, the best appropriate evidence-based counseling models, theories and techniques.
4. Conduct and analyze assessments of either cognitive function or personality, and
psychopathology.
5. Demonstrate a science-based understanding of the development, diagnosis, and treatment of
psychopathology.
6. Describe and assess the history and development of the field of professional counseling, and
compose an orientation to a major counseling theory, to enable the student to create a
framework for practice and compassionate care.
145
Curriculum
 PSYC 5013
 PSYC 5113
 PSYC 5223
Psychopathology (3 cr)
 PSYC 5323
Cognitive Assessment (3 cr)
 PSYC 5423
Personality and Pathology Assessment (3 cr)
 PSYC 5523
 PSYC 5313
Elective Courses (15 cr from the below options)
o PCSL 5023
Cultural Issues in Death and Dying (Palliative Care I) (3 cr)
o PCSL 5123
Gerontology (Palliative Care II) (3 cr)
o PCSL 5223
Contemplative listening and communication skills (Palliative Care
III) (3 cr)
o PCSL 5323
Trauma, Loss and Grief Counseling (Palliative Care IV) (3 cr)
o PCSL 5413
o PCSL 5423
o PCSL 5513
o PSYC 5413
Human Sexuality (3 cr)
o PSYC 5513
Physical and Emotional Health (3 cr)
o PSYC 5723
Introduction to the Arts as Therapy (3 cr)
o PSYC 5823
Life style and Career Development (3 cr)
o PSYC 5913
Addictions Counseling (3 cr)
o PSYC 5923
Marriage/Family Counseling (3 cr)
o PSYC 6023
Counseling with Children and Adolescents (3 cr)
o PSYC 6013
Rehabilitation Counseling (3 cr)
o PSYC 6113
Psychopharmacology (3 cr)
o PSYC 6223
Crisis Intervention and Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (3 cr)
146
Master of Arts in Pastoral Counseling (39 cr)
Mission
In addition to the Mission for the Master of Arts in Professional Counseling, the Mission of the
Pastoral Counseling program is to enable graduates to provide effective, compassionate care and
counseling; grounded in Christian practices based on sacred Scripture and sacred Tradition; with
an openness and respect for all persons; with an emphasis on “these least ones” (Mat 25:45) – the
needy and suffering. People of all faiths and spiritual practices are welcome.
courses in psychology, counseling, or related courses at the undergraduate level. The
Academic Dean or his/her designee will determine if the courses submitted meet this
requirement. Students will not be allowed to take the first course in the Master of Arts
Pastoral Counseling without completion of these 12 credit hours.
Maximum time frame for completing the Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology Degree is five
degree completion.
In addition to the Core Student Learning objectives in the MA in Professional Counseling, the MA in
Pastoral Counseling seeks to enable practitioners to:
1. Identify one or more counseling theories and theories of the human person (including
spiritual ones) to help create effective methods for therapeutic assessments, client
interaction, and client objectives that combine appropriate clinical and spiritual skills,
knowledge and values;
2. Understand the processes of normal and abnormal psychological and spiritual
development in order to identify key points of psychological and spiritual development
and maturation within themselves and clients to support the healing of disease and
transformational growth and maturation;
3. Develop an openness to feedback (from clients, peers and spiritually) through counseling
practice, life-long learning, and daily reflection that enables theologically appropriate
awareness and discernment to help clients overcome psychological and spiritual problems
and develop as whole persons;
147
4. Identify characteristics of diverse populations (including “post-modern” ones); choose and
practice methods appropriate to diverse populations to achieve clinical and pastoral goals;
promote inter-cultural awareness and communication; and promote human dignity and
freedom across all cultures;
5. Listen to and communicate with clients accurately, empathically and non-judgmentally;
6. Help them-selves and others attain and maintain equanimity in the face of challenges and
hardships.
Curriculum
 PSYC 5013
 PSYC 5113
 PSYC 5213
Social & Cultural Foundations (3 cr)
(PCSL 5423 may substitute)
 PSYC 5313
 PSYC 5523
Specialty Curriculum (9 cr from the below options)
 PCSL 5413
 PCSL 5223
Contemplative listening and communication skills (Palliative Care III) (3 cr)
 PCSL 5423
 PCSL 5513
Elective Curriculum (15 cr)
Elective courses may be taken from any of the courses in the 60 credits MA in Professional
Counseling.
148
Master of Arts in Pastoral Theology (42 cr)
Mission
The MA in Pastoral Theology is ordered to the particular good of forming individuals for leadership
in what Saint Pope John Paul II called the “new evangelization”. Holistically formed in the timeless
wisdom of the Church, the graduate of the MA in Pastoral Theology program will come to
appreciate the significance of the Faith as a living, organic, whole and learn to appropriate and
transmit it as such with “new ardor, methods, and expressions” in ways that resonate powerfully
with modern man.
1. Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) in Bachelor Degree coursework. Students
who do not meet this criteria may be provisionally admitted.
3. In lieu of the standard admission requirement of two letters of recommendation, two
recommendation letters are preferred from previous faculty and cleric. These references
must come from individuals outside of the student’s family who can verify the student’s
ability to succeed in the graduate program.
Transfer Students
Students may transfer a maximum of twelve (12) credit hours into the Master of Arts in Pastoral
Theology Degree Program, subject to approval by the Department Chair.
Maximum time frame for completing the Master of Arts in Pastoral Theology Degree is six years
from the date of initial enrollment. Students who need to interrupt their course of study must apply
for a Leave of Absence (LOA). Requests for a LOA must be made at least one month prior to the first
day of classes and addressed to the director of the program, who makes the final decision. LOAs will
be granted for fixed periods only with acceptable reasoning and assurance of return to the program.
LOAs will not be counted towards the maximum time frame for degree completion.
Progress Requirements in Addition to University Minimum Standards
1. Reading proficiency in ecclesial Latin. This requirement can be fulfilled by passing an exam
administered by the director of the program and must be passed successfully prior to the
beginning of the second year.
2. All courses completed with a grade of “B” or higher. If students receive a final grade of “C” in
any course, they will be required to either retake the course or rework the course
assignments.
3. Students who receive two or more “C” grades (or lower) in one academic semester may be
required to withdraw from the program.
4. Students who receive two or more “F” grades in one academic semester will be
Academically Suspended from the program.
5. To be eligible for graduation, students must complete a thesis that is accepted by the
director of the program.
149
1. Develop the personal discipline and intellectual habits requisite to a Catholic liberal arts
education and the intellectual and practical tasks of the New Evangelization.
2. Develop an appreciation for the poetic mode of knowledge and the implication of this form
of knowledge in the Church’s evangelizing and catechetical endeavors.
3. Understand the relationship between faith and reason as two distinct yet complementary
modes of human knowledge.
4. Appreciate the substance and content of the Catholic intellectual and spiritual tradition by
examining the dynamic interplay between Catholicism and culture, past and present.
Curriculum














TH 5083
TH 5183
TH 5283
TH 5383
TH 5483
TH 5513
TH 5683
TH 5783
TH 6083
TH 6183
TH 6283
TH 6383
TH 6483
TH 6513
Thomistic Philosophy (3 cr)
Systematic Theology (3 cr)
The Church and Modernity (3 cr)
Catholic Social Teaching (3 cr)
Intensive Latin (3 cr)
Salvation History (3 cr)
The Gospels (3 cr)
Catechetics (3 cr)
Moral Theology (3 cr)
Vatican II and the New Evangelization (3 cr)
Christian Spirituality (3 cr)
Catholic Apologetics (3 cr)
Thesis (3 cr)
150
Undergraduate Program Course Descriptions
This section describes all approved courses which are offered at St. Gregory's University at least
once every two years. Students should refer to the Class Schedule, published prior to each semester
or summer term, for a list of specific courses available that semester, the time of meeting and the
instructor.
All courses are identified by numbers composed of four digits. The first digit refers to the level of
the course, with 1 or 2 indicating introductory courses generally appropriate for freshmen and
sophomores ("lower division" courses) and 3 or 4 indicating more advanced courses generally
designed for juniors and seniors ("upper division" courses). The fourth digit denotes the number of
credit hours assigned to the course.
Prerequisites are the courses or requirements that must be completed prior to enrolling in a certain
course. Co-requisites are the courses or requirements that must be completed in conjunction with a
particular course. Recommended preparation are the courses or requirements that are
recommended prior to enrolling in a certain course, but are required. Prerequisites, co-requisites,
and recommended preparation, if any, are listed at the end of the course description.
Cross-Listing Courses
Courses may be cross-listed. The Academic Dean, and all departments cross-listed, must approve
the cross-listing. All departments must develop and agree on appropriate learning objectives for
cross-listed courses. All courses should be listed on the syllabus with one set of learning objectives.
151
ARABIC (AB) ...................................................................................................................................... 153
ART (AR)............................................................................................................................................ 153
AVIATION (AVIA)............................................................................................................................... 156
BUSINESS (BU) .................................................................................................................................. 157
COMMUNICATION (CO) ................................................................................................................... 163
CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CJ) ..................................................................................................................... 165
DANCE (DA) ...................................................................................................................................... 167
ECONOMICS (EC) .............................................................................................................................. 170
EDUCATION (ED)............................................................................................................................... 171
ENGLISH (EN) .................................................................................................................................... 174
FINE ARTS (FA) .................................................................................................................................. 177
GEOGRAPHY (GE) ............................................................................................................................. 178
HISTORY (HI) ..................................................................................................................................... 178
HUMANITIES (HU) ............................................................................................................................ 180
INFORMATION SYSTEMS (IS) ............................................................................................................ 183
JAPANESE (JN) .................................................................................................................................. 185
KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH STUDIES (KI) ......................................................................................... 185
LATIN (LA) ......................................................................................................................................... 189
LIFE SCIENCE (LS) .............................................................................................................................. 189
MATHEMATICS (MA) ........................................................................................................................ 194
MUSIC (MU)...................................................................................................................................... 198
NATURAL SCIENCE (NS) .................................................................................................................... 199
NURSING (NURS) .............................................................................................................................. 201
PHILOSOPHY (PH) ............................................................................................................................. 204
PHYSICAL SCIENCE (PS) ..................................................................................................................... 206
POLITICAL SCIENCE (PO) ................................................................................................................... 210
PSYCHOLOGY (PY)............................................................................................................................. 211
SOCIAL SCIENCE (SS) ......................................................................................................................... 215
SOCIOLOGY (SO) ............................................................................................................................... 216
SPANISH (SN) .................................................................................................................................... 217
THEATRE (TE) .................................................................................................................................... 218
THEOLOGY (TH) ................................................................................................................................ 220
152
ARABIC (AB)
AB 1113
Introductory Arabic (Offered as needed)
The course is designed to introduce the Arabic alphabet, numbers and fundamentals of the
vocabulary and grammar of standard Arabic. Introductory Arabic is for students with little or no
prior experience with Arabic. Listening, speaking, reading and writing are all addressed in this
course along with interactive multimedia tools to develop skills in active listening and oral
communication.
AB 290X
Special Topics
The study of a special topic to be announced at the time of the publication of the class schedule for
the given semester. May be repeated for credit as topic changes.
Back to Course Descriptions
ART (AR)
AR 1001
Applied Visual Arts (Offered every semester)
Applied Visual Arts offers students opportunities both to develop professional skills and to
participate in service learning, which links academic study with civic engagement through
thoughtfully organized services meeting the needs of the community. Students learn and develop
through critical reflection as well as by gaining practical experience. Students would meet with the
course instructor and with representatives from prospective organizations or social service
agencies to plan an activity. Students would then work with instructors to create an action plan,
make a list of materials to be purchased by the sponsoring agency, and designate a time frame.
Instructors need to supervise students who would report activities and outcomes routinely. This
course does not fulfill the Fine Arts requirement in the Institutional core Curriculum. Couse may be
repeated for credit.
AR 1003
Basic Design I (Offered every fall)
Focuses on two-dimensional visual expression through the elements of design. Major components
include learning about: line, shape, space, texture, color mixing and basic color theory. Materials fee
required.
AR 1013
Basic Design II (Offered every spring)
Focuses on three-dimensional sculptural design in a variety of media. Major components include
learning: bas-relief, additive and subtractive methods of carving, found object sculpture, paper
sculpture and plaster casting. Recommended preparation: AR 1003 and AR 2113. Materials fee
required.
AR 1043
Introduction to Photography (Offered fall even years)
This is a beginning black and white photography course with emphasis on creative visual thinking.
Photographic techniques and aesthetics will be taught through lectures, demonstrations,
153
assignments and group/individual critiques. Students will gain an understanding of the qualities of
light, acquire a better understanding of composition, will learn how to critically evaluate their own
and other’s work, and will demonstrate the ability to present their photographs in a professional
manner. Materials fee required.
AR 1133
Art Appreciation (Offered every semester through CCS)
This course is designed to acquaint students with basic concepts in the visual arts through
exploring several types of art media in hands-on assignments and lecture, introduce various types
of two-dimensional and three-dimensional artwork and architecture created throughout history,
and on developing strategies for creative activities.
AR 2113
Basic Drawing (Offered every fall)
Designed to develop student skills in the art of drawing. Major components include developing
observation skills, line drawing, shading, composition, and perspective in various media. Materials
fee required.
AR 2153
Introduction to Ceramics (Offered every spring)
This course would be intended for those studying ceramics for the first time and would be a
comprehensive introduction to the art of pottery and clay work with equal emphasis given to the
skills of designing and constructing. In this class students would explore hand-construction as well
as working on the potter's wheel. They would learn to throw, trim and glaze pottery using a variety
of decorative techniques. The primary emphasis would be on studio work leading to a diverse
portfolio of finished pieces by the end of the semester. Periodically throughout the term, students
would be shown examples, slides or films to help illustrate what they are learning. Materials fee
required.
AR 2413
Introduction to Painting (Offered every spring)
Designed to develop student skills in the basic techniques of painting. Major components include:
preparing painting surfaces, techniques of opaque and transparent application of paint, mixing colors
through learning color theory, composition, and creative problem-solving. Recommended
preparation: AR 2113 or AR 1003. Materials fee required.
AR 2643
Introduction to Graphic Design (Offered fall odd years)
Introduces students to basic graphic design concepts. Major components include: an introduction to
materials, electronic tolls, design methods, and hands-on projects. Recommended preparation: AR
1003. Materials fee required.
AR 290X
Special Topics
The study of a special topic is announced at the time of the publication of the class schedule for the
given semester. May be repeated for credit as topic changes.
154
AR 291X
Internship
Individualized field/work-related experience in a business or community organization. Prerequisite:
Permission of department head.
AR 3523
Survey of Art History I (Offered fall odd years)
A study of the history and development of Western painting sculpture and architecture from the
Prehistoric through the Proto-Renaissance presented within a cultural context. Major works,
imagery, media and characteristics of each period included.
AR 3533
Survey of Art History II (Offered spring even years)
A study of the history and development of Western painting sculpture and architecture from the
Renaissance through the contemporary era presented within a cultural context. Major works,
imagery, media and characteristics of each period included.
AR 3823
Advanced Studio I (Offered every semester)
Choice of media include: drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, graphic design and multimedia. Prerequisite: 6 credit hours of studio courses and permission of instructor.
AR 3833
Advanced Studio II (Offered every semester)
Choice of media include: drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, graphic design and multimedia. Prerequisite: AR 3823.
AR 3923
Introduction to Art Therapy (Offered every spring)
Provides a broad overview of definitions, basic concepts, and various philosophical orientations
utilized in the practice of art therapy. The class is highly experiential, with all basic concepts taught
through hands-on expression in visual art media. Materials fee required.
AR 4823
Advanced Studio III (Offered every semester)
Choice of media include: drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, graphic design and multi-media.
Prerequisite: AR 3833.
AR 490X
Special Topics
AR 491X
Internship
Individualized field/work-related experience in a business or community organization.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of department head.
AR 493X
Directed Study
Individual intensive reading, research, dialogue and writing with a professor on a specific topic not
addressed in regularly offered courses in this department. May be repeated as the topic changes.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and permission of dean.
155
AVIATION (AVIA)
AVIA 3513
Aviation History (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will cover the history of aviation in the United States. From the Wright brother's first
flight to modern day jumbo carriers, the course will teach the development of governmental and
commercial policies and procedures that build aviation.
AVIA 3523
Aviation Regulations (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will explore the international and national governmental regulations that applies to
aviation. Additionally it will explore the regulatory authority of the Federal Aviation Administration
and National Transportation Safety Board with regard to licensing and certification of Pilots, Air
Traffic Controllers, maintenance personnel, and administrative workers.
AVIA 3543
Human Factors in Aviation (Offered as needed through CCS)
Selective topics in human factor in aviation will describe the effects of flying on the human body,
the factors considered in design of aircraft cockpits, crew service areas, and passenger seating, and
man-machine interfaces.
AVIA 3553
Aviation Weather (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will teach common weather patterns that effect aviation. It will also expose the student
to the symbols and charts used in meteorology to determine forecasts.
AVIA 4113
Aviation Safety (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will discuss government and commercial safety and health programs involved in
aviation. The student will build a safety program from the knowledge learned in this course.
AVIA 4213
Airport Operations (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will explain airport operations and procedures used to keep passengers flowing in and
out of terminals. It will also cover regulatory requirement for security, safety, and health of the
passengers, flight crews, and terminal workers.
AVIA 4313
Aviation Supply Chain and Logistics (Offered as needed through CCS)
This course will cover aviation's emerging presents in the global supply chain. It will discuss the
present and future techniques to improve aviation logistic around the airport environment.
AVIA 490X
Special Topics
156
BUSINESS (BU)
BU 1623
Computer Applications (Offered every semester)
An introductory course expanding the student's computer application skills to a level necessary for
survival in the business world. Competencies include developing professional quality reports
utilizing document, presentation, spreadsheet and database templates, macros, and active links.
BU 2013
Business and Professional Communications (Offered every semester)
This course provides students with the oral and written communication skills needed for success in
today’s workplace environment. Students are taught to use speaking and writing skills as well as
modern technology to prepare professional quality presentations. Recommended Preparation:
EN1113
BU 2113
Financial Accounting (Offered every fall)
An introductory course covering the components and preparation of financial statements. Cash
management, performance evaluation, time value of money, and long-term debt versus equity are
studied. Student will evaluate a firm's profitability, financial position, and cash flows. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing. Recommended: Concurrent enrollment in BU 1623 and an economics course.
BU 2123
Managerial Accounting (Offered every spring)
An introductory course emphasizing the use of accounting data for internal decision making.
Problems and cases cover activity-based costing, quality costs and management in service, not-forprofit, and retail organizations, as well as manufacturing firms. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing,
BU 1623 (may be concurrent enrollment) and an economics course.
BU 2803
Programming I (Offered every fall)
This programming course provides students with an understanding of visual programming that
introduces graphical user interfaces, menus, code programming and windows on-screen objects. This
course focuses on command buttons, text boxes, option buttons and graphics.
BU 2813
Programming II (Offered every spring)
This programming course provides students with an understanding of structured and object oriented
programming. Major components include problem solving methodology, expansion of programming
basics, loops and decisions, structure functions, objects, classes, and arrays. Examples of various
business applications will be studied.
BU 290X
Special Topics
BU 291X
Internship
157
BU 3023
Principles of Management (Offered every fall)
An intermediate course examining management processes and studying organizational functions of
planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. Case analyses of classic and contemporary
management issues are addressed. Recommended Preparation: Junior standing.
BU 3033
Principles of Marketing (Offered every spring)
An intermediate course providing students with a broad introduction to marketing concepts, the role
of marketing in society and in the firm, and the factors that influence marketing decision-making.
Recommended Preparation: Junior standing.
BU 3041
Applied Business Statistics Lab (Offered every semester)
This lab reinforces statistics concepts from MA3013 making particular application to business
settings. Prerequisite: MA3013, Laptop required.
BU 3043
Principles of Finance (Offered every fall)
An intermediate course focusing on sources, costs and uses of capital. Concepts include cash
management, capital structure, capital budgeting, dividend policy, and security evaluation. Students
will conduct research to determine how organizations apply financial theories. Recommended
Preparation: Junior standing and completion of foundational business courses (EC 1603, EC 1613, BU
1623, BU 2113, 2123 and MA 3013).
BU 3053
Principles of Business Law (Offered every spring)
An intermediate course analyzing the legal aspects of commercial relationships and transactions
including the general laws under which businesses operate, such as contracts and administrative law.
Recommended Preparation: Junior standing.
BU 3163
Production and Operations Management (Offered fall even years)
An intermediate course depicting the different tools used, in both service and manufacturing sectors,
to improve decision-making. Topics include strategy, productivity, quality improvement, project
management, and layout decisions. Recommended Preparation: BU 2123 and BU 3023.
BU 3173
Management Information Systems (Offered spring even years)
An intermediate course examining the role information systems play in meeting the needs of
decision-makers. Emphasis will be placed on uses of information and on data resource management.
Recommended Preparation: BU 3023.
BU 3183
Investments (Offered as needed)
This course was designed to provide students with a broad knowledge of the investment world and
with the analytical tools needed to value assets and prepare a portfolio. There are four main areas of
study, all of which are closely linked. First, the structure of financial markets will be discussed.
Second, students will investigate potential investment strategies. Third, the risk-return relationship
158
will be explored in some detail. The fourth area of study, portfolio management, is addressed
throughout the course. Recommended Preparation: BU 3043.
BU 3213
Fundamentals of Leadership (Offered every spring)
An introductory course in leadership theory, development and practice in organization and teams,
emphasizing Christian/Benedictine character, ethical and servant leadership. Recommended
Preparation: Junior standing.
BU 3223
Organizational Behavior (Offered spring even years)
An intermediate course comprising of a comparative study of traditional and neoclassical behavior
theories and philosophies within an organization. An interdisciplinary approach is used to provide
depth and breadth analyses of areas of activities in which management functions are involved.
BU 3263
Web Site Design (Offered as needed)
A course in Web site development and maintenance. Topics consist of developing links with
interactive databases, designing security measures, and marketing the Web site. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
BU 3323
Cost Management (Offered as needed)
An intermediate course studying concepts and techniques used to assist decision-makers. In-depth,
real-world scenarios cover cost measurement, cost allocation, and performance evaluation for
service firms, as well as, manufacturers. Prerequisite: BU 2123 and BU 3023.
BU 3553
Intermediate Accounting I (Offered as needed)
This intermediate course studies the analysis, presentation, and interpretation of operations and
financial position with emphasis on accounting theory, critical evaluation of accounting concepts, and
controversial issues in accounting. Topics include cash, receivables, inventory valuation, plant and
equipment, intangible assets, and short-term liabilities. Prerequisite: BU 2113 with a grade of C or
better.
BU 3563
Intermediate Accounting II (Offered as needed)
This course is a continuation of Intermediate Accounting I. Topics include long-term investments,
long-term liabilities, capital stock, retained earnings, dividends, error correction, and incomplete
records. Prerequisite: BU 3553 with a grade of C or better.
BU 3573
Advanced Accounting (Offered as needed)
This course provides a comprehensive study of business combinations, consolidations, the
international accounting environment, and foreign currency translations, and other complex
financial accounting problems encountered in publicly held corporations. Prerequisite: BU 3563.
BU 3593
Federal Taxation (Offered as needed)
This course is a survey of the tax rules and regulations that define and shape tax law. The Internal
Revenue Code, court decisions, and IRS rulings are studied to determine the issues confronting
159
accountants and other tax return-preparers. Tax planning and research are emphasized through
cases, Internet assignments, and tax return preparation.
BU 3713
Personal Financial Planning (Offered every summer)
An introductory course familiarizing students with budgeting, investing, and growing net worth for
an individual. Additional topics cover life, health, home owner, renter's and automobile insurance.
The course concludes with investment terms, vehicles, and methods. No investment advice is given
in this course.
BU 3803
Database (Offered as needed)
This course provides students with basic knowledge of database structures. Emphasis will be on
methodologies for planning, designing, constructing, implementing, and maintaining databases
including Enterprise Databases and applications using Internet technology. Prerequisite: IS 2803 &
IS 2813
BU 3813
Advanced Web Site Design (Offered as needed)
An advanced Web site development and maintenance course for students interested running their
own commercial site. Topics for study consist of developing mobile compliant sites, linking with
interactive databases, designing in security measures, and marketing the Web
site. Prerequisite: permission of instructor
BU 3961
Innovation Workshop (Offered every fall)
This course serves as preview of the capstone experience for junior business students. Each
student will demonstrate his/her ability to effectively analyze and evaluate business issues in order
to provide solutions to problems or plans for improvement. All majors welcome.
BU 3992
Development Workshop (Offered every spring)
This is a prelude to the “capstone” course for the junior business student. The course stresses the
importance of the application of all prior learning concerning major business problems through
design of a business plan. All majors welcome. Prerequisite: BU 3961.
BU 4023
Human Resources (Offered fall odd years)
An advanced course examining personnel issues including how the employer-employee relationship
is being redefined. Topics include employee hiring, job design, evaluation, employee administration,
and employment regulations.
BU 4033
Consumer Behavior (Offered every fall)
An advanced course studying the psychology of consumerism. Demographics, subcultures, and
external market forces will be explored, as well as the consumer decision process. Problems and
case analyses will expand the course to include the new “virtual” consumer. Recommended
Preparation: BU 3033.
160
BU 4083
Strategic Management: Human Resources (Offered as needed)
This course examines strategic human resource management processes as a basis for critical
dialogue on corporate-level and business strategy formulation and implementation. Skills are
developed in strategic human resource planning and the alignment of human resource strategies
with organizational mission, strategies, goals, and objectives.
BU 4123
International Business (Offered every fall)
An advanced course evaluating exporting, joint ventures and foreign direct investment, and other
strategies of international business. Extensive use of the internet will allow students to keep up
with fast-changing events relating to world trade. Prerequisite: Senior standing, BU 3023, BU 3033
and BU 3053.
BU 4133
Marketing Research/Strategy (Offered fall odd years)
An advanced course revealing the techniques used to discover and develop customers. The role of
research in reducing uncertainties in the marketing decision process is explored. Problems and case
analyses will explore data mining, focus groups, surveys, and online strategies. Prerequisite: BU
3033, BU 4033 and MA 3013.
BU 4153
Organizational Effectiveness (Offered as needed)
An advanced course enhancing awareness of the vital role that quality plays in the continuous drive
to improve organizational effectiveness. Students will explore the philosophy of quality
management, planning, process improvement, supplier and customer relationships, and
information systems. Prerequisite: MA 3013 and BU 3023.
BU 4213
Employee Development (Offered as needed)
This course focuses on the philosophy and critical organizational practices required for building and
sustaining an organizational culture supportive of a learning environment. It provides opportunities
for students to explore needs analysis, instructional design, strategic training, educational
technology, evaluation methodologies, and career management issues.
BU 4223
Staffing, Selection, and Placement (Offered as needed)
This course identifies the essential practices and functions of staff selection and placement, including
identifying staffing needs, recruiting, assessing applicants, making selection and placement decisions,
and managing the staffing system. Students examine human resources’ responsibility for ensuring
employee selection practices meet the organization’s strategic plans.
BU 4333
Employment Law (Offered as needed)
This is an advanced course in employment law. This course covers EEOC, FLSA, OSHA rules and
safety management, workers’ compensation, discrimination in the workplace and other employment
law issues.
161
BU 4343
Employee and Labor Relations (Offered as needed)
This overview course provides human resources professionals with information on the laws and
regulations that affect labor and employee relations, discipline, discharge, and grievance/dispute
resolution. Students learn the procedures for responding to charges of discrimination and wrongful
discharge.
BU4413
Wage, Salary, and Benefits Administration (Offered as needed)
This course introduces students to organizational approaches to compensation, including base pay,
incentive pay, and benefits that assist the organization in attracting, retaining, and motivating
employees. Students will examine compensation plan objectives; plan design considerations; the link
between pay and performance; legal requirements and constraints on pay programs; and the
interplay among financial, communication, and administrative concerns.
BU 4533
Accounting Information Systems (Offered as needed)
This course examines the development of the accounting process from capturing the initial
transaction to utilizing the data in a final report. Emphasis is placed on using cost-benefit analysis to
develop internal controls over accounting data, as well as physical assets, to devise forms for data
collection, and to design reports for decision-makers. Prerequisite: BU 3563
BU 4543
Auditing (Offered as needed)
This capstone course helps the student prepare a plan for auditing an organizational component,
analyzing internal controls, preparing detailed audit work papers, and coordinating with outside
auditors, regulators, and examiners as well as auditing standards, and the legal liabilities and
professional and personal ethical responsibilities of auditors. Prerequisite: Senior standing with at
least a C average in 18 hours of accounting.
BU 4803
System Analysis and Design (Offered as needed)
This course enables the student to learn the concepts of information system planning, design, and
utilization. This is achieved through recognized system development procedures. In addition, case
studies and simulation models in a variety of contemporary business contexts are used to
demonstrate the importance of effective business information processing systems.
BU 4813
Networking (Offered as needed)
This course enables students to acquire a foundation in local-area and wide-area networks, and the
Internet. The first section concentrates on hardware components, software, terminology, and
design of a network. In addition, connectivity, topologies and protocols of a network will be
addressed. The second section provides knowledge and skills necessary to perform postinstallation and day-to-day administration tasks in a single- or multiple-domain
networks. Students learn of the detailed technical support required for workstations and servers.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
162
BU 490X
Special Topics
BU 491X
Internship
BU 493X
Directed Study
BU 4963
Strategic Management (Offered every fall)
An integrative course which begins the student's 'capstone' experience. This course focuses on
strategic planning, decision-making and implementation from the perspective of upper-echelon
organizational leaders. Various strategies and analytical tools are examined utilizing comprehensive
case studies. Prerequisite: Senior standing (graduating in the next calendar year) and near
completion of all business degree course requirements.
BU 4993
Senior Seminar (Offered every spring)
An integrative course which completes the student's 'capstone' experience. This course stresses the
importance of the application of all prior learning concerning major business problems through case
analyses, simulations/gaming, and business plan development. Prerequisite: Senior standing
(anticipating graduation within the calendar year) and completion (or near completion) of all
business degree course requirements, including BU 4963.
COMMUNICATION (CO)
CO 1713
Fundamentals of Speech Communication (Offered every semester)
An introduction to the principles and elements of the communication process, with an emphasis on
the application of those principles in a variety of contexts (i.e., interpersonal, small group, public
speaking)
CO 290X
Special Topics
CO 291X
Internship
163
CO 3003
Interpersonal Communication (Offered fall odd years)
Analysis of intrapersonal and interpersonal communication in personal and social settings with
concentration on theories of interaction and attention to skill development.
CO 3013
Political Communication (Offered as needed)
Examines the persuasive and manipulative forms of communication commonly associated with
politics and includes analysis of the rhetoric of contemporary movements and political campaigns.
CO 3023
Intercultural Communication (Offered fall even years)
Identifies and delineates the communication skills needed for effective interaction in a global society,
examines the relationship between communication and culture and studies the general concepts of
intercultural communication.
CO 3033
Communication and Social Change (Offered fall even years)
Examines both theory and application involved in using communications media as a tool for
addressing political, social, and economic development issues. Utilizes a case study approach to look
at localized applications of traditional and new communications tools in the pursuit of sustainable
development.
CO 3043
Marketing Communication (Offered spring odd years)
A study of the advertising, branding, public relations, packaging, and any other message an
organization provides about itself and its products and services. Focus is directed to identifying the
target audience, the desired effect of messages, and the means and media (Internet, mass, social
networking, etc.) used to communicate with the target audience.
CO 3053
Public Relations (Offered as needed)
The history, scope, ethics and functions of public relations. Particular attention will be given to ways
of gaining public support for an activity, cause, movement or institution.
CO 3063
Organizational Communication (Offered spring even years)
A survey of research on communication in organizations with emphasis on relevant verbal and
nonverbal factors: applications to basic communication skills and rudimentary research.
CO 3073
Small Group Communication (Offered fall even years)
An introduction to group process and interaction, the concepts of leadership, and effective
participation. This course is a study of interaction within teams and small groups.
CO 3123
Introduction to Mass Communication (Offered spring odd years)
Examination of the structure, functions, and theories of mass media in contemporary
society. Students are familiarized with the social, economic, and political aspects of the radio,
television, book, newspaper, public relations, magazine, film, and record industries.
164
CO 4023
Principles of Persuasion (Offered spring even years)
Examines theory and research on the role of communication in influencing attitudes, beliefs, values,
and behaviors.
CO 490X
Special Topics
CO 491X
Internship
CO 493X
Directed Study
addressed in regularly offered courses in this department. May be repeated as the topic
changes. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and permission of dean.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CJ)
CJ 2313
Introduction to Criminal Justice (Offered fall even years)
A description and analysis of law enforcement history and current practice, including an introduction
to the concept of community-oriented policing, which deals with pro-active policing in the context of
a diverse and evolving community. The course includes such topics as: critical issues affecting law
enforcement practice, community problems and power, crime prevention, cultural diversity, civil
rights, victimology and crime victim compensation.
CJ 2323
Patrol Procedures (Offered spring odd years)
An introduction to the patrol concepts and functions of the police officer. The course includes
discussion of patrol techniques, misdemeanor and felony traffic stops, mechanics of arrest, officer
survival, citizen contact and response to police calls, and other patrol occurrences.
CJ 2333
Criminal Investigation (Offered spring odd years)
An examination of investigative fundamentals and principles applying to crime scene budgeting, case
development, and case presentation in court. Emphasis given to case investigation models,
developing leads, theory building, conceptual approaches to the investigative mandate and
information processing and reporting.
CJ 2342
Traffic Investigation and Enforcement (Offered spring odd years)
An introduction to police responsibility in traffic enforcement and control, organization of traffic
duties, decisions regarding pursuit, vehicle stops, Oklahoma Vehicle Laws, criminal statutes involved
165
in traffic enforcement, accident investigation and reports. Includes procedures for accident and DUI
reports.
CJ 2711
Practicum in Criminal Justice: Defensive Tactics (Offered in conjunction with OSUOKC)
Instructs students in the necessary skills of weaponless subject control, intermediate range weapons
use, use of verbal commands and self-defense techniques. The course instructs students in the
appropriate use of force, including deadly force to meet legal review. Offered in conjunction with
OSU-OKC.
CJ 2721
Practicum in Criminal Justice: Firearms (Offered in conjunction with OSU-OKC)
This course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of the procedures for safe and
legal handling of firearms, including the psychological processes involved in the decision to shoot or
not shoot. It will emphasize the mechanical functions and basic maintenance procedures of service
weapons, and firearms skills development. Offered in conjunction with OSU-OKC.
CJ 2731
Practicum in Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement Driver Training (Offered in
conjunction with OSU-OKC)
This course studies the legal aspects of emergency vehicle operation and provides practical skills
development and training in law enforcement driving. Offered in conjunction with OSU-OKC.
CJ 290X
Special Topics
CJ 3303
Criminal Justice Systems (Offered fall odd years)
An overview of the agencies and the processes involved in the administration of justice to those
accused and convicted of violating criminal law--including agency problems and due process issues
related to law enforcement, prosecution, adjudication, sentencing and confinement of offenders.
CJ 3313
Juvenile Justice Systems (offered spring even years)
An introduction to the theories used to explain juvenile delinquency and the specific agencies and
systems within the criminal justice system that address the unique laws, situations and issues
regarding juveniles. An overview of the legal framework (including current efforts at reform) in
which the juvenile justice system operates will differentiate between juvenile and adult law. Risk
factors (including gang activity) contributing to the development of juvenile delinquency and
protective factors mitigating the onset of juvenile delinquency will also be addressed.
CJ 4113
Crime and Deviance (Offered spring even years)
A study of the various sociological theories of deviance and the way behavior is defined as
deviant. Functionalism of deviance, Anomie theory of deviance, symbolic interactionism and
deviance, labeling theory, and conflict theory of deviance will be studied, as well as white-collar
166
crimes, victimless crimes, professional crime, and organized crime. The social impact of deviance
through various periods of history, with an emphasis on the modern period, also is studied.
CJ 490X
Special Topics
DANCE (DA)
DA 1101
Beginning Modern (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce beginning level students to the techniques of modern dance, this course
stresses the development of proper alignment and the use of weight and gravity. Course may be
DA 1111
Intermediate Modern (Offered as needed)
Designed to expand intermediate level students’ knowledge of modern dance and increase their
ability to perform more difficult movements, this course stresses the use of the breath and of bodypart initiation. Prerequisite: Previous modern dance training and permission of instructor. Course
may be repeated for credit.
DA 1201
Beginning Ballet (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce beginning level students to classical ballet technique while also teaching the
classical ballet vocabulary. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 1211
Intermediate Ballet (Offered as needed)
Designed to expand the knowledge of ballet technique and vocabulary while developing the
muscular strength and control needed to execute movement sequences. Prerequisite: Previous
ballet instruction and permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 1301
Beginning Jazz (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce beginning level students to the styles and techniques of twentieth century
American jazz dance. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 1311
Intermediate Jazz (Offered as needed)
Designed to train the students in the styles and techniques of intermediate level jazz
dance. Prerequisite: Previous jazz instruction and permission of instructor. Course may be
167
DA 1401
Beginning Tap (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce beginning level students to tap vocabulary while stressing clarity and correct
technique. Style will be developed as combinations and dances are learned, challenging the student
to execute rhythm structures and to define dynamics. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 1411
Intermediate Tap (Offered as needed)
Designed to present and expand tap vocabulary while stressing clarity of rhythm and correct
to execute complex rhythm structures and to define dynamics. Prerequisite: Previous tap
instruction and permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 1511
Aerial Dance (Offered every fall)
Designed to introduce students to the techniques of aerial dance including silks and trapeze, this
course stresses the use of core strength, proper technique while climbing and descending, correct
execution of poses and positions in the air, and transitions between various skills. Course may be
DA 2102
Choreography I (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to teach students the theory of choreography and elements of composition
in dance -- phrasing, form, and the use of space, time, and energy.
DA 290X
Special Topics
DA 291X
Internship
DA 3111
Advanced Modern (Offered as needed)
Designed to expand advanced level students’ knowledge of modern dance and increase their ability
to perform more difficult movements, this course includes floor work, inverted movements, turns,
and balances, and stresses personal expression. Prerequisite: DA 1111 and permission of
instructor. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 3113
Dance History: Pre-20th Century Dance (Offered fall odd years)
This course examines the history of dance both as a social, cultural, and religious expression and as
an art form. Beginning with medieval and Renaissance dance, this course continues through to the
turn of the 20th century. Dance forms that have influenced American dance, in both Western and
non-Western traditions, are the focus of this course, though other dance forms will also be
considered.
168
DA 3123
Dance History: Contemporary Dance After 1900 (Offered fall even years)
This course examines the history of dance both as a social, cultural, and religious expression and as
an art form. Beginning with dance at the turn of the 20th century, this course continues through to
the present day. Dance in America, in both Western and non-Western traditions, is the focus of this
course, though dance in other nations will also be considered.
DA 3211
Advanced Ballet (Offered as needed)
Designed to train advanced level ballet dancers to master the technique of classical ballet while
increasing the knowledge of ballet vocabulary. Prerequisite: DA 1211 and permission of instructor.
Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 3311
Advanced Jazz (Offered as needed)
Designed to train the students in the styles and techniques of advanced level jazz
dance. Prerequisite: DA 1311 and permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 3411
Advanced Tap (Offered as needed)
Designed to present and expand tap vocabulary while stressing clarity of rhythm and correct
to execute complex rhythm structures and to define dynamics. Prerequisite: DA 1411 and
permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 3511
Dance Pedagogy Lab (Offered every semester)
In this course, students gain practical experience in teaching dance to children using
developmentally appropriate teaching methods. Students in this course will prepare and teach
lessons for the St. Gregory’s University dance academy. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 3512
Dance Pedagogy (Offered spring even years)
Principles and methods of teaching dance technique to various populations including children,
adults, seniors, and persons with disabilities.
DA 3811
Dance Improvisation (Offered spring odd years)
This course introduces students to the art of improvisation in dance. Topics include solo, group, and
contact improvisation, as well as improvisation in various styles. Course may be repeated for credit.
DA 4102
Choreography II (Offered spring odd years)
This advanced course in dance composition builds on the work done in Choreography I to introduce
more advanced compositional techniques such as group work, the use of sound and silence, dance
theater, abstraction, and chance choreography. This course will also explore collaborations with
other art forms such as music, visual art, and technology. Prerequisite: Choreography I.
DA 490X
Special Topics
169
DA 491X
Internship
DA 493X
Directed Study
ECONOMICS (EC)
EC 1603
Macroeconomics (Offered every fall)
An introductory course identifying concepts vital to group decision-making. Students will explore
economics on a national and global scale, including economic growth, employment, fiscal and
monetary policy, and economic stability.
EC 1613
Microeconomics (Offered every spring)
An introductory course identifying concepts vital to individual and organizational choices. Students
will explore demand, supply, elasticity, pricing, economic growth, employment, market structures,
and current economic problems.
EC 290X
Special Topics
EC 291X
Internship
EC 3123
Advanced Microeconomic Theory (Offered as needed)
An advanced course expanding the study of microeconomics to specific issues facing
organizations. Theoretical and analytical tools to improve managerial decision-making in business,
nonprofit organizations, and public agencies are developed. Prerequisite: EC 1613, BU 3033 and
MA 3013.
EC 3143
Money and Banking (Offered as needed)
This advanced course studies the analysis, presentation, and interpretation of operations and
financial position with emphasis on accounting theory, critical evaluation of accounting concepts,
and controversial issues in accounting. Topics include cash, receivables, inventory valuation, plant
170
and equipment, intangible assets, and short-term liabilities. Prerequisite: BU 2123 with a grade of
C or better.
EC 490X
Special Topics
EC 491X
Internship
EDUCATION (ED)
ED 290X
Special Topics
ED 291X
Internship
ED 3002
Educational Technology (Offered spring odd years or as needed)
Educational technology is a practical application of multiple forms of technical tools applicable to
classroom instruction, internet use, web page and electronic portfolio development. It provides
experience with equipment, principles of planning and utilization, criteria of selection, and issues
involved in the use of technology. Students will examine the impact of technology on education and
society.
ED 3013
Foundations of Teaching (Offered every fall)
The course is intended to introduce students to education acquainting them with history, philosophy,
purposes, issues, and practices of U.S. education in relation to social, political, religious, and economic
life. Emphasis is on teacher education career planning. A field experience in an Elementary, Middle
and High School is a component of the course.
ED 3022
Middle Level Education (Offered every spring)
This course reviews the philosophy, principles, structure and organization unique to middle level
education as well as the developmental and learning characteristics of the early adolescent.
Curriculum materials, teacher styles, and educational programs will be addressed, in addition to the
teacher’s role as an educational leader. A field experience and in middle school is a component of the
course.
171
ED 3113
Early Childhood Reading Assessment and Instruction (Offered every fall)
This course examines the role of language development and emergent literacy in children (birth to
grade 3) and considers methods, materials, and assessment and intervention practices for the
development of sound reading, writing, and language in young children at school and in the home.
An emphasis is on phonics and phonemic awareness. An assessment and suggestions for remediation
of an early childhood student is a component of this course.
ED 3233
Elementary/Intermediate Reading Assessment and Instruction (Offered every
spring)
This course focuses on research and related assessment techniques, instructional strategies and
curriculum materials appropriate for grades 4-8. An emphasis is on comprehension and word
analysis, vocabulary building, literature study, and content literacy. An assessment and suggestions
for remediation of an elementary/middle level student is a component of this course.
ED 3242
Children's Literature (offered spring even years or as needed)
This course is designed to expose teacher candidates to a wide variety of literature materials, theory,
and instructional techniques appropriate for children from infancy through middle school. Literacy
elements and skills across the curriculum are explored, through modeling of instructional strategies
for the home and school.
ED 3323
Methods of EC-Elementary Science (Offered fall odd years or as needed)
This course is designed to investigate the purposed and practice, the selection, and organization of
content, teaching, and learning procedures, and evaluation of outcomes in science for primary and
elementary aged children. It will address a variety of developmental appropriate experiences in
earth, physical and life sciences. An extended field experience to practice planning and teaching
lessons is a component of this course. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education or permission of
teacher education program director.
ED 3343
Methods of EC-Elementary Mathematics (Offered fall odd years or as needed)
This course is designed to develop the prospective teacher's ability to facilitate mathematical
learning in early childhood through elementary (grades Pk-8) aged children. It includes the study of
philosophies of cognitive development in mathematics, current trends in instructional techniques
and materials, and assessment of student performance. Specific topics covered are developing
number sense; patterns and relations; cultivating understanding and proficiency with operations on
whole numbers, fractions, decimals; developing algebraic reasoning; problem solving; and
representations and communication of mathematical ideas and information. An extended field
experience to practice planning and teaching lessons is a component of this course. Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education or permission of teacher education program director.
ED 3353
Methods of Integrating Fine Arts/PE/Health in EC- Elem Education (Offered fall
odd years or as needed)
A course taught by a team of faculty members, is designed to enable the teacher candidate to
integrate dance, music, theatre, visual art, Physical Education and Health in the educational setting.
172
The course will include study of the nature of creative expression; common elements among the
fine arts disciplines; the unique qualities of dance, music, theatre and visual arts; and the
philosophy of arts integration. This course will also prepare individuals who teach children, Early
Childhood through Elementary, Health, Safety, and Nutrition. It provides an overview of the
planning, organization and management of health and physical movement learning activities.
Teaching and assessment strategies are provided along with ways to promote children’s health,
safety and nutrition at school and at home. An extended field experience to practice planning and
teaching lessons is a component of this course. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education or
permission of teacher education program director.
ED 3363
Methods of EC-Elementary Language Arts and Social Studies (Offered fall odd
years or as needed)
This course addresses instructional strategies and materials applicable to the teaching of listening,
speaking, reading and writing (creative and practical) for early childhood and elementary (grades
Pk-8) students. The course emphasizes learning environments that facilitate children’s
development of handwriting, spelling, grammar and writing mechanics and integrates that with the
instruction of social studies for young children. It focuses on developmentally appropriate learning
experiences and materials for primary through elementary grades. An extended field experience to
practice planning and teaching lessons is a component of this course. Prerequisite: Admission to
teacher education or permission of teacher education program director.
ED 3403
Theory to Practice in Early Childhood (Offered spring odd years or as needed)
This course focuses on the foundations of early childhood education and presents the guidelines for
developmentally appropriate curricula and effective teaching strategies for early childhood
settings. Theories from several different philosophies will be presented. A practicum in an early
childhood setting is a component of this course, with an Observation Project.
ED 4322
Student Teaching Seminar (Offered every semester)
This course is an inquiry-based seminar format designed to focus on a research project which
addresses what impact the student teacher’s instruction has upon P-12 student(s) by using
assessment to inform instruction. Additional course requirements include daily reflective journals
from the internship experience; and, successful completion of the OSAT, OPTE and the final portfolio.
Prerequisite or co-requisite: Admission to student teaching.
ED 4512
Guidance and Group Process Methods for EC-Elem Teachers (Offered fall odd
years or as needed)
Explores the concept of making learning enjoyable by using best practices related to motivation and
behavior to create learning environments that are nurturing and encourage positive social
interaction, self-motivation, active engagement, and collaboration in the classroom. The course
includes various group processes, behavior modification, classroom organization, leadership skills,
and guidance strategies for grades Pk-8. An extended field experience in the schools is a component
of the course. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education or permission of teacher education
program director.
173
ED 490X
Special Topics
ED 491X
Internship
ED 4910
Student Teaching (Offered every semester)
This course includes twelve weeks of in-class observation, teacher assistance, and full teaching
responsibility under the supervision of a University supervisor and a master teacher in accredited
schools. Teacher candidates will engage in all school curricular programs, extracurricular
programs, and professional development activities. 10 credit hours. Prerequisite: Admission to
Student Teaching.
ED 493X
Directed Study
ENGLISH (EN)
EN 1012
College Reading Skills (Offered every semester)
Designed to help students improve their vocabulary, rate, comprehension, spelling and critical
reading skills. Reading and study skills are applied throughout the course. Required for students
whose ACT Reading score is a 15 or below; other students must have the permission of the instructor
before registering for this course.
EN 1013
College Writing (Offered every fall)
This course is designed to help students become successful college writers. Students will learn what
makes writing effective, and learn about analyzing one's writing situation, crafting paragraphs,
drafting, revising, and editing. Required for students whose ACT English score is a 17 or below; other
students must have the permission of the instructor before registering for this course.
EN 1072
Advanced Reading Skills (Offered as needed)
Designed to help students advance their reading skills beyond their entry level. Major components
are guided application of reading skills to college course textbooks/classes, and improvement of
vocabulary, rate, comprehension, spelling and critical reading skills.
174
EN 1113
English Composition I (Offered every semester)
Designed to introduce students to effective written communication for academic success, this course
teaches different modes of writing and the basics of documentation. This course requires at least five
essays, including a research paper. Through course assignments, students apply the integrated skills
of reading, writing, and critical thinking. Prerequisite: EN 1013 or minimum ACT English Score of 18.
EN 1323
English Composition II (Offered every semester)
Designed to introduce students to persuasive writing and to the basics of academic research
methods. This course requires at least five argumentative essays, including a research paper.
Students will work in collaboration and independently to learn the research process and to improve
their writing skills. Prerequisite: EN 1013 or minimum ACT English Score of 18.
EN 1423
English Composition (Honors) (Offered every fall)
This course is designed for students who have received advanced standing credit for EN 1113 by
achieving a score of 25 or better on the English section of the ACT and a score of 24 or better on the
Reading section of the ACT. This course requires at least five essays, including a research paper.
Students achieving a B or A in this course are granted advanced standing credit for EN 1323.
EN 290X
Special Topics
EN 291X
Internship
EN 3103
Creative Writing (Offered spring odd years)
This class provides an informal workshop environment for generating creative writing in a number
of genres, including fiction, short stories, personal essays, drama, and poetry. In addition to reading
and responding to each other's work, students read examples of writing to develop analytical skills
and a notion of writing strategies and structures. Prerequisite: EN 1113 and EN 1323.
EN 3213
Survey of American Literature I (Offered spring odd years)
Designed to increase students' appreciation and understanding of the writers and ideas which have
shaped contemporary literature in America. Major components include the Colonial Period, the
Neoclassic Age, and the Romantic Movement.
EN 3223
Survey of American Literature II (Offered fall odd years)
Designed to survey literary movements which constitute "an American chorus." Students will read
major and minor voices of the literary world. Students will study components that include Realism,
Naturalism and contemporary literature in America.
175
EN 3233
Literature for Young Adults (Offered as needed)
Designed to study literature popular with and suitable for young adults. Students will review criteria
for selecting books and other materials by analyzing a book's content, readability, and interest in
light of young adult readers. Through oral presentations, annotated reading lists, and papers,
students receive practical application of the course curricula.
EN 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary English/Language Arts (Offered as needed)
Teacher candidates in Secondary English/Language Arts Education will learn to use a variety of
researched based, effective teaching techniques to foster active inquiry, collaboration, supportive
interaction and curriculum integration. The course will introduce curriculum development and
modification, methods of creating learning environments to support a variety of learning styles and
assessments, reading instruction at the secondary level, and classroom management techniques
appropriate for grades 6-12. Teacher candidates will practice lesson planning. A field experience in
the schools is a component of the course. Prerequisite: Admission to the teacher education program
(or permission of teacher education program director).
EN 3313
Shakespeare (Offered fall odd years)
This course will expose students to the major tragedies, comedies, and histories in Shakespeare's
repertoire. Through this study students will become more confident in their reading and
interpretation of Shakespeare. Through a study of the historical and social context of the plays
students will become familiar with the environment in which Shakespeare worked.
EN 3423
Survey of English Literature I (Offered spring even years)
Designed to acquaint students with the great authors and works of the English language. Major
components include Beowulf, Chaucer, Shakespeare, and the Renaissance.
EN 3433
Survey of English Literature II (Offered fall even years)
Designed to introduce students to the social and moral values as reflected through English
literature in the 19th and 20th centuries. Major components include: English poetry and the
English novel.
EN 3543
World Literature (Offered fall even years)
Designed to increase understanding and appreciation of the world's greatest poetry, fiction, and
drama. The course emphasizes works written across times and cultures to see how literature
varies according to culture and how it is consistent across cultures.
EN 4113
Literary Theory and Criticism (Offered spring even years)
This course studies the main modern critical approaches to literature, including New Criticism,
Deconstruction, Cultural Studies, and others. Students will learn how to apply literary theories to
texts, a skill that is essential to success in graduate studies and to becoming a stronger reader.
176
EN 490X
Special Topics
EN 491X
Internship
EN493X
Directed Study
FINE ARTS (FA)
FA 1001
Applied Performing Arts (Offered every semester)
This course provides students with hands-on experience in a variety of production aspects
including performance, design, technical production and management. Course may be repeated for
credit. Note: Course DOEN NOT COUNT toward the Fine Arts Institutional Core requirement.
FA 290X
Special Topics
FA 291X
Internship
FA 3113
Introduction to Film (Offered every spring)
Explores the range of film styles, movements, and genres; the relationship between theory and
technique in the "language" of sounds and images; and the economic and social importance of film.
FA 490X
Special Topics
FA 491X
Internship
177
FA 492X
Directed Study
Individual intensive reading, research, dialogue and writing with a faculty member on a specific
topic not addressed in regularly offered courses in this department. May be repeated as the topic
changes. Prerequisite: Permission of faculty member and permission of Academic Dean.
FA 4993
This course provides students in Dance, Theatre and Visual Arts with the opportunity to lead an
artistic project in their discipline under the guidance of their faculty mentor and within the highest
creative standards in their field. The students will also complete a research paper relevant to their
project using the perspective of their liberal arts education. Each project and research topic will be
determined in consultation with the instructor and the student’s mentor and/or advisor.
Prerequisite: Senior standing (anticipating graduation within the calendar year).
GEOGRAPHY (GE)
GE 3113
World Geography and Cultures (Offered every Fall)
This course considers where people live, why they live there, how they adapt and survive, and what
the implications are for the world today and tomorrow. Physical processes and landscapes, cultural
and sociological influences, economic philosophies, environmental issues and the connections
between them are examined as shaping the distinctive social and physical geography of the
world. Students are challenged to become stewards of the social and natural environments.
GE 490X
Special Topics
HISTORY (HI)
HI 1043
World History to 1600 (Offered every fall)
A general survey of the social, economic and political forces that have shaped human history from
ancient civilizations to the early modern period.
HI 1053
World History Since 1600 (Offered every spring)
A general survey of the social, economic and political forces that have shaped human history from
the early modern period to the present.
HI 1483
United States, 1492 - 1865 (Offered every semester)
A general survey of the social, economic and political forces that have shaped the nation from the
initial contact between Native Americans and Europeans to the end of the Civil War.
178
HI 1493
United States, 1865 - Present (Offered every semester)
A general survey of the social, economic and political forces that have shaped the nation from the end
of the Civil War to contemporary America.
HI 290X
Special Topics
HI 291X
Internship
HI 3023
Contemporary America: 1945 to the Present (Offered as needed)
This course analyzes the international and domestic events that shaped the United States following
the Second World War. Recommended Preparation: HI 1493
HI 3043
Twentieth-Century Europe (Offered as needed)
Designed to provide an introduction to twentieth century European society and politics from 1914
to the present. Particularly close attention is given to the origin, nature and impact of the central
phenomena of the time: total war, the challenge to liberal states from fascism and communism, and
the growth of consumer society. Recommended Preparation: HI 1053
HI 3113
The American Revolution and the Early Republic: 1763 to 1815 (Offered as
needed)
Provides an examination of the revolutionary transformation of America between the French and
Indian War and the War of 1812. Recommended Preparation: HI 1483
HI 3323
History and Government of Oklahoma (Offered as needed)
Designed to provide a survey of Oklahoma history and government from its beginning to the present,
including its Indian background, formation into territories, achievement of statehood, and general
cultural, economic and political development. Recommended Preparation: HI 1483 or HI 1493
HI 4113
Historiography (Offered spring odd years)
Analyzes the way in which history has been written by exploring the factors that influenced those
historical works. The course examines historians and their works from classical antiquity to the
present. Recommended Preparation: HI 1043, 1053, 1483 and 1493
HI 4413
Seminar in American History (Offered as needed)
A discussion of selected aspects of U.S. history. This course may be repeated for credit as the topic
changes. Recommended Preparation: HI 1483 or HI 1493
179
HI 4513
Seminar in European History (Offered as needed)
A discussion of selected aspects of European history. This course may be repeated for credit as the
topic changes. Recommended Preparation: HI 1043 or HI 1053
HI 490X
Special Topics
HI 491X
Internship
Sophomore standing and permission of department head.
HI 493X
Directed Study
HUMANITIES (HU)
HU 1101
First Year Experience I (Offered every fall)
This course is designed as an extended orientation program, exposing first-year participants to a
variety of experiences, materials, lectures, discussions and activities which will enhance student
learning by enhancing student engagement.
HU 1201
First Year Experience II (Offered every spring)
This course is designed as a continued extended orientation program, exposing first-year
participants to a variety of experiences, materials, lectures, discussions and activities which will
enhance student learning by enhancing student engagement.
HU 1111
Strategies for the College Class (Offered as needed)
This course helps students develop the skills, knowledge and values foundational to academic
success across the disciplines. Students spend at least two hours of class time and/or individual
supervision developing study, organizational and time management skills; reading, composition
and critical thinking skills; research skills; math knowledge; inter-personal communication skills;
etc. Permission of instructor or Academic Dean required.
HU 1112
Great Books Seminar I: Ancient & Classical Culture (2000 BC to 20 BC) (Offered
every fall)
A discussion-based seminar focusing on ancient and classical culture and thought. Readings will
include Ancient Egyptian love poems, to be read and discussed in class, The Epic of Gilgamesh, The
Book of Genesis, Homer’s The Odyssey, The Book of Job, Sophocles’ Antigone, Plato’s The Republic,
180
Apology, and Crito, Euripides’ Medea, Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, and Virgil’s The Aenied.
Students will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or museum visits.
HU 1122
Great Books Seminar II: Christian & Medieval Culture (50 AD to 1500 AD)
(Offered every spring)
A discussion-based seminar exploring Christian and medieval culture and thought. Readings will
include selected poetry of the period, to be read and discussed in class, The Gospel of Matthew,
Augustine’s Confessions, St. Benedict of Nursia’s The Rule of St. Benedict, The Koran, Aquinas’ Summa
Theologiae, Julian of Norwich’s Medieval Women Mystics, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Dante’s
Inferno, Chaucer’s The Miller’s Tale and The Wife of Bath’s Tale, and Machiavelli’s The Prince. Students
will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or museum visits.
HU 1143
Western Civilization and Culture (Offered every semester)
Knowledge of the development of civilization provides us with a context for understanding human
nature and its concerns. This course is designed to provide an integrated study of Western culture
with emphasis given to the philosophy, the artistic creations, and the history, which shaped the
culture of each period. Major components include ancient Egyptian civilization, the Greek and Roman
classical civilizations, the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, and the Reformation.
HU 2112
Great Books Seminar III: Early Modern Culture (1600 AD to 1900 AD) (Offered
every fall)
A discussion-based seminar exploring early modern culture and thought. Readings will include
selected poetry of the period, to be read and discussed in class, Shakespeare’s Othello, Moliere’s
Tartuffe, Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels, Shelley’s Frankenstein, Brothers Grimm, Marx’s The Communist
Manifesto, Poe’s selected short stories, Declaration of Independence, Dred Scott v. Sandford, Douglass’s
The Meaning of July Fourth for the Negro, Stanton’s Declaration of Sentiments and Resolutions,
Anthony’s Susan B. Anthony Addresses Judge Ward Hunt, Truth’s Ain’t I a Woman?, and Darwin’s On
The Origin of Species. Students will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or
museum visits.
HU 2122
Great Books Seminar IV: Late Modern Culture (1900 AD to Present) (Offered
every spring)
A discussion-based seminar exploring late modern culture and thought. Readings will include
selected poetry of the period, to be read and discussed in class, Ibsen’s Hedda Gabler, St. Therese’s
The Story of a Soul, Huxley’s Brave New World, Faulkner’s A Rose for Emily, Hemingway’s A Clean,
Well-Lighted Place, Eliot’s The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock, Wiesel’s Night, Lee’s To Kill a
Mockingbird, O’Connor’s A Good Man Is Hard to Find, Carver’s Cathedral, and King’s Letter From a
Birmingham Jail. Students will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or
museum visits.
HU 2651
Liberal Arts Core Seminar (Offered every semester)
The Liberal Arts Seminar is the capstone course for the Institutional core. It reviews certain of the
liberal arts goals as expressed in the University’s Mission Statement and the Institutional Learning
181
Outcomes. It reviews the liberal arts tradition of western civilization, enables students to grasp the
on-going narrative of western civilization as a whole, and enables students to understand and
assess their lives in its context. The Institutional core Portfolio is the summative expression of the
Seminar as well as of the Institutional core experience. Pass/Fail.
HU 290X
Special Topics
HU 291X
Internship
HU 3112
Great Books Seminar T1: Classical, Christian & Medieval Culture (2000 BC to
1500 AD) (Offered every fall)
A discussion-based seminar exploring the development of Western thought and culture from the 9th
century BC through the 6th century AD. Readings will include selected poetry of the period, to be
read and discussed in class, The Book of Genesis, Homer’s The Odyssey, Euripides’ Medea, Plato’s
Apology and Crito, Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, The Gospel of Matthew, Augustine’s Confessions, St.
Benedict of Nursia’s The Rule of St. Benedict, Aquinas’ Summa Theologiae, and Dante’s Inferno.
Students will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or museum visits.
Prerequisite: Minimum of 45 transfer credits.
HU 3122
Great Books Seminar T2: Early & Late Modern Culture (1600 AD to Present)
(Offered every spring)
A discussion-based seminar exploring the development of Western thought and culture from 1200
AD through the 20th century AD. Readings will include selected poetry of the period, to be read and
discussed in class, Machiavelli’s The Prince, Shakespeare’s Othello, Shelley’s Frankenstein, Marx’s The
Communist Manifesto, Darwin’s On the Origin of Species, St. Therese’s The Story of a Soul, Wiesel’s
Night, O’Connor’s A Good Man Is Hard to Find, Carver’s Cathedral, and King’s Letter From a
Birmingham Jail. Students will also reflect on movies, plays, concerts, dance performances, or
museum visits. Prerequisite: Minimum of 45 transfer credits.
HU 490X
Special Topics
HU 491X
Internship
182
HU 492X
Directed Study
Individual intensive reading, research, dialogue and writing with a faculty member on a specific topic
not addressed in regularly offered courses in this department. May be repeated as the topic
HU 4993
Senior Seminar (Offered as needed)
This "capstone" experience provides senior humanities students with the opportunity to research a
particular topic in the humanities and examine it from the perspective of a variety of humanities
disciplines. Student projects will be determined in consultation with the seminar
instructor. Prerequisite: Senior standing (anticipating graduation within the calendar year) and
completion (or near completion) of all humanities or theology degree course requirements.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS (IS)
IS 2803
Programming I (Offered as needed)
This programming course provides students with an understanding of visual programming that
introduces graphical user interfaces, menus, code programming and windows on-screen objects.
This course focuses on command buttons, text boxes, option buttons and graphics.
IS 2813
Programming II (Offered as needed)
This programming course provides students with an understanding of structured and object oriented
programming. Major components include problem solving methodology, expansion of programming
basics, loops and decisions, structure functions, objects, classes, and arrays. Examples of various
business applications will be studied.
IS 290X
Special Topics
IS 291X
Internship
Permission of department head
IS 3173
Management Information Systems (Offered spring even years)
An intermediate course examining the role information systems play in meeting the needs of
decision-makers. Emphasis will be placed on uses of information and on data resource
management. Recommended Preparation: BU 3023.
183
IS 3263
Web Site Design (Offered as needed)
A course in Web site development and maintenance. Topics consist of developing links with
interactive databases, designing security measures, and marketing the Web site. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
IS 3803
Database (Offered as needed)
This course provides students with basic knowledge of database structures. Emphasis will be on
methodologies for planning, designing, constructing, implementing, and maintaining databases
including Enterprise Databases and applications using Internet technology. Prerequisite: IS 2803, IS
2813
IS 3813
Advanced Website Design (Offered as needed)
An advanced Web site development and maintenance course for students interested running their
own commercial site. Topics for study consist of developing mobile compliant sites, linking with
interactive databases, designing in security measures, and marketing the Web
site. Prerequisite: permission of instructor
IS 4803
System Analysis and Design (Offered as needed)
This course enables the student to learn the concepts of information system planning, design, and
utilization. This is achieved through recognized system development procedures. In addition, case
studies and simulation models in a variety of contemporary business contexts are used to
demonstrate the importance of effective business information processing systems.
IS 4813
Networking (Offered as needed)
This course enables students to acquire a foundation in local-area and wide-area networks, and the
Internet. The first section concentrates on hardware components, software, terminology, and design
of a network. In addition, connectivity, topologies and protocols of a network will be addressed. The
second section provides knowledge and skills necessary to perform post-installation and day-to-day
administration tasks in a single- or multiple-domain network. Students learn of the detailed
technical support required for workstations and servers. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
IS 490X
Special Topics
IS 491X
Internship
184
JAPANESE (JN)
JN 1113
Beginning Japanese I (Offered as needed)
Designed to develop students' skills in the fundamentals of the Japanese language. Major components
include: grammar and usage, vocabulary, translation, reading, and speaking. Special emphasis is
placed on speaking and comprehending Japanese.
JN 1223
Beginning Japanese II (Offered as needed)
Designed to complement JN 1113. Major components include: grammar and usage, vocabulary,
translation, reading and speaking. Special emphasis is placed on speaking and comprehending
Japanese. Prerequisite: JN 1113.
JN 290X
Special Topics
KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH STUDIES (KI)
KI 1041
Beginning Physical Activity (Offered every semester)
A beginning level activity course focusing on basic skills and knowledge of the activity. May be
repeated for credit as the topic changes.
KI 1061
Intermediate Physical Activity (Offered as needed)
An intermediate level activity course focusing on intermediate to advanced level skills and
knowledge. May be repeated for credit as the topic changes. Prerequisite: Beginning course in the
same activity (or permission of instructor).
KI 1072
Concepts of Wellness (Offered every semester)
Designed to teach how to establish and maintain an overall fitness program so as to lead a healthier,
longer and more fulfilling life. Major components include: cardiovascular conditioning, body
composition, flexibility, muscular strength, endurance, nutrition, spiritual health and mental health.
KI 1411
Varsity Athletics (Offered every semester)
Designed for students participating in a varsity athletic program. Major components include: basic
conditioning and participation in the particular varsity sport. Athletes may enroll in this course one
semester per year, with an accumulation of no more than 4 credit hours in this course applied
towards fulfillment of graduation requirements.
KI 1791
Lifeguard Training (Offered as needed)
Designed to develop students' swimming skills as well as life-saving techniques. Major components
include: development of swimming strokes, endurance, reaching, wading, equipment rescue, survival
185
swimming, carries, escapes and releases. Students will receive Red Cross certificate for
Lifeguarding. Prerequisite: KI 2101 (or Professional Rescuer and First Aid certification). Materials
Fee required.
KI 2012
Foundations of Kinesiology (Offered every fall)
Designed to provide an orientation to health and sport science and movement sciences, with an
emphasis on the history, philosophy, and principles of this discipline.
KI 2101
First Aid (Offered every spring)
Designed to prepare students to care for victims in emergency situations. Major components
include: CPR, respiratory emergencies, wounds, poisoning, head injuries, trunk injuries, limb
injuries, water accidents, drugs, burns, fractures, emergency childbirth, and extrication. One theory
and one laboratory session per week. Materials fee required. Students will receive Red Cross
Professional Rescuer and First Aid certification.
KI 2222
Basic Care and Prevention of Injuries (Offered every fall)
This course deals with treatment of injuries within the scope of the physical education teacher,
coach, fitness leader, and athletic trainer. Major components include prevention, evaluation,
management, and rehabilitation of the injury. Laboratory experience includes taping techniques
and using modalities in a training room setting. Materials fee required.
KI 2272
Community Recreation (Offered as needed)
A survey of the nature, history, and scope of recreation/leisure programming. Emphasis is on the
broad scope of government supported and private recreational organizations.
KI 2501
Theory of Coaching Lab (Offered as needed)
This is a lab in which the student will study the coaching techniques of one specific sport (with
concurrent enrollment in KI 2502). May be repeated only with previous completion of KI 2502.
KI 2502
Theory of Coaching (Offered as needed)
This course examines the various leadership styles and roles of coaches. The roles will include
motivational, organizational, management, and educational responsibilities. Co-requisite: KI 2501.
KI 276X
Practicum (Offered as needed)
Planned program of observation and limited professional/clinical practice in an area related to health
and sport science, under the direction and supervision of a university advisor and a selected
practitioner. Permission of the kinesiology program director required.
KI 290X
Special Topics
186
KI 291X
Internship
KI 3023
Psychology of Sport and Exercise (Offered every fall)
This course is designed to introduce sport and exercise psychology. Major components include:
personality, attention, motivation, anxiety, arousal, intervention and behavior modification
strategies as they relate to athletics, recreation and total wellness.
KI 3083
Sport Marketing and Promotion (Offered every spring)
This course is a study of the nature, content, and application of the various concepts of sport
marketing and promotion. Techniques and principles of basic fund raising and public relations are
also examined.
KI 3122
Motor Learning and Development (Offered every fall)
A study of the nature of the acquisition of motor skills and perceptual development through the
lifespan, with practical understanding of the role of motor activities in the development of the young
child and the quality of life issues of adults.
KI 3133
Contemporary Sport Culture (Offered every spring)
This course is designed to introduce the student to the role of sport in society. Emphasis is upon the
various issues facing sport, physical activity, leisure, and fitness in the contemporary world.
KI 3243
Movement Anatomy (Offered every fall)
A study of the gross structure of the human body with an emphasis on the relationship of anatomy to
the movement of the body during physical activity, sports, and exercise.
KI 3752
Health Behaviors (Offered every fall)
A study of motivations related to health behaviors in our society. It will include methods, materials,
and pedagogical strategies in such health behaviors as weight and stress management, smoking
cessation, and exercise adherence.
KI 3803
Kinesiology and Biomechanics (Offered as needed)
A study of human movement incorporating both qualitative and quantitative analysis. The study of
the human body as a machine for the performance of work has its foundations in three major areas
of study: mechanics, anatomy, and neuromuscular physiology. Prerequisite: LS 3253 or KI 3243.
KI 4012
Legal Issues in Health and Sport Science (Offered every spring)
This course is designed to provide the student with an introduction to law as it applies to sport,
human movement, and recreation with an understanding of legal terminology. Emphasis is given to
constitutional guarantees, risk management, safety, insurance, negligence, product liability and
contract law.
187
KI 4022
Healthy Aspects of Aging (Offered as needed)
Designed to present aging as a normal, developmental process. Preserving quality of life, coping with
impairments or challenges to health and well-being, and promotion of individual wellness are
covered.
KI 4032
Worksite and Community Health Promotion (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide a fundamental understanding of worksite and community health
promotion. Historical perspectives, organizational patterns, budgetary responsibilities, design,
marketing, and personnel management are the major components of this course.
KI 4033
Management of Sport, Fitness, and Leisure Programs (Offered as needed)
This course provides information and practical experience in organizing and administering programs
in sport, fitness, and leisure. Policy making, budgeting, management techniques, public relations, and
organizational procedures are covered.
KI 4101
Exercise Physiology Lab (Offered every fall)
A laboratory experience with both clinical and field experiences related to exercise
physiology. Prerequisite: KI 4103 (or concurrent enrollment).
KI 4103
Exercise Physiology (Offered every fall)
Designed to provide the student with an understanding of acute and chronic responses to
exercise. Particular attention will be placed upon a detailed understanding of muscle bioenergetics
and metabolism as well as the cardiopulmonary and musculoskeletal responses to physical
exercise. Concurrent enrollment in KI 4101 is required. Prerequisite: LS 1113 (or PS 1363) and KI
3243 (or LS 3253).
KI 4202
Movement for Special Populations (Offered as needed)
Designed to provide history and overview of movement activities, fitness, and leisure for special
populations. Included are societal views of disabilities, federal laws, plus modalities programming
for specific disabilities.
KI 4263
Exercise Testing and Prescription (Offered every spring)
This course is an introduction to health/exercise tests and principles of exercise
prescription. Specific assessments taught include cardio respiratory endurance, muscular strength,
muscular endurance, body composition, and flexibility. Prescription design includes both aerobic
and anaerobic programs. Prerequisite: KI 4103 or LS 3214.
KI 490X
Special Topics
188
KI 491X
Internship
Planned program of clinical practice in health promotion under the direction and supervision of a
university advisor and a selected practitioner. Prerequisite: Junior standing, 20 credit hours of
kinesiology degree requirements and permission of the kinesiology program director.
KI 493X
Directed Study
LATIN (LA)
LA 1113
Beginning Latin I (Offered as needed)
Designed to develop skills in the fundamentals of Latin. Major components include: grammar and
use, vocabulary, translation, reading, and pronunciation. Special emphasis is placed on reading and
comprehending written Latin.
LA 1223
Beginning Latin II (Offered as needed)
Designed to further the development of student skills in the fundamentals of the Latin
language. Major components include: grammar and usage, vocabulary, translation, reading and
speaking. Special emphasis is placed on speaking and comprehending Latin. Prerequisite: LA 1113.
LA 2113
Intermediate Latin I (Offered as needed)
Designed to complete and perfect students’ knowledge of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and
syntax. Prerequisite: LA 1223
LIFE SCIENCE (LS)
LS 1021
Environmental Science Lab (Offered every spring)
Students explore the interrelationships between humans and their world. Topics include
environmental impacts of indigenous and industrial human activity, limiting factors that influence
human populations, and strategies for sustainability. Discussions consider the social, political,
ethical, and economic aspects of environmental decision-making. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or
co-requisite: LS 1023.
LS 1023
Environmental Science (Offered every spring)
Students explore the interrelationships between humans and their world. Topics include
environmental impacts of indigenous and industrial human activity, limiting factors that influence
189
human populations, and strategies for sustainability. Discussions consider the social, political,
ethical, and economic aspects of environmental decision-making.
LS 1111
Principles of Biology Lab (Offered every semester)
Enhances the learning experience of the Principles of Biology course by incorporating hands on
interaction and basic experiments to develop an in-depth understanding of major biological
concepts. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or co-requisite: LS 1113.
LS 1112
Medical Vocabulary (Offered every fall)
Designed for students of the health professions in order that they might recognize the precise
meaning of and spell and enunciate medical terms. Major components include: roots, prefixes, and
their combining forms with emphasis upon the use of medical terms in case studies.
LS 1113
Principles of Biology (Offered every semester)
This course provides the student with the basic principles of biology. These include cellular
organization and function, genetics, reproduction and development, natural selection, classification
of living organisms, representative taxa, ecology, and environmental and conservation issues.
LS 1201
Avian Biology Lab (Offered as needed)
Enhances the learning experience of the Avian Biology course.
LS1213
Avian Biology (Offered as needed)
In this course birds serve as a model for our understanding of concepts of science and biology, with
special emphasis on field biology. Students learn to identify many bird species by sight, and to a
lesser extent, by sound. This course focuses on the basics of avian biology, as well as an
understanding of bird watching and bird appreciation. Students gain an understanding and an
appreciation of the uniqueness of Class Aves. Upon completion of the course, students appreciate
the diversity of birds and the habitats in which they live. This course fulfills the Core Curriculum
requirement for a laboratory science course. It is taught as an Arts Integrated course.
LS 2014
General Zoology (Offered every spring)
Provides the student with an appreciation for the unity and diversity of animal life, including a survey
of major animal phyla, natural history, zoogeography, phylogenetic relationships, taxonomy and
ecology. Three hours lecture and one laboratory each week. Laboratory fee required. Prerequisite:
LS 1113/1111 and PS 1363/1361.
LS 2152
Introduction to the Health Professions (Offered as needed)
Introduces students to many aspects of the health professions. Topics to be covered include: the U.S.
health care system, categories of health services, paying for health services, long-term patient care,
aging, health and women's issues, and health career planning.
190
LS 2271
Microbiology Lab (Offered every spring)
Enhances the learning experience of the Microbiology course by incorporating common tools and
techniques for propagation, isolation, and identification of microbes. The laboratory procedures
comprise aseptic technique, preparation of media, establishment and preparation of pure cultures,
staining techniques, etc. Investigation topics include: environmental microbiology, epidemiology,
anti-microbial properties of various substances and microorganisms, bacterial water pollution,
etc. Laboratory fee required.
LS 2273
Microbiology (Offered every spring)
Students will study basic and applied concepts of both general and medical microbiology and
immunology. Major concepts covered include: prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell structure and
function, cell metabolism (with an emphasis on differences of prokaryotes vs. eukaryotes), disease
producing properties of microorganisms, the defense mechanisms of host and microorganism
adaptations, the pathways by which disease agents are transmitted, and methods of control for
microorganisms.
LS 2414
General Botany (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to plant biology and a survey of
major plant divisions. Subject matter includes structure and function of cells, morphology, genetics,
reproduction, growth and development, evolution, ecology, and classification of plants. In addition,
vegetation types and common taxa of North America are introduced. Field trips required. Three
hours lecture and one laboratory each week. Laboratory fee required. Prerequisite: LS 1113/1111.
LS 290X
Special Topics
LS 291X
Internship
LS 3013
Research and Technical Writing (Offered every fall)
Use of library resources including reference materials, bibliographical literature, and online
research methods. Preparation of subject bibliographies and literature reviews, practice writing
and editing abstracts, and manuscripts. Prerequisite: One Life Science course.
LS 3114
Natural History of the Vertebrates (Offered as needed)
A survey of vertebrate groups, emphasizing those taxa indigenous to Oklahoma: vertebrate ecology,
life history, morphology, behavior, phylogeny and conservation. Laboratory and field trips
required. Laboratory fee required. Prerequisite: LS 2014.
191
LS 3133
Evolutionary Biology (Offered as needed)
This course covers the basic processes and patterns of evolution. Primary topics include:
phylogenetics, paleontology, biogeography, genetic variation, natural selection, adaptation,
speciation, character evolution, and macroevolution. Prerequisites: LS 2014 (or LS 2414) and PS
1363/1361.
LS 3134
Aquatic Biology (Offered as needed)
Study of freshwater and marine aquatic ecosystems. Incorporates principles of limnology,
hydrology, stream ecology, nutrient cycling, oceanography, marine biology, wetland ecology and
conservation. The laboratory examines water quality and aquatic plant and animal
communities. Laboratory and field trips required. Field trip fee required. Recommended
Preparation: LS 2014; Prerequisite: LS 1113/1111.
LS 3203
Introduction to Nutrition (Offered every spring)
Designed to develop an understanding of the important role which nutrition plays in mental and
physical health. Major components include: combating food misinformation, food and health, daily
food guides, key nutrients, food and energy, growth, nutrient needs of age groups, and meal-planning
to meet family needs. Prerequisite: LS 1113.
LS 3214
Human Physiology (Offered every spring)
Designed to present the major concepts on how the human body functions. Topics include: organic
and inorganic molecules, tissues, cell division, genetics, protein synthesis, the functioning of
individual organs, glands and the overall functioning of body systems. Three one hour lectures and
one three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: LS 2014 (with a grade of C or better). Laboratory
fee required.
LS 3252
Human Anatomy Lab (Offered every fall)
Four hours laboratory dissection of a human cadaver each week.
required. Prerequisite or co-requisite: LS 3253.
Laboratory fee
LS 3253
Human Anatomy (Offered every fall)
Designed to introduce students to the development and gross morphology of the human body and its
systems. Prerequisite: LS 2014 (with a grade of C or better).
LS 3313
Cell Biology (Offered as needed)
This course is a study of cell structure and function and the fundamentals of molecular
biology. Topics include: cell chemistry, organelle structure and function, metabolism, genetics and
reproduction, tissue differentiation, and biotechnology. Prerequisite: LS 2014 (or LS 2414) and PS
1363/1361.
LS 3331
Genetics Lab (Offered every fall)
Enhances the learning experience of the Genetics course. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or corequisite: LS 3333.
192
LS 3333
Genetics (Offered every fall)
Genetics is the study of heredity. This course offers an overview of the current methods in genetics,
including computer and DNA technology. Topics cover Mendelian heredity, molecular genetics,
population genetics and conservation genetics. Prerequisite: LS 2014 (or LS 2414) and PS
1363/1361.
LS 3414
Ornithology (Offered as needed)
Students learn about the systematics, morphology, physiology, behavior, and ecology of
birds. Includes laboratory examination of St. Gregory’s University’s collection of avian study
skins. Field trips allow students to learn to identify local bird species by sight and sound, observing
their behavior in the wild. Several field trips involve the systematic collection of data to answer
questions of interest concerning the behavior and ecology of wild birds. Some early-morning field
trips take place outside of scheduled class time. Prerequisite: LS 2014.
LS 3513
Pathogenic Microbiology (Offered as needed)
Students study the basic and applied concepts of pathogenic microbiology, epidemiology, and
immunology. Major concepts covered include: normal flora of all human systems, disease producing
microorganisms significant to all human systems; the defense mechanisms of host and
microorganism adaptations; the pathways by which disease agents are transmitted; methods of
control for microorganisms; etc. Prerequisite: LS 2273 (Microbiology) and LS 2273 (Microbiology
Lab) or permission of instructor.
LS 4104
Biostatistics (Offered as needed)
Biostatistics is the application of statistical methods to the clarification of biological problems. Topics
include: scientific method, experimental design, probability, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis
of variance, regression, correlation, analysis of frequencies, numerical systematics and statistical
computer programs. Three hours lecture and one laboratory session. Prerequisite: LS 2014 (or LS
2414).
LS 4114
Principles of Ecology (Offered as needed)
Relationships of organisms to the physical and biotic environment, population and community
ecology, nutrient cycling and energy flow, and anthropogenic impacts on natural
ecosystems. Laboratory and field trips required. Field trip fee required. Prerequisite: LS 2014 and
LS 2414.
LS 4124
Conservation Biology (Offered as needed)
Applied ecology, history of the conservation movement, natural resources and ecosystem
management, government policy, endangered and threatened species, biodiversity, protected area
design, ecological restoration, environmental ethics, environmental economics, sustainability. Field
trip fee required. Prerequisite: LS 2014 and LS 2414.
193
LS 4134
Field Biology (Offered as needed)
Students collaborate with instructor to understand the physical and biological factors that affect the
structure of an animal community at a local field site. Students learn techniques for surveying plant
and animal communities, perform geographic and statistical analyses, and collectively produce a
research report detailing findings. Field trip fee required. Prerequisite: LS 2014 and LS 2414.
LS 4313
Histology (Offered as needed)
This course is a study of cells and tissues and their organization in organs and organ systems. Topics
include: epithelium, muscle, connective tissue and nervous tissue. Emphasis will be placed on
recognition, composition and functions of the organs and tissues. The circulatory, integumentary,
digestive, respiratory, immune and urinary systems are some of the organ systems that are
studied. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Laboratory fee
required. Prerequisite: LS 3253 (or permission of instructor).
LS 490X
Special Topics
LS 491X
Internship
LS 493X
Directed Study
LS 4981
Health Professions Seminar (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to assist seniors in preparing for entry into their professional or graduate
program. Student will prepare a curriculum vita, a personal statement, complete a mock application
for a professional or graduate program, and participate in a mock interview.
MATHEMATICS (MA)
MA 1113
Intermediate Algebra (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide the student a basic foundation in the fundamentals of
algebra. Major components include: real number system, operations with signed numbers,
operations with algebraic expressions, special products and factoring, operations with fractions, and
first degree equations in one unknown.
194
MA 1223
Principles of Mathematics I (Offered as needed)
Foundations of numbers including the structure, operations and properties of number systems,
number theory and set theory. This course is specifically designed to help prospective teachers at the
elementary, kindergarten, and pre-k levels gain an understanding of the underlying concepts of
mathematics and teaching strategies and will not satisfy the Institutional core Curriculum
mathematics requirement.
MA 1323
Principles of Mathematics II (Offered every spring)
An introduction to geometry and measurement, including shapes, congruence, similarity, geometric
transformations and problem solving. This course is specifically designed to help prospective
teachers at the elementary, kindergarten, and pre-k levels gain an understanding of the underlying
concepts of mathematics and teaching strategies and will not satisfy the Institutional core Curriculum
MA 1423
Principles of Mathematics III (Offered as needed)
Designed to give those preparing to teach mathematics an understanding of algebra and statistics.
The concepts of patterns, graphs, relations, functions, inequalities, and basic statistics will be
developed in a problem-based format. This course is specifically designed to help prospective
teachers at the elementary, kindergarten, and pre-k levels gain an understanding of the underlying
concepts of mathematics and teaching strategies and will not satisfy the Institutional core Curriculum
MA 1473
Mathematics for Critical Thinking (Offered every semester)
This course is designed to strengthen student literacy in mathematics through the basic skills for
critical evaluation of quantitative arguments including logic, critical appraisal of graphs and tables,
use of simple applied mathematical models and introduction to elementary statistics.
MA 1513
College Algebra (Offered every semester)
This course is designed to provide a more thorough understanding of algebraic functions. Major
components include: real number system; algebraic expressions and exponents; polynomial, rational,
exponential and logarithmic functions. A graphing approach is emphasized to aid
understanding. Prerequisites: High school Algebra II and Geometry (or equivalent).
MA 1733
Pre-Calculus (Offered as needed)
This course prepares students for advanced mathematic studies and encourages experience such as
normal probability distribution, non-linear regression, and hypothesis testing. Students will be
exposed to elements of algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
MA 1814
Pre-Calculus/Analytic Geometry (Offered as needed)
Designed to prepare students for calculus by introducing them to forms of mathematics used in
modeling problems in all fields. Major components include: real number properties, algebraic and
transcendental functions and graphing, review of basic trigonometry, plane analytic geometry,
vectors in two dimensions, systems of equations, polar coordinates and parametric equations. Three
195
one-hour lectures and one two-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: ACT Math minimum score of 22
and three years of high school mathematics (or permission of instructor).
MA 2054
Calculus I (Offered every fall)
Designed to prepare students in programs which require calculus. Students study functions of a real
variable in both theory and application and in several different settings. Major components include:
discrete and continuous relations and functions, limits, rates of change, the concept of the derivative,
its theory, techniques and applications, relative rate problems, max/min problems, and Newton's
method. Three one-hour lectures and one two-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: MA 1814 (or
equivalent).
MA 2153
Calculus II (Offered every spring)
Students study the theory, techniques, and application of the integral and series. This course builds
upon the study of the derivative in Calculus I. Major components include: anti-differentiation, the
fundamental theorem of calculus, integral calculus, series, and series representation of
functions. Prerequisite: MA 2054.
MA 290X
Special Topics
MA 291X
Internship
MA 3013
Elementary Statistics (Offered every semester)
This course will provide students a familiarity with basic statistical techniques: descriptive measures,
elementary probability, sampling, estimation and testing, regression, correlation, and analysis of
variance. Students will be able to critique studies. Examples are drawn from the social sciences as
well as from medicine, business, and economics. Three one-hour lectures. Prerequisite: MA 1473 or
MA 1513.
MA 3113
Discrete Mathematics (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce the student to forms of mathematics used to model problems in business
administration, computer science, life science and social science. Major components include:
symbolic logic, set theory, number systems, relations, functions, algorithms, counting principles,
combinatorics, difference equations and graph theory. Prerequisite: MA 1473 or MA 1513 (or
permission of instructor).
MA 3123
Linear Algebra (Offered as needed)
In this course, students will develop the vector and matrix operations and the algebraic structures
generated. This is an introduction to abstract algebra. Major components include: introduction to
196
abstract operations, solutions of linear systems, vectors, matrices, determinants, vector space, linear
independence, basis and dimension, and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MA 2054.
MA 3133
Ordinary Differential Equations (Offered as needed)
Designed to provide students a basic understanding of solving differential equations with
applications and series solutions. Major components include: first order equations, linear differential
equations, linear equations with constant coefficients, nonhomogeneous equations, the Laplace
transform, systems of equations, and power series solutions. Prerequisite: MA 2153.
MA 3253
Calculus III (Offered as needed)
This course extends the theory, techniques, and application of differential and integral calculus into
multiple dimensions. Major components include: vectors, functions of several variables,
multidimensional differentiation and integration, vector fields, and line integrals. Prerequisite: MA
2153.
MA 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary/Middle Level Math (Offered as needed)
Teacher candidates in Middle Level and Secondary Math Education will learn to use a variety of
MA 3303
Introduction to Number Theory (Offered as needed)
Students learn the basic concepts and techniques of mathematical proof necessary for upper-division
mathematics in the context of specific topics from number theory. Specific tools include: elementary
mathematical logic, proof by contradiction, mathematical induction and counting arguments. Topics
include some or all of the following: divisibility and factorization, congruence, arithmetic functions,
quadratic residues, primitive roots, Diophantine equations and continued fractions. Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing and permission of instructor.
MA 3413
History and Philosophy of Mathematics (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to develop student insight into the historical developments and the
philosophy of mathematics: Topics include: main ideas and methods in mathematics, classical and
modern understandings of number and abstraction, major schools of mathematical thought, features
of mathematical thought, features of axiomatic systems, and the nature of applying mathematical
concepts. Prerequisite: MA 2054 and permission of instructor.
MA 4313
Abstract Algebra (Offered as needed)
Every new topic in mathematics involves new mathematical objects and operations upon them. This
course examines the patterns and structures resulting from these operations. In addition to
197
mastering the techniques and concepts specific to abstract algebra, students will develop their
analytic and writing abilities in mathematics. They will work applications and construct rigorous
proofs. Reading and writing assignments will occur throughout the course. Major components:
groups, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: MA 3123.
MA 4513
College Geometry (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide mathematics teachers and those planning further study in
mathematics with an exploration of Euclidean geometry. Using an axiomatic approach, it includes
non-Euclidean geometry, examples of finite geometries, and introductions to projective and
transformational geometry. Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor.
MA 490X
Special Topics
MA 491X
Internship
MA 493X
Directed Study
MUSIC (MU)
MU 1011
Schola Cantorum (Offered every semester)
Designed to provide opportunities for students to prepare for and participate in choral music
presentations. Two rehearsal hours per week plus group performance. The course may be repeated
each semester. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
MU 1103
Fundamentals of Music Theory (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide students with knowledge of the basic elements of music theory,
sight-singing and ear-training that are essential for further music study.
MU 1113
Experiencing Music (Offered as needed)
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of basic musical concepts in order
to develop a deeper appreciation for the various musical styles. The student will explore various
approaches to the issues of how to listen to music and what to listen for in styles ranging from
classical to pop.
198
MU 1121
Applied Piano (Offered as needed)
Designed for students wishing to develop skills in piano. One half-hour lesson and three hours
practice per week. May be repeated for credit each semester.
MU 1131
Applied Voice (Offered as needed)
Designed for students wishing to develop vocal performance skills. One half-hour lesson and three
hours practice per week. May be repeated for credit each semester.
MU 1231
Applied Instrumental Music (Offered as needed)
Designed for students wishing to develop skills in an instrument other than piano. One half-hour
lesson and three hours practice per week. May be repeated for credit each semester.
MU 290X
Special Topics
MU 291X
Internship
MU 490X
Special Topics
MU 491X
Internship
MU 493X
Directed Study
NATURAL SCIENCE (NS)
NS 1313
Frontiers of Science (Offered every fall)
A survey of major developments in the history of science and contemporary scientific issues. This
course also traces the impact of science and technology on society over time and across cultures.
Fulfills the Institutional core Curriculum non-laboratory science requirement.
199
NS 1324
Introduction to Life Science (Offered as needed)
This course covers a wide range of topics in Life Science at a pace and level appropriate for nonscience majors. It provides the student with the basic principles of biology, including cellular
organization and function, genetics, reproduction and development, natural selection, classification
of living organisms, representative taxa, ecology, and environmental and conservation issues. It
meets for three hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. This course fulfills the institutional
core requirement but not a major requirement in LS or KI.
NS 290X
Special Topics
NS 291X
Internship
NS 3013
Research and Technical Writing in the Sciences (Offered every fall)
Use of library resources including reference materials, bibliographical literature, and online
research methods. Preparation of subject bibliographies and literature reviews, practice writing
and editing abstracts, and manuscripts. Prerequisite: Completion of a life science or physical
science course.
NS 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary Life Science/Biology (Offered as needed)
Teacher candidates in Secondary Life Science/Biology Education will learn to use a variety of
NS 490X
Special Topics
NS 491X
Internship
NS 4993
This course serves as the capstone experience for students majoring in natural science and
mathematics. Students develop and implement creative and integrative projects relating to their
200
specific scholarly interests in scientific or mathematical fields. Students communicate their
findings and insights with each other and with faculty members by means of in-class and public
presentations. They also write capstone papers and prepare senior portfolios, which are evaluated
by faculty members in natural science and mathematics. Prerequisite: Senior standing
(anticipating graduation within the calendar year) and completion (or near completion) of all
natural science degree course requirements, including NS 3013.
NURSING (NURS)
NURS 1123 Introduction to Professional Nursing in the Global Environment (Offered every
fall and summer)
Exposure to history and philosophy of professional nursing, components of professionalism, and
career expectations. Clinical lab component allows students to be in an observational role in
various health care settings in preparation for the nursing role.
NURS 3103 Physical Assessment across the Lifespan (Offered every fall)
Learn and apply principle for conducting a patient-centered assessment including physiological,
developmental, and cultural aspects. Interpret and organize data into normal and abnormal
findings. Practice techniques for documentation and communication of assessment information to
health care teams in clinical skills laboratory. Prerequisite: Acceptance into upper division nursing
courses.
NURS 3113 Professional Nursing in the Global Environment (Offered as needed through
CCS)
Students will analyze concepts that underpin nursing as a profession in a changing health care
environment. Nursing as a global profession will be characterized through an examination of
expanded roles in a variety of environments. The importance of and strategies for acting as and
valuing nurses as change agents will be discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to the RN to BSN
program.
NURS 3123 Health Assessment (Offered as needed through CCS)
Expands the breadth and depth of comprehensive health assessments using a health promotion
model. Physiological, psychosocial, functional, cultural, safety, wellness, and lifestyle assessments
are addressed including health screenings, health literacy, development and aging, and
environmental influences on health status. Health teaching and motivational interviewing are
explored. Prerequisite: Admission to RN-BSN program.
NURS 3115 Foundations of Nursing (Offered every fall)
The metaparadigm of nursing is analyzed as a guide for care. Basic principles of patient care are
discussed using the nursing process as a tool to identify interventional strategies. Principles of
therapeutic and professional communication are examined. Includes cognitive, affective and
201
psychomotor domains of learning basic principles of nursing. Two hours of class and six hours of
lab or clinical per week, or the equivalent. Pre or co-requisite: NURS 3202
NURS 3202 Pharmacology I (Offered every fall)
First half of a two course series that presents the basic principles of pharmacology for use in
therapeutic regimes. Information regarding each of the major drug categories is included along
with methods for dosage calculation. Prerequisites: PS 1361; PS 1363; LS 3214; LS 3252; LS 3253;
LS 3513 or LS 2273; LS 2271; LS 2273
NURS 3302 Pharmacology II (Offered every spring)
Second course in a two course series that presents principles of pharmacology for use in
therapeutic regimes. Information regarding each of the major drug categories is included along
with methods for dosage calculation. Prerequisite: NURS 3202
NURS 3426 Adult Health I (Offered every spring)
First in a two course series that covers nursing care for individuals who are dealing with selected
pathological processes. Three hours of class and six hours of lab or clinical per week, or the
equivalent. Pre or co-requisites: NURS 3115, NURS 3103, NURS 3202
NURS 3524 Mental Health Nursing (Offered every spring)
Designed to engage the student in techniques for providing appropriate care to those experiencing
an alteration in mental or emotional health. Two hours of class and four hours of lab or clinical per
week, or the equivalent. Pre or co-requisite: NURS 3426
NURS 4126 Adult Health II (Offered every fall)
Second course in two course series that presents information regarding care of individuals who are
experiencing an alteration in health due to pathological processes. Three hours of class and six
hours of lab or clinical per week, or the equivalent. Prerequisite: NURS 3426
NURS 4224 Maternal/Infant/ Family Health (Offered every fall)
Content includes principles of caring for individuals and families of childbearing age. Two hours of
class and four hours of clinical or equivalent per week. Pre or co-requisite: NURS 3115
NURS 4304 Community and Public Health Nursing (Offered every fall)
Examine the history and role of the nurse in population-focused care in the community and public
health settings. National health indicators, goals, and prevention strategies are used to guide the
nursing process and address population needs. Includes clinical practicum hours. Prerequisite:
NURS 3426.
NURS 4314 Public Health Nursing (Offered as needed through CCS)
Concepts of nurse directed public health practice will be analyzed in context of a wide range of
current local, regional, and global health indicators and epidemiological data. Strategies for
202
responding to population needs are identified, prioritized, planned, implemented, and evaluated.
Includes clinical practicum hours. Prerequisite: Admission to the RN to BSN program.
NURS 4324 Pediatrics (Offered every fall)
Designed to prepare the professional nurse to provide care to the child with consideration of the
family. Two hours of class and four hours of lab or clinical per week, or the equivalent. [Pre or corequisite: NURS 3426
NURS 4412 Fundamentals of Evidence Based Practice (Offered every spring)
Critical inquiry, analysis, and methods for synthesis of nursing literature are explored as the basis
of evidence that guides clinical practice. Students learn how to evaluate nursing research and
identify implications of findings and recommendations for best practices to provide evidence-based
patient care. Prerequisites: MA 3013 and admission to upper level nursing courses.
NURS 4413 Evidence Based Practice (Offered as needed through CCS)
Prepares the health care professional to apply findings from critical inquiry, analysis, evaluation,
and synthesis of health care research literature to current nursing practice. Students design
strategies to integrate research evidence into various health care settings to improve safety, quality,
care management, and client outcomes. Prerequisites: MA 3013 and admission to the RN to BSN
program.
NURS 4405 Transformative Nursing Leadership (Offered every spring)
Designed as the capstone course requiring synthesis of all previously learned course
material. Theories of leadership will be examined and analyzed for organizational principles that
can be translated to the health care setting. Relationships among various members of the health
care team will be examined to gain insight into instituting manageable change in the health care
systems. Includes clinical practicum hours. Prerequisites: NURS 4126, NURS 4304, and NURS 4412.
NURS 4415 Transformative Leadership in Health Care (Offered as needed through CCS)
Organizational theories, leadership principles, and resource management strategies are analyzed
and applied in dynamic health care systems. Self-reflection and examination of skills and
relationships among health care team members are used to gain insight and effectiveness for
instituting manageable change. Designed as the capstone course requiring synthesis of previous
courses. Includes practicum hours in leadership roles. Prerequisites: NURS 4413 and admission to
the RN to BSN program.
NURS 4424 Critical Care (Offered every spring)
Course is designed to provide concepts related to caring for the individual with complex and acute
variations in physiological status as well as practical experience at the bedside. Includes exposure
to technology used in hospital settings providing such care. Two hours of class and four hours of
lab or clinical per week, or the equivalent. Prerequisite: NURS 4126
203
NURS 4523 Gerontological Nursing (Offered every spring)
Focus of this course is on the older adult in various settings. Specialized approaches for various
populations will be applied in the development of care strategies for older adults dealing with
physiological issues related to age or chronic illness. Theories of aging, theories of human becoming
will be examined for value in clinical practice. 1.5 hours of class and three hours of clinical per
week. Pre or co-requisite: NURS 3426
NURS 490X
Special Topic
NURS 491X Internship
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and Permission of department head.
NURS 493X
Directed Study 1:1
PHILOSOPHY (PH)
PH 1013
Introduction to Philosophy (Offered every semester)
An examination of some key issues, problems, and arguments in philosophy. Students will discuss
the works of classical and contemporary philosophers. Possible topics for consideration include:
theories of knowledge, theories of reality, ethics, social and political philosophy, philosophy of
religion, and aesthetics.
PH 1113
Logic (Offered spring odd years)
An introduction to the use of logic and critical thinking from a practical and philosophical
perspective. The purpose is to introduce the student to both informal and formal logic. Students will
learn to distinguish valid deductive arguments from those that are invalid, and learn to recognize
common patterns of inductive arguments. Fallacies of argument will also be considered.
PH 1313
Introduction to Philosophy of St. Thomas Aquinas (Offered fall even years)
PH 1143
Western Civilization and Culture (Offered every semester)
Knowledge of the development of civilization provides us with a context for understanding human
nature and its concerns. This course is designed to provide an integrated study of Western culture
with emphasis given to the philosophy, the artistic creations, and the history, which shaped the
culture of each period. Major components include ancient Egyptian civilization, the Greek and Roman
classical civilizations, the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, and the Reformation.
PH 290X
Special Topics
204
PH 291X
Internship
PH 3003
Ancient Philosophy (Offered spring even years)
An examination of the beginnings of Western philosophical thought from the Pre-Socratics through
Late-Antiquity, with extensive consideration of Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3223
Medieval Philosophy (Offered fall even years)
An examination of Western philosophical thought from the early Middle Ages to the Renaissance,
with extensive consideration of the Scholastic Philosophers. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3023
Philosophy of Religion (Offered fall odd years)
The existence of God is rejected by proponents of various modern forms of atheism. In this course,
the students examine the various ways in which one can think clearly about God in the contemporary
world. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3033
Philosophy of the Human Person (Offered every fall)
An examination of the views of philosophers, from Socrates to the present, on what it means to be
human. Students will formulate their own theory of the human person in response to these
thinkers. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3043
Social and Political Philosophy (Offered spring even years)
A philosophical examination of the nature of justice, equality, liberty, rights and political
obligation. Philosophers studied may include Plato, Hobbes, Locke, Hume, Kant, Marx and Mill as
well as contemporary theorists. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3063
Moral Philosophy (Offered every spring)
Designed to introduce students to ethical theorists and their theories. The various theories will be
utilized with cases to facilitate student application of the noted theories. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3103
Epistemology (Offered fall odd years)
A survey of some of the main topics of contemporary analytic epistemology including the analysis of
knowledge, theories of warrant and justification, foundationalism, coherentism, reliabilism, theism
and warrant, internalism and externalism, naturalism and skepticism. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 3113
Modern Philosophy (Offered spring odd years)
A continuation of the examination of Western philosophic thought up to the 19th century, including
Continental Rationalism (Descartes, Leibnitz, Spinoza, and Kant) and British
Empiricism. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
205
PH 3123
Metaphysics (Offered spring even years)
The study of the general features of existence or reality. This course focuses on the fundamental
concepts of being as developed in several major philosophers from the Greeks to the present.
Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 4033
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility (Offered every spring)
This course provides a theoretical background of how to evaluate moral claims in business. It draws
upon classical moral theory as well as the most up-to-date contemporary business ethics thinking
and cases. Prerequisite: Junior standing and PH 1013. .
PH 4043
Health Care Ethics (Offered every fall)
An introduction to major medical theories. This knowledge will be applied to the analysis of ethical
problems that arise in the health-care field. Prerequisite: Junior standing and PH 1013.
PH 490X
Special Topics
the given semester. May be repeated for credit as topic changes. Prerequisite: PH 1013.
PH 491X
Internship
PH493X
Directed Study
PHYSICAL SCIENCE (PS)
PS 1123
Principles of Chemistry (Offered every spring)
This course is designed to familiarize students with the central principles of chemistry. Major
components include: measurements and unit conversions, atomic theory, stoichiometry and
concentrations, acid-base reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, basic organic nomenclature, and
an introduction to the structures and reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. Prerequisite:
MA 1473 or MA 1513.
PS 1121
Principles of Chemistry Lab (Offered every spring)
This weekly two-hour laboratory introduces students to experiments that highlight the principles
introduced in PS 1XX3. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or co-requisite: PS 1XX3.
206
PS 1101
Introductory Geology Lab (Offered as needed)
One two-hour laboratory per week. Field trips may be required. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or
co-requisite: PS 1103.
PS 1103
Introductory Geology (Offered as needed)
Designed to introduce the student to the fundamentals of geology and their application to the
environment. Major components include basic geologic processes and resulting land forms (i.e.,
deserts, glaciers and volcanoes), modern theories of global tectonics and economic geology.
PS 1111
College Physics I Lab (Offered fall odd years)
One two-hour laboratory per week. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or co-requisite: PS 1113.
PS 1113
College Physics I (Offered fall odd years)
Designed to provide students with a basic understanding of their physical environment so that they
will be prepared to adapt to life in a technologically oriented society. Major components, taught at a
mathematical level requiring college algebra skills, include: nature of physics, structure and
properties of matter, kinematics, dynamics, statics, conservation laws, rotation, simple harmonic
motion, fluids, temperature, heat and heat transfer and thermal behavior of ideal gases. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: MA 1513.
PS 1211
College Physics II Lab (Offered spring even years)
One two-hour laboratory per week. Field trips may be required. Lab fee required. Prerequisite or
co-requisite: PS 1213.
PS 1213
College Physics II (Offered spring even years)
Designed to complement concepts introduced in College Physics I. Major components include:
waves, electric charges, fields, circuits and energy, geometrical, applied and physical optics, special
relativity, and the physics of atoms, nuclei and elementary particles. Prerequisite: PS 1113.
PS 1361
General Chemistry I Lab (Offered every fall)
PS 1363
General Chemistry I (Offered every fall)
Designed to prepare students of science or technology with an understanding of the fundamental
principles of chemistry. Major components include: atomic theory, structure and reactivity,
stoichiometry, states of matter, periodic table, acid-base and redox reactions, and introduction to
organic chemistry. Prerequisite: MA 1513.
PS 1471
General Chemistry II Lab (Offered every spring)
207
PS 1473
General Chemistry II (Offered every spring)
Designed to complement concepts introduced in General Chemistry I. Major components include:
thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, free energy, electrochemical cells, chemical kinetics, families
of elements, transition elements, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: PS 1363 and PS 1361.
PS 1501
General Astronomy Lab (Offered as needed)
PS 1503
General Astronomy (Offered as needed)
Designed to provide the liberal arts student with an introduction to scientific theory and methods
through a qualitative study of astrophysics, cosmology and high-energy physics, complemented by a
laboratory study of the motion of the sky through naked-eye observations. Prerequisite: MA 1513.
PS 2013
Environmental Studies (Offered as needed)
This course examines the risks associated with growth in a developing world; the environmental
impact of population growth on natural resources; mineral and resource extraction; water resource
uses; and renewable and non-renewable sources of energy. The subject matter covered in the course
deals with the interface between humans and earth's resources providing students with knowledge
of basic scientific principles.
PS 2111
University Physics I Lab (Offered fall odd years)
PS 2113
University Physics I (Offered fall odd years)
Designed to give students an introduction to physics at the mathematical level of the calculus. Major
components include: measurement, vectors, statics, Newton's laws, momentum and energy,
conservation laws, rotational motion, simple harmonic motion, ideal gases, thermal properties of
matter. Prerequisite: MA 2054.
PS 2121
University Physics II Lab (Offered spring even years)
PS 2123
University Physics II (Offered spring even years)
Designed to complement concepts introduced in University Physics I. Major components include:
waves, electric charges, fields, circuits and energy, geometrical, applied and physical optics, special
relativity, and atomic and nuclear physics. Prerequisite: PS 2113, PS 2111, and MA 2153.
PS 290X
Special Topics
208
PS 291X
Internship
PS 3311
Organic Chemistry I Lab (Offered every fall)
PS 3313
Organic Chemistry I (Offered every fall)
Major components include: correlation of structures of principal classes of organic compounds,
introduction to organic reaction mechanisms, chemistry of polyfunctional compounds including
macromolecules of biological significance. Prerequisite: PS 1473 and PS 1471.
PS 3321
Organic Chemistry II Lab (Offered every spring)
PS 3323
Organic Chemistry II (Offered every spring)
The application of principles from Organic Chemistry I to organic reaction mechanisms and to
organic qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: PS 3313 and PS 3311.
PS 4003
Biochemistry (Offered every spring)
Biochemistry is the study of the chemistry of the living organism. This one-semester course will offer
an overview of the chemical basis of life with a particular emphasis on the structure and chemistry
of amino acids, peptides, proteins, enzymes and carbohydrates. Prerequisite: LS 1113 and PS 3313.
PS 490X
Special Topics
PS 491X
Internship
PS 493X
Directed Study
209
POLITICAL SCIENCE (PO)
PO 1013
Government of the United States (Offered every semester)
Designed to provide students with an understanding of the meaning of politics, knowledge of
American politics and an awareness of American politics' relationship with current events. Major
components include: the Constitution, American Federalism, civil liberties, citizenship, public
opinion and political behavior, political parties, and national policy-making.
PO 2013
Criminal Law and Procedure (Offered fall even years)
The study of the sources of criminal law and basic legal principles, the procedures dictated by these
laws and recent developments in criminal law utilizing a modified case approach.
PO 290X
Special Topics
PO 291X
Internship
PO 3013
International Relations (Offered spring odd years)
This course examines the interactions between countries, with a particular focus on the causes and
consequences of war, trade, intergovernmental organizations (IGOs), such as the United Nations,
European Union and World Trade Organization. Students also survey and learn how to apply
influential theories used by international relations intellectuals (academics, policymakers, jurists,
activists, etc.), including realism, liberalism and constructivism.
PO 3023
Branches of Government (Offered fall even years)
An examination of the legislative, executive, judicial and bureaucratic branches of American Federal
Government. Major components include: history, function and role of Congress, the Presidency and
the federal courts, and the rise of federal bureaucracy.
PO 3203
Constitutional Law (Offered fall odd years)
A comprehensive survey of American constitutional law from the writing of the Constitution to the
present day. The course examines the establishment of judicial power, the role of the courts in
American federalism, the courts and Congress, and the courts and the Executive Branch. The Bill of
Rights is examined, with special emphasis on the first, fourth, fifth, sixth and eighth
amendments. Additional topics include the equal protection clause, race and gender discrimination,
and privacy.
PO 3113
Comparative World Politics (Offered fall odd years)
Examines the domestic politics of countries in different world regions, including Europe and
developing countries. Students are introduced to concepts and tools that aid in understanding and
210
evaluating domestic politics, including ethnic and religious cleavages, socioeconomic structure,
institutional design, "most different systems" comparisons and "most similar systems"
comparisons. Students apply these concepts and use these tools by writing a research paper.
PO 4203
Politics of Western Europe (Offered as needed)
An analysis of the governmental systems of Western Europe (including Great Britain, France,
Germany, Russia and Italy), both as extant today and as they developed historically. The course also
will examine the development of the European Union. The history, political culture, constitutional
development, political parties, and interest groups of each country will be studied.
PO 490X
Special Topics
PO 491X
Internship
PO 493X
Directed Study
PSYCHOLOGY (PY)
PY 1113
Elements of Psychology (Offered every semester)
Provides an overview of the psychology of the individual and also examines group behavior. Major
components include: schools of psychology from a historical and scientific perspective, methods of
research, biological and cultural influences on behavior, sensations and perception, learning and
cognition, motivation and emotion, development and personality, as well as coping and mental
health, abnormal behavior and psychopathology, therapy models and social psychology.
PY 2193
Introduction to Personality (Offered every spring)
Develops an understanding of personality theory and structure as it pertains to different schools of
psychology including psychoanalytic, neo-analytic, behavioristic, humanistic, cognitive and trait
theories. Major components include: personality adjustment and maladjustment, psychological
dynamics, self-concept, motivation, frustration and conflict, resources of personal growth and
development.
211
PY 290X
Special Topics
PY 291X
Internship
Prerequisite: Permission of department head
PY 3023
Group Leadership Skills for Counseling (Offered as needed)
Provides a practical and theoretical introduction to individual and group counseling, applicable
across the spectrum of counseling modalities, from counseling to business to sports to
motivational. Counseling for emotional and mental illness will be covered, as well as issues for
pastors, managers, educators, coaches, etc. Students will learn basic techniques and how to deal
with typical problems that arise.
PY 3113
Developmental Psychology (Offered every fall)
Designed to develop an understanding of characteristic developmental behaviors (physiological,
perceptual-motor, social, emotional, cognitive) from conception to death. Major components
include: genetic and hereditary influences, growth and development from conception through early
childhood, adolescence, young adulthood, middle adulthood and old age, development within the
context of a changing society, social interaction, problems and adjustments in childhood,
adolescence, early and late adulthood, old age and dying.
PY 3133
Physiological Psychology (Offered fall even years)
Physiological, neuro-anatomical and neuro-chemical basis of human behavior. Emphasis on the
effects of central nervous system dysfunctions on behavioral processes ranging from sensation to
concept formation.
PY 3143
Abnormal Psychology (Offered spring even years)
An introduction to the etiology, diagnosis, counseling, treatment and theories of abnormal
behavior. Examines the major approaches to conceptualizing abnormal behavior including
psychodynamic, narrative, social and learning theories. Discusses and illustrates the major
classifications of psychological disorders as defined by the DSM-IV.
PY 3153
Child Psychology (Offered as needed)
A survey of the scientific study of human behavior through adolescence with an emphasis on the early
years of life as being especially formative in the development of the person. Considers biological,
social, linguistic and other bases of behavior. Considers various theories of child behavior and
introduces the topic of abnormal psychology in childhood.
PY 3163
Social Psychology (Offered fall even years)
An exploration of the individual in a social context. Examines motivation, attitudes, conformity,
deviance, communication, leadership, submission, social rules and roles, how groups exert influence,
212
and how individuals can influence groups. Both institutional and individual perspectives are
examined within a multicultural context.
PY 3423
Applications and Experimental Design (Offered every spring)
This course provides students with the practical application of social science theory, the IRB
process and ethical practices including maintaining confidentiality of participants. Students will
collaborate with instructor as they assist in the design, collection, analyses and reporting of original
research. Prerequisites: MA 3013 Elementary Statistics and Junior status (or faculty approval).
PY 4003
Child and Adolescent Development (Offered fall even and spring odd years)
Closely examines the developmental characteristics and behaviors of children through adolescents
(Pk-8), including physiological, perceptual-motor, neurological, language, social, emotional, and
cognitive development. The emphasis is on normative development, but some consideration is given
to abnormal and dysfunctional developments and behaviors.
PY 4113
Cognitive Psychology (Offered every fall)
Studies the origins of theories and the history of research in human information processing and
closely examines what is currently known about reasoning, concept formation, and
creativity. Examines in detail memory and knowledge structures, cognitive processes involved in
human perceptions, thinking and learning, with a focus on current trends and applications of
research and theory.
PY 4123
Theories and Practice of Counseling (Offered fall odd years)
A study of the major theories of counseling, therapeutic approaches and empirically supported
treatments specific to working with individual client populations. The student will become familiar
with the legal, ethical and diversity issues involved in the counseling of individuals. The course will
employ didactic instruction, role play and classroom demonstration.
PY 4132
Psychology of Students with Exceptionalities (Offered every spring)
Designed to increase understanding of children with exceptionalities as human persons in a family
and in society using diagnostic and functional criteria of educators and mental health
professionals. Major components include: overview of various groups of handicapping conditions
with emphasis on awareness, identification, treatment and services available, educational
implications, historical and future trends and contemporary issues. Mental, physical, behavioral and
sensorial exceptionalities are discussed. A field experience with children diagnosed with
exceptionalities is a component of this course.
PY 4143
Ecopsychology (Offered every fall)
This course investigates the combined fields of ecology and psychology; an exploration at the
interface of person and place. The field of ecopsychology addresses the absence of consideration
given to the ecological basis of human life and human development in psychological theories. The
course will include research from biology, psychology, theology, medicine, and the arts. It will also
213
include indigenous, cross-cultural and historic ideas regarding the relationship of the human to
nature.
PY 4213
Criminal Behavior (Forensic Psychology) (Offered spring odd years)
An upper level course that will reinforce and integrate information related to the expertise of a
forensic psychologist or someone who wants a broader perspective of the criminal justice system
within a multicultural framework. It provides both theoretical and practical knowledge. Students will
analyze real-life examples of deviant/pathological behavior, develop practical applications related to
these behaviors and determine who their findings correlate with case law. Students will acquire
knowledge of terminology that the court understands if employed as an expert witness in the field.
PY 4223
Tests and Measurement (Offered every fall)
This course provides a practical understanding and application of issues, theory, and uses of
educational evaluation and assessment; criteria, construction and evaluation of teacher-designed
tests; and values and limitations of tests. Standard tests of intelligence, achievement, aptitude,
personality, interests and career options are examined, as well as diagnostic tests and techniques
that measure reading, sensory-motor skills, language development and social and emotional
development. Elementary statistical concepts are also covered.
PY 4233
Drugs and Behavior (Offered spring even years)
A foundation for understanding the historical, societal, and biological perspectives on human drug
use/abuse. This course emphasizes the behavioral effects and biological mechanisms underlying
psycho-pharmacological agents. This course covers both medical applications and recreational
abuse of drugs and current methods of treatment and prevention programs.
PY 4333
Spiritual Dimensions of Mental Health (Offered fall odd years)
A theoretical and practical examination of the spiritual nature of `personhood' as it relates to health
and wellness. Following critical reflection upon the distinct nature of the spiritual component of the
human person, the latter is examined in relationship to all aspects of being (physical, emotional,
cognitive, personality, etc.). Special emphasis is given to recognition and treatment of pathologies
related to spiritual issues and the role spirituality plays in achieving full actualization as a person.
PY 490X
Special Topics
PY 491X
Internship
214
PY 493X
Directed Study
Individual intensive reading, research, dialogue and writing with a faculty member on a specific topic
not addressed in regularly offered courses in this department. May be repeated as the topic
SOCIAL SCIENCE (SS)
SS 290X
Special Topics
SS 291X
Internship
SS 3233
Introduction to Catholic Social Teaching (Offered spring odd years)
Drawing upon the rich philosophical and theological background of the Catholic tradition, this course
asks students to consider the true nature of justice in the social, political and economic spheres.
Examining these topics both in theory and in concrete practice, we will compare and contrast
important Catholic texts with a variety of other contemporary positions, both Christian and nonChristian, which seek to achieve a just and fair society. Recommended sophomore year.
SS 3263
Methods of Teaching Secondary Social Studies (Offered fall even years)
Teacher candidates in Secondary Social Studies Education will learn to use a variety of researched
based, effective teaching techniques to foster active inquiry, collaboration, supportive interaction
and curriculum integration. The course will introduce curriculum development and modification,
methods of creating learning environments to support a variety of learning styles and assessments,
reading instruction at the secondary level, and classroom management techniques appropriate for
grades 6-12. Teacher candidates will practice lesson planning. A field experience in the schools is a
component of the course. Prerequisite: Admission to the teacher education program (or permission
of teacher education program director).
SS 4033
Professional and Ethical Issues in Human Services (Offered as needed)
Working with people in professional settings require serious ethical considerations and practices.
This course explores confidentiality and federal HIPAA requirements, cultural competency practices,
boundary setting, proper service delivery, and advocacy. Students will review professional
standards of various national human service organizations, as well as explore their own ethical and
professional values and concerns in relation to providing professional social services.
215
SS 4433
Seminar in Peace and Justice (Offered spring even years)
This course is a seminar surveying some contemporary, "on the ground" peace and/or justice-related
issue or theme from a multidisciplinary perspective. The specific course topic may vary according to
general theme, topic or primary discipline (e.g. Human Trafficking, Migration and Violence in the
Borderland, Political Violence, War and Film, etc.). Junior/senior status required.
SS 4983
Social Science Research Methods (Offered every fall)
An introduction to the design and conduct of research, with special emphasis on the experimental
methods in the social and biological sciences. Includes research projects and experience with
reporting research results in APA style. Prerequisite: MA 3013.
SS 490X
Special Topics
SS 491X
Internship
SS 4993
Students do original research and write a scholarly paper in their major area, then present results
in a public venue. In addition, students write a philosophy statement for their discipline. Various
readings are used to review or update seminal ideas in the social sciences. Prerequisite: Senior
standing (anticipating graduation within the calendar year) and completion (or near completion) of
all social science degree course requirements, including SS 4983.
SOCIOLOGY (SO)
SO 1113
Introduction to Sociology (Offered every semester)
Designed to provide students an understanding of human behavior in the social environment. Major
components include: societal impact upon the individual, social interaction, social institutions,
changing society, and social science research.
SO 290X
Special Topics
SO 291X
Internship
216
SO 3013
Sociology of the Family (Offered every spring)
Examines the roles of families in society, what makes strong families, dating and mate selection, the
importance of intimacy to men and women, gender roles and male/female differences,
communication, sexuality, parenting, family life-stages, the dissolution of marriage, the influence of
family on individual development. Early Childhood Education majors will complete a Family
Partnership Project.
SO 4013
Language and Society (Offered as needed)
Examines the structure and use of language and the impact of language on the individual and
society. Considers the relationship between language and thought, including metacognition. Surveys
language change, history of the English language, language families and language acquisition.
SO 4213
Modern Social Problems (Offered fall even years)
Explores the conditions and processes involved in individual and social maladjustment, the nature of
social organization and social problems, their relation to social change, strategies for social change,
and the ideological, technological, multi-cultural, and institutional structures and processes of social
problems and social change. The course will encourage leadership in solving problems, and
investigate some contemporary social problems in the U.S. and the world.
SO 490X
Special Topics
SO 491X
Internship
SO 493X
Directed Study
SPANISH (SN)
SN 1113
Beginning Spanish I (Offered every fall)
Designed to develop student skills in the fundamentals of the Spanish language. Major components
include: grammar and usage, vocabulary, translation, reading, and speaking. Special emphasis is
placed on speaking and comprehending Spanish.
217
SN 1223
Beginning Spanish II (Offered as needed)
Designed to further the development of student skills in the fundamentals of the Spanish
language. Major components include: grammar and usage, vocabulary, translation, reading and
speaking. Special emphasis is placed on speaking and comprehending Spanish. Prerequisite: SN
1113.
SN 290X
Special Topics
THEATRE (TE)
TE 1013
Fundamentals of Acting (Offered every fall)
This course is a foundation for all theatre artists in understanding the actor’s role in theatre and
basic character analysis. It allows students to explore and become better acquainted with the
actor’s tools (voice and body) through improvisation and acting exercises. Students will be
introduced to and practice the fundamental acting theories of Stanislavski, and begin the
development of a process for character creation and scene study.
TE 1113
Technical Theatre and Production (Offered fall even years)
This course provides students opportunities for developing their creative skills in the art of
technical theatre production. Components include lighting, sound, set construction & scene
painting.
TE 1513
Introduction to Theatre (Offered every fall)
This course increases student understanding, appreciation and critical perception of the theatrical
event. Students are introduced to major plays and playwrights from different eras, including
contemporary scripts and musicals.
TE 2013
Acting: Styles (Offered spring even years)
This course provides students with techniques and theories related to the analysis and the
performance of Greek, Elizabethan, and other period drama. Students will expand their acting and
scene analysis skills through the study of plays and critical works related to these styles, and the
performance of scenes selected from these plays. Recommended preparation: TE 1013.
TE 2513
American Musical Theatre (Offered as needed)
This course provides an overview of the history and major components of the American musical
theatre tradition. Select musicals will be examined closely in terms of style, structure and
fundamental themes.
218
TE 290X
Special Topics
TE 291X
Internship
Prerequisite: Permission of department head
TE 3013
Acting: Advanced Realistic Techniques (Offered spring odd years)
This course builds upon the realistic Stanislavski tradition covered in TE 1013, exploring teachers
who expanded that method, such as Michael Chekhov, Sanford Meisner, and others. Students will
continue to hone their skills of performance, scene analysis, and collaboration. Recommended
preparation: TE 1013
TE 3123
Scenic and Lighting Design (Offered spring odd years)
This course introduces students to the elements and principles of design, leading to the process of
creating designs for production. Students will learn the design process: analysis, preliminary
sketching, research, ground-plan and elevation, concept development and the creation of drawings
to communicate that design to directors and technicians. Materials fee required. Recommended
preparation: AR 2013
TE 3153
Costume Design and Construction (Offered spring even years)
This course provides the student with the skills needed to design, build, and execute a costume
design for a production. This includes sewing, using tailoring equipment, pressing, cutting the fabric
for a project, building costume pieces, and measuring and fitting performers. Students will work
from pre-production concept through finished product. Materials fee required. Recommended
preparation: AR 2013
TE 3523
Theatre History: Pre-20th Century (Offered spring odd years)
This course introduces students to the early histories of theatre, both western and non-western.
The students trace trends in ritual, playwriting, acting, and design from antiquity through the early
19th century. Students gain a better understanding of the art of performance and the tradition of
dramatic literature.
TE 3533
Theatre History: Modern and Contemporary (Offered spring even years)
This course introduces students to the more recent histories of theatre, both western and nonwestern. Students trace trends in playwriting, acting and design from the late 19th century through
present time. Students gain a better understanding of the art of performance and the tradition of
dramatic literature.
TE 4013
Directing (Offered fall odd years)
This course introduces students to the practice of staging the dramatic action of a play. Students
learn script analysis that leads to production decisions and effective collaboration. Students assess
how decisions affect the meaning of written work when it is presented as performance. Students
219
learn to communicate effectively with actors, dancers and members of the design team.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or by permission.
TE 490X
Special Topics
TE 491X
Internship
TE 493X
Directed Study
THEOLOGY (TH)
TH 1033
Faith in the Modern World (Offered every semester through CCS)
Designed as a course to examine the religious themes that ground the human condition and are
common to all religions, to introduce the student to Christian revelation through guided readings of
selections from the Old and New Testaments, and to show how the New Testament faith in Jesus
Christ is lived in the Catholic Christian community, with emphasis on those things held in common
by all Christian churches.
TH 1323
Introduction to Sacred Scripture (Offered every semester)
A survey of the narrative structure and major themes of the Bible. Students will examine the
historical background and context of biblical texts, methods of and approaches to biblical
interpretation, the formation of the biblical canon, the Christian theological understanding of the
Bible as the Word of God, and the role of Scripture in the life of the Church.
TH 2119
Theological Foundations for Ministry I (Offered at LRTI as needed)
An examination of the Old Testament and New Testament, the life and ministry of Jesus of Nazareth,
and the Creed. Equivalent to the completion of TH 1323, TH 2413, and TH 3003.
TH 2211
Catechesis and God’s Pedagogy (Offered at LRTI as needed)
An in-depth scriptural exploration of God’s method of teaching as revealed in Sacred Scripture.
TH 2413
Introduction to Theology (Offered every semester)
An exploration of the nature and scope of theology and the practice of theological reflection through
an examination of the historical development of and contemporary approaches to the major loci of
220
Catholic theology: God/Trinity, Jesus the Christ, the human condition, salvation, the Church,
sacraments, and eschatology. Prerequisite: TH 1323.
TH 290X
Special Topics
TH 291X
Internship
Permission of Department Chair.
TH 3003
Jesus and the Gospels (Offered as needed)
An examination of the life, ministry and death of Jesus of Nazareth through a comparative and critical
study of the four New Testament gospels. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3033
Christian Spirituality (Offered every semester through CCS)
An exploration of both historical and contemporary spiritualities as well as the great masters and
classics of the spiritual life. Major components may include ancient wisdom traditions, early
Christian spiritual writings, the Benedictine monastic tradition, Carmelite spirituality, Franciscan
spirituality and Ignatian spirituality. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3113
History of Christianity I: The Early Church (Offered fall odd years)
A study of the major events, thinkers, movements, and controversies in the history of Christianity.
This course covers the period from the Apostolic Age to the dawn of the Middle Ages. Prerequisites:
TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3119
Theological Foundations for Ministry II (Offered at LRTI as needed)
An examination of the history of Christianity, liturgy and the sacraments, and Christian
ethics. Equivalent to TH 3113, TH 3503, and TH 3513.
TH 3123
History of Christianity II: Medieval Christianity (Offered spring even years)
This course covers the period from the early Middle Ages to the dawn of the Reformation.
Prerequisites: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3153
History of Christianity III: Trent to Vatican II (Offered fall even years)
This course covers the period from the Reformation through the Second Vatican Council.
Prerequisites: TH 1323 and TH 2413
TH 3143
Branches of Christianity (Offered as needed)
A study of the historical development and doctrinal distinctives of various Christian communities and
denominations, including Eastern Orthodox, Lutheran, Reformed. Anglican, Evangelical and
221
Pentecostal traditions. Students also will examine the history of the ecumenical movement and the
current state of ecumenical dialogue. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3202
Catholic Perspectives in Education (Offered every fall)
An introduction to Catholic approaches to educational philosophy and issues faced in both private
and public education environments. A field experience in a Catholic school is a component of this
course.
TH 3203
Church History (Offered as needed)
An overview of the historical development of the Church, including a focus on the development of the
Church in America. The course will include an examination of the Second Vatican Council and postVatican II theologies which create a vision for the Church in the third millennium.
TH 3211
Catechesis and the Church (Offered as needed)
An in-depth exploration of how the Fathers of the Church have understood and practiced catechesis.
TH 3313
Studies in Old Testament Literature (Offered fall odd years)
An examination of issues and methods of Old Testament interpretation, applied to the study of a
particular book (i.e. Genesis, Job Psalms) or group of books (i.e. the Pentateuch, Wisdom literature,
the Prophets). May be repeated as the topic changes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3323
Studies in New Testament Literature (Offered spring even years)
An examination of issues and methods of New Testament interpretation, applied to the study of a
particular book (i.e. the Gospel of John, Hebrews, Revelation) or group of books (i.e. the Synoptic
Gospels, Pauline literature). May be repeated as the topic changes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH
2413.
TH 3443
World Religious Traditions (Offered fall even years)
An introduction to the basic principles of the scientific study of religion applied to "primitive''
religions, selected Native American religions, Hinduism, Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism
(including Zen), Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Developments is interreligious dialogue also will
be explored.
TH 3453
The Trinity (Offered spring odd years)
A study of the historical development of and contemporary approaches to the Christian
understanding of the Trinity, one God in three persons. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3463
Ecclesiology (Offered spring odd years)
An exploration of the Christian understanding of the Church, including a study of New Testament
images and historical models of the Church, the ministerial structures of the Church, and the Church's
call to be both "a sign and instrument" of the Kingdom of God. Special attention will be given to the
Vatican Council II documents Lumen Gentium and Gaudium et Spes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH
2413.
222
TH 3503
Sacramental Theology (Offered spring odd years)
An exploration of the various aspects of sacramental theology, as well as the history and praxis of
individual sacraments. Through a study of symbol, community, and grace, the student will come to
an appreciation for the sacraments and for sacramental moments. This study will provide the
student with the core values inherent in our sacramental system and our Catholic Christian process
of sacramental experiences throughout life. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 3513
The Moral Theology (Offered every fall)
A study of the Christian understanding of the human condition (i.e. the imago Dei, original sin, grace,
relational/communal character) and the universal call to holiness through ongoing
conversion. Students will examine the Catholic Christian moral tradition, especially as it is grounded
in the life and example of Christ and the perspectives of virtue and natural law ethics. Prerequisite:
TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 393X
Directed Study
changes. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor and Permission of Dean. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and
TH 2413.
TH 4119
Theological Foundations for Ministry III (Offered at LRTI as needed)
An examination of ecclesiology, the theology and practice of pastoral ministry and catechetical
theory and practice. Equivalent to TH 3463, TH 4223, and TH 4233.
TH 4123
Pastoral Ministry (Offered at LRTI as needed)
Building upon a theology of ministry rooted in the Second Vatican Council, this course explores
faith formation and catechesis in all of its facets, including historical development, practical
methodologies, and a life of prayer.
TH 4142
Parish Leadership and Spirituality (Offered at LRTI as needed)
Delving into Servant Leadership as a model for parish ministry, this course explores service, social
justice, a spirituality of leadership, and practical considerations of contemporary pastoral
leadership in the Catholic Church.
TH 4211
Catechesis and the New Evangelization (Offered at LRTI as needed)
An in-depth exploration of effective catechesis in the modern world.
TH 4213
Christology (Offered spring even years)
This course will examine the principles of the doctrine of the Incarnation as worked out by the
Fathers and Doctors of the Church and expressed in the ecumenical councils. The aim of the course
will not be to merely engage in the Christological controversies of our time, but to gain a solid
understanding of the fundamental principles necessary for any conversation about the Incarnation
223
and its relation to our redemption. Particular attention will be given to the way in which reason
elucidates, but does not resolve this ‘most marvelous’ mystery of Christian faith. Prerequisite: TH
1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4223
Ministry and Evangelization (Offered as needed)
An examination of the theological foundations of lay and ordained ministry, especially as
articulated by the magisterium of the Catholic Church since the Second Vatican Council, and the
implications of these theological principles for pastoral practice in the Christian community.
Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4233
Catechetics (Offered as needed)
An in-depth exploration of God’s method of teaching as revealed in Sacred Scripture, how such a
method has been artfully expressed in Tradition, and the immediate ramifications of such a method
for contemporary catechetical practices. This course pays particular attention to the demands of
faith formation and catechesis from within the context of the contemporary Church in America and
in light of the New Evangelization. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4313
Ministry in an Ecumenical & Interfaith Context (Offered at LRTI as needed)
This course will introduce students to the theological foundations of ecumenism and interfaith
dialogue and to the history and central beliefs of major Christian ecclesial communities and world
religious traditions. A particular emphasis will be placed on addressing some of the practical issues
arising from engaging in ministry in an increasingly pluralistic society. Prerequisite: TH 4123 & TH
4142.
TH 4363
The Eucharist (Offered as needed)
A study of the development and meaning of the Eucharist, "the source and summit" of the Christian
life. Particular attention will be given to the expressions of Eucharistic theology in the Church's
liturgy. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4403
The Church and Modernity (Offered as needed)
In the wake of various philosophical, religious, and political forces, Christians in the West have
experienced an increasing secularization of society. This course will systematically consider this
process, with the hope of revealing the many and varied prejudices that impede the Christian life in
the modern world, as well as how the Church in turn is called to effect the renewal, revival and
restoration of our culture. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4423
Systematic Theology (Offered fall even years)
Systematic theology is the rational understanding of the principle teachings of the Catholic Faith.
Chief topics will include the nature of God and the Trinity, creation, providence, the nature of the
human person, sin, grace and revelation, the Incarnation and redemption, considered through the
development of doctrine in the history of the Church. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
224
TH 4413
Seminar in Historical Theology (Offered as needed)
Examination of a particular historical era, thinker or movement in the development of the Christian
tradition. May be repeated as the topic changes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 4423
Seminar in Systematic Theology (Offered as needed)
Examination of a particular theme, thinker or issue in contemporary theology. May be repeated as
the topic changes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
TH 490X
Special Topics
the given semester. May be repeated for credit as topic changes. Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH
2413.
TH 491X
Internship
TH 4913
Pastoral Ministry Practicum (Offered as needed)
A supervised and structured experience in pastoral ministry (i.e., youth ministry, religious
education, liturgical ministry, social ministry). Prerequisite: TH 1323 and TH 2413.
225
Graduate Program Course Descriptions
Graduate Program in Business (BU)
Courses are listed in the recommended order of progression.
BU 5303
Organizational Management
Organization Management aids students in studying individual and group level behaviors and
dynamics within organizations. It challenges students to conceptualize the systemic nature and the
strategic management of an organization. The student is introduced to advanced readings in
organizational diagnosis and change management, organizational effectiveness, organizational
design with an emphasis on motivation leadership, stress, group and intergroup dynamics, conflict,
power and politics, and culture.
BU 5313
Applied Business Research and Statistics
This course presents an overview of the research process and offers instruction in research study
design, data sources and collection, and analysis and presentation of results. Emphasis will be placed
upon making data driven decisions through integrating the use of standard research methods, best
practices literature, and the utilization of technology as a data analysis tool.
BU 5323
Managerial Economics
This course analyzes the underlying economics of choice with management implications. Students
will explore economic theories while tying these concepts to current events. The students will then
create methodologies to apply economic concepts to managerial decisions, in particular to
introducing new products or services.
BU 5333
Managers and Integrity
This is an applied ethics course recognizing the need for managerial growth in virtue of human
development within organizations that are created to serve the common good. Students will assess
the nature of business through the lens of Christian social traditions and Catholic Social Teaching by
focusing on the ‘good’ and ‘right’ for all. A deeper understanding of solidarity and subsidiarity is
explored to address daily applications in job design, wages, corporate ownership, courage in
marketing and product development.
BU 5343
Managerial Accounting
This course examines accounting data and analytical methodologies for decision-making in
organizations. The focus is on product costing, budgeting methods, and performance evaluation
systems for planning, coordinating, and monitoring the performance within an organization. The
course helps the student develop a framework for improving information creation, alternatives
development, strategies assessment.
226
BU 6113
Marketing Management
In this course the students will examine the marketing concepts, policies, and procedures related to
consumer and industrial goods and services. And develop a marketing plan for a new product or
service with the focus the product, place, price and promotion dimension.
BU 6123
Legal Environment of Contemporary Business
This course is designed to survey the basic framework of the American and international legal
systems, with particular emphasis on the common law, comparative law, courts, civil procedure,
constitutional law, administrative regulation, the regulatory environment, and topics in business law
such as intellectual property, employment issues, entity selection, and contracts. The course
examines critical issues confronting business managers.
BU 6133
Policy and Strategic Management
An advance course in organization policy that is part of the capstone experience. Develops skills to
formulate, implement, and evaluate organizational strategies for a start-up venture. Focuses on the
formulation, selection, and implementation of business strategies through assessment of
organizational performance, competitive, market and industry analysis. Course assignments focus
on professional practice at the master’s level.
BU 6143
Global Operations Management
This course focuses on the international dimensions of operations strategy and provides a
framework for formulating strategies in an increasingly complex world economy. Examines decision
making in technology, facilities, vertical integration, human resources and other strategic processes,
and explored means of competitive advantage such as cost, quality, and innovativeness.
BU 6153
Financial Management
An intermediate course in financial management that is part of the capstone experience. Provides
managers and entrepreneurs with the critical financial skills needed to understand the impact of
their decisions on organizational performance. Emphasizes the crucial role of cash flows in gaining
sustainability and success whether for a long-established organization or a new start-up. Course
assignments focus on financial analysis at the master’s level.
BU 6163
Decision Science
Decision Science course introduces students to the different mediums an organization gathers and
interprets data from the environment for the use in developing, implementing, and monitoring
management decisions.
BU 6993
Capstone Project
The capstone project is the cumulative section of the capstone experience. The project gives each
student an opportunity to write a business plan. This requires the student to use all the knowledge
acquired in the MBA program to create a sustainable business around a solution to an everyday
problem. After completing a written business plan, each student will present the plan in front of a
panel of experts for review. Recommended Preparation: All other required MBA courses.
227
BU 690X
Special Topics
Graduate Program in Counseling (PCSL) (PSYC)
PCSL 5023
Cultural Issues in Death and Dying (Palliative Care I)
For most, the mystery of death and dying continues to defy imagination. What is seen of death is the
finality of the physical body. But what is believed about the meaning of death, how it should be
faced, and what happens after physical death varies by culture and religious (or non-religious)
belief. (DeSpelder &Strickland, 1992; Johnson& McGee, 1991). This course will provide an overview
of the diversity of death-rituals and beliefs found in various cultures and their relationship to endof-life care and counseling. Information will be provided about the medical, legal and ethical context
of death and dying and the emergence of the hospice and palliative care endeavors.
PCSL 5123
Gerontology (Palliative Care II)
This course of study provides a conceptual system for understanding the phenomenon or aging and
the counselor’s role in working with an aging client population, including practical counseling skills
necessary for meeting the demands of coping with aging in a culturally diverse society. Special
emphasis will be given to end-of-life issues and preparation for death by the elder as well as
communication skills and strategies needed to communicate with the elder and their families.
PCSL 5223
Contemplative listening and communication skills (Palliative Care III)
This course provides information and practice in communicating with patients and families from a
contemplative and whole person perspective (body, mind, spirit). It includes assessing and
responding to the needs of the dying and their families. Methods for contemplative listening and
practical applications will include, but are not limited to, the “Council” model and “Focusing”, active
listening, non-verbal communication, communicating across cultural difference and respectful
communication with persons who have visual, hearing or other cognitive impairments. Attention
will also be given to addressing communication with families and clients who are in denial.
PCSL 5323
Trauma, Loss and Grief Counseling (Palliative Care IV)
This program of study addresses the mental health, social, spiritual, and cultural manifestations of
grief counseling, including interventions (such as animal assisted therapy) and the coverage of
characteristics of grief throughout the life cycle. Special attention will be given to the tasks and
needs of the dying person and ways of supporting the family. Disenfranchised forms of grief over
other kinds of losses including companion animals, jobs, status, etc. will be discussed.
PCSL 5413
Pastoral Care and Counseling
Examines the history and basic principles of pastoral care and counseling as and applies them to
228
current community-based service including behavioral health counseling, general health care
settings, palliative care, corrections, etc.
PCSL 5423
Multicultural Pastoral Counseling and Care
This course of study examines demographic, familial, religious, educational, syncretic and other
components of minority cultures in North America and how these influence ethical counseling and
care. Components on socialization, deviance, stratification, economics and the poor, etc.
PCSL 5513
Discernment and Decision-making
This course examines the processes of discernment for decision- making across a wide range of
human problems and explores the meaning of discernment in a variety of spiritual and religious
traditions. It examines the history and contributions of classical authors on discernment. It
discusses discernment as an aid to counseling and in the development of the whole person.
PCSL 690X
Special Topics
PSYC 5013
Human Development
This course covers the stages of human intellectual, physical, social, emotional, and spiritual
development from prenatal through old age. Emphasis will be on acquiring a conceptual
understanding of healthy development and practical understanding of how to help children,
adolescents, and adults address developmental challenges. Additional emphasis will be given to
understanding our own developmental processes as well as the role of cultural difference and
similarities in the developmental process.
PSYC 5063
Practicum
An organized practicum with at least one hundred fifty (150) clock hours in counseling with
planned experiences providing classroom and field experience with clients under the supervision of
university approved counseling professionals. May also include practica in tele-health.
PSYC 5113
Personality Theories
This course examines contemporary and alternative personality theories that provide the student
with models to conceptualize client presentation and that help the student select appropriate
counseling interventions, including an examination of models of counseling that are consistent with
current professional research and practice in the field of counseling.
PSYC 5213
Social and Cultural Foundations (Multicultural Pastoral Counseling and Care
may substitute)
This course provides an understanding of the cultural context of relationships, issues, and trends in
a culturally diverse society. Material covered will include an overview of social and cultural
theories, strategies, and roles to be applied by the pluralistic counselor to establish an environment
for optimal client wellness and successful counseling outcomes.
229
PSYC 5223
Psychopathology
This course offers a study of the principles of understanding dysfunctions in human behavior or
social disorganization. It provides an in-depth review of a broad spectrum of psychopathological
conditions as defined by the DSM-V. Emphasis will be on comparing and contrasting different
theoretical perspectives on each disorder as well as reviewing the empirical literature in support of
these perspectives. Prerequisite: PSYC 5113 Personality Theories and PSYC 5013 Human
Development.
PSYC 5323
Cognitive Assessment
This course examines the principles, concepts, and procedures of systemic appraisal, assessment, or
interpretation client cognitive needs, abilities, and characteristics, which may include the use of
both testing and non-testing approaches. Students will gain experience in conducting interviews
and behavioral observations and they will learn how to administer, score and interpret a variety of
psychological tests.
PSYC 5423
Personality and Pathology Assessment
This course deals with the principles, concepts, and procedures of systemic appraisal, assessment,
or interpretation client needs, abilities, and characteristics, which may include the use of both
testing and non-testing approaches.
PSYC 5313
Professional Orientation and Ethics
This course addresses the objectives of professional counseling organizations, codes of ethics, legal
aspects of practice, standards of preparation and the role of persons providing direct counseling
services. In addition, the course will encourage the development of critical thinking and ethical
decision-making skills required in professional practice.
PSYC 5413
Human Sexuality
This course focuses on sexual development and educational issues as applied to the field of
professional counseling with emphasis placed upon becoming comfortable with one’s own
sexuality, assisting parents with providing sexual education to their children, providing education
with regard to sexual matters and diagnosing and treating sexual dysfunction.
PSYC 5513
Physical and Emotional Health
This course that deals with the overlap of physiological and psychological health models, examining
the neural and hormonal bases of learning, memory, motivation, emotions, mental disorders, and
other behaviors.
PSYC 5523
Individual Counseling Theories and Techniques
This course is a survey of the major theories and/or techniques of counseling with individual
clients. It will cover the knowledge and application of conceptual and practical skills needed for
individual counseling. Emphasis will be placed on working with evidence-based treatment models
230
of selecting and applying interventions. Prerequisite: PSYC 5113 Personality Theories and PSYC
5013 Human Development.
PSYC 5623
Group Counseling Theories and Techniques
This course provides a survey of the major theories and/or techniques of group counseling. It
covers group dynamics, obstacles to success in group therapy, and the stages of group process and
effective group leadership. Prerequisite: PSYC 5113 Personality Theories and PSYC 5013 Human
Development.
PSYC 5723
Introduction to the Arts as Therapy
This course presents a dynamic introduction to the arts in healing beginning with their ancient
historical and biological roots in multicultural ritual, and ending with current psychological
theories and practices. Primary attention will be given to spiritual and ecological perspectives.
Hands-on work in art media will be used consistently throughout the course to deepen our
understanding of the various perspectives presented.
PSYC 5823
Life style and Career Development
This course provides and understanding of career development and related life factors, as well as
an overview of career development theories, program planning, educational planning, assessment
techniques, and applied career counseling processes, including those applicable to specific
populations in a global economy.
PSYC 5913
Addictions Counseling
This course of study provides an overview of assessment and treatment methods available for
clients and their family members struggling with substance-related disorders or
behavioral/process addiction issues. The course will also provide a general overview and
introduction to the psychopharmacology of alcohol, and major drugs and classes of abused
substances as well as prescription drugs commonly used in treating mental health and addiction
issues. Additional areas of concern include prevention, intervention, and treatment strategies and
relevant issues pertaining to social justice and diversity.
PSYC 5923
Marriage/Family Counseling
This course provides an overview of the knowledge, skills, and practices necessary to address a
wide variety of issues in the context of relationships and families, including historical, theoretical,
and developmental issues in systems counseling, in addition to examining the basic skills of
marriage, couple and family counseling.
PSYC 6023
Counseling with Children and Adolescents
This course of study provides instruction in the theories and techniques used in counseling children
and adolescents, including instruction on the conceptualization of childhood and adolescent
problems with an emphasis on age- and developmentally-appropriate interventions.
231
PSYC 6013
Rehabilitation Counseling
This course that provides an overview of the history, philosophy, and legal basis of rehabilitation
programs, the roles of the rehabilitation counselor, and the process of rehabilitation including the
organization structure of public and private rehabilitation systems, societal trends in rehabilitation,
and professional issues related to the role of the rehabilitation counselor.
PSYC 6113
Psychopharmacology
This course provides an overview of commonly prescribed psychotropic medications for
psychiatric disorders to assist the counselor in understanding his or her role in working with
medical professionals in the concurrent treatment of mental health issues using an interdisciplinary
approach.
PSYC 6063
Internship
An organized practicum with at least one hundred fifty (150) clock hours in counseling with
planned experiences providing classroom and field experience with clients under the supervision of
university approved counseling professionals.
PSYC 6223
Crisis Intervention and Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
This course provides an overview of crisis and disaster intervention strategies for the professional
counselor that addresses areas including, but not limited to, crises of suicide, natural disasters,
homicide, disability due to mental illness, domestic violence, school violence, post-traumatic stress
disorder, and vicarious trauma. Special attention will be given to understanding the mechanism of
PTSD development and maintenance and the assessment of post-trauma conditions as well as
clinical interventions.
PSYC 6323
Research Methods (Experimental Design)
This course covers the essential concepts related to research design and methodology that social
science or mental health practitioners need to become critical evaluators of research and/or
prepare for conducting a thesis study or for research carried out within their practices. The focus is
on understanding each component of the research process, qualitative and quantitative designs,
program evaluation, measurement issues, and data analysis.
PSYC 6423
Thesis
Prepares and guides the student in the research and writing of original and scholarly work in
fulfillment of the required MA thesis.
PSYC 690X
Special Topics
232
Graduate Program in Theology (TH)
TH 5083
Thomistic Philosophy (3 cr)
This course is an introduction to the philosophy and theology of the ‘Common Doctor of the
Church’, St. Thomas Aquinas. It seeks to explore the many and varied themes presented in St.
Thomas’ Summa theologiae, with a particular emphasis on the overall ‘exitus-reditus’ schema of
this work and the harmonious relationship between faith and reason.
TH 5183
Systematic Theology
This course presents a robust summary of the symbolum fidei, the Christian creed, with particular
reference to its effective presentation in catechesis. Following the Catechism of the Catholic Church
the course will stress the unity, coherence, and inner intelligibility of the fides quae.
TH 5283
The Church and Modernity
In the wake of various philosophical, religious, and political forces, Christians in the West
experienced the increasing secularization of society and culture. This course will systematically
consider the process of secularization, with the hope of revealing the many and varied prejudices
that impede the renewal Christian life in the modern world.
TH 5383
Sacramental Theology
Recognizing that “catechesis is intrinsically linked with the whole of liturgical and sacramental
activity” (CT 23), this course aims at a systematic exploration of the Church’s life of worship.
Special attention will be given to those liturgical and sacrament elements that have a unique
application for catechesis.
TH 5483
Catholic Social Teaching
Drawing upon the rich philosophical and theological background of the Catholic tradition, this
course asks students to consider the true nature of justice in the social, political and economic
spheres. Examining these topics both in theory and in concrete practice, we will compare and
contrast important Catholic texts with a variety of other contemporary positions, both Christian
and non-Christian, which seek to achieve a just and fair society.
TH 5513
Intensive Latin
This course introduces students to the common forms and grammatical principles of the Latin
language. It provides a comprehensive review for students with one or two years of Latin at the
high school level and prepares students to read and translate Latin texts, such as papal documents
and the work of St. Thomas Aquinas.
TH 5683
Salvation History
The aim of this course is to introduce the student into the larger narrative of salvation history
through a rich canonical reading of sacred Scripture. This exegetic task will be aided by various
patristic and scholastic commentaries.
233
TH 5783
The Gospels
This course seeks to examine the mysteria vitae Iesu through the lens of the four Gospels. It seeks
to present the Gospels as a unified theological witness to the reality of Christ, while maintaining the
diversity and uniqueness of each Gospel.
TH 6083
Catechetics
An in-depth exploration of God’s method of teaching as revealed in Sacred Scripture and Tradition.
TH 6513
Thesis
fulfillment of the required MA thesis.
TH 6183
Moral Theology
This course reflects upon the central themes in Catholic moral theology such as the nature of
human flourishing, natural law, the natural virtues, grace, and the achievement of true human
freedom in Christ, which culminates in a life of contemplative prayer.
TH 6283
Vatican II and the New Evangelization
This course will give students an opportunity to read the various papal documents promulgated by
the Second Vatican Council and reflect upon how these documents continue to shape the Church’s
efforts to evangelize the modern world. Special effort will be placed on reading the various
documents with a proper “hermeneutics of continuity”.
TH 6383
Christian Spirituality
An exploration of both historical and contemporary spiritualties as well as the great masters and
classics of the spiritual life. Major components may include ancient wisdom traditions, early
Christian spiritual writings, the Benedictine monastic tradition, Carmelite spirituality, Franciscan
spirituality and Ignatian spirituality.
TH 6483
Catholic Apologetics
This course is a thorough introduction to Christian apologetics and is meant to equip the student to
declare the Christian truth with integrity and clarity and to defend Christian truth with scholarship
and boldness.
TH 6513
Thesis
fulmenet of the required MA thesis.
TH 6683
Modern Christian Writers
This course will explore the Catholic theological and spiritual tradition, primarily as it finds
expression in various novelists whose writings are influenced by that tradition. Particular attention
will be given to how these works of fiction shape culture.
234
TH 6783
Pauline Literature
This survey of the letters of Paul will begin with an examination of the historical context of this New
Testament corpus, highlighting the challenges faced by the Jewish Paul to appeal to members of the
pagan Hellenistic culture that he addressed. Special attention will be paid to Paul's use of GrecoRoman rhetorical devices to make his appeals as a model for the adaptation of methods in the New
Evangelization.
TH 6883
Ecclesiology
An exploration of the nature and mission of the Catholic Church and its subsequent role in shaping
and defining culture. Special attention will be given to the Vatican Council II documents Lumen
gentium and Gaudium et spes.
TH 6893
Pastoral Counseling
This course will teach counseling theory and dynamics, emphasis the pastoral and theological
dimensions of counseling, and concentrate on specific problem areas such as addiction, depression,
faith struggles, transition, loss, etc. It will also use didactic material and critiqued videotape roleplays to refine student's style and method of pastoral counseling.
TH 690X
Special Topics
235
St. Gregory’s University Administration and Faculty
University Board of Directors
COAKLEY, Most Rev. Paul S.
SLATTERY, Most Rev. Edward J.
TAYLOR, Most Rev. Anthony B.
Officers
WOLF, Rev. Donald - Board Chair
SCAPERLANDA, Michael (Maria) - Vice Chair
STASYSZEN, Rt. Rev. Lawrence, O.S.B.- Secretary
VORDERLANDWEHR, Rev. Adrian, O.S.B. – Treasurer
Ex Officio
MAIN, D. Gregory “Greg”
Members
ASLIN, Kathy
BREKKE, Teresa
BUCKLEY, Rev. Charles,
O.S.B.
CONRADY, Thomas “Tom”
COPELIN, Rev. Boniface T.,
O.S.B.
DOLAN, Bob
EXTON, Br. Benet
HODGDEN, W. Perry
JOHNSON, Deacon John
LEES, Ray
NICKLAS, David
STAAB, Alan
Faculty Delegate
Directors Emeriti
Student Delegate
SMITH, Tash, Ph.D.
CORNISH, The Hon. Tom R.
HENRY, The Hon. Robert H.
MILLIGAN, James H.
ENDSLEY, Kristin
University Executive Officers
Rt. Rev. Lawrence Stasyszen, O.S.B., S.T.D.
Chancelor
D. Gregory Main, B.A.
President
Richard McDowell, Ph.D.
Provost
Harley Lingerfelt, M.P.A.
Vice-President, Operations
Rev. Nicholas K. Ast, O.S.B., M.A.
Vice-President, Mission and Identity
Becky Beauchamp, M.A.
Vice-President, Marketing and Development
Joe M. Fleckinger
Chief Financial Officer - Interim
236
University Administration and Staff
Ron Faulk, Ph. D.
Academic Dean
Ron Diggs, D.B.A.
Director, College of Continuing Studies
Susan Barnes, Ph.D.
Dean, Nursing
Ramah Nation, M.H.R.M.
Registrar
Jack R. Cantrell
Director, Campus Security
Melody Harrington, M.Ed.
Director, Counseling and Testing
Mark Saunders, M.S.
Director, Facilities
Marcia Mathews, M.A.H.D.
Director, Financial Aid
Sherri Conaster
Director, Human Resources - Interim
Douglas McCullar
Director, Information Systems
David Thomas, M.S.
Director, Mabee Aerobic Center
Amber Theinert
Director, Marketing
Michael Shuttic, M.A.
Director, Partners in Learning; ADA Compliance
Coordinator
Brad M. Collins
Director, Sports Information
Anita Poole-Endsley, J.D., L.L.M.
Associate Director, College of Continuing
Studies; Title IX Compliance Coordinator
Rev. Simeon Spitz, O.S.B.
Dean of Students - Interim
Anita M. Semtner, M.L.I.S.
Director, James J. Kelly Library
Rev. Simeon Spitz, O.S.B.
University Chaplain
Marcel Brown, Ph.D.
Director, Academic Success Center
Sean Brown
Director, Admissions
Veronica McGowan, D.Ed.
Coordinator, Assessment & Accreditation
John P. Martin
Director, Athletics
237
Full-Time Faculty and Full-Time Staff Who Teach
Kristina Adams, Instructor, Education (2014)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1995; M.L.I.C., University of Oklahoma, 1997.
Fr. Nicholas Ast, O.S.B., Assistant Professor, History (1991-1996; 2000)
B.A., Kansas Newman College, 1988; M.A., Wichita State University, 1991; M.Div., St. Vincent
Seminary, 2000.
*Susan Barnes, Dean of Nursing; Professor, Nursing (2013)
BSN, University of Texas, 1980; M.S., University of Texas, 1985; Ph.D., University of Texas Health
Science Center, 1998.
Kristina Booker, Assistant Professor, English (2015)
B.A., Oklahoma Christian University, 2005; M.A., University of Oklahoma, 2009; Ph.D., Southern
Methodist University, 2014.
Marcel Brown, Director, Academic Success Center; Assistant Professor, English (2014)
B.A., University of Dallas, 2004; M.A., Catholic University of America, 2006; Ph.D., Catholic
University of America, 2013.
*Fr. Charles J. Buckley, O.S.B. Professor, Mathematics (1974)
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1965; M.Div., St. Louis University, 1970; Ph.D., Columbia University,
1977.
Paul Burgess, Professor Emeritus, Political Science (1966)
B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1958; M.A., St. Louis University, 1966.
Anthony Coleman, Assistant Professor, Theology (2013)
B.A., St. Anselm College, 1999; M.A., Boston College, 2001; Ph.D., Boston College, 2014.
David Coley, Assistant Professor, Theatre Director (2014)
B.A., Samford University, 2006; M.A., University of Missouri – Kansas City, 2008; Ph.D., Louisiana
State University, 2012.
Emily Coley, Instructor, Technical Director (2014)
B.A., Samford University, 2007; M.A., University of Central Missouri, 2007.
Sean M. Connolly, Assistant Professor, Philosophy (2011)
B.A., Boston College, 1992; M.A., Boston College, 1996; Ph.D., Boston College, 2009.
Fr. Boniface Copelin, Instructor, Theology (2008)
A.A., St. Gregory’s University, 1981; A.B., St. Anselm College, 1985; M.S., Zoology, Ohio State
University, 1989; S.T.B., Pontifical Athenaeum of St. Anselm, Rome 2008.
238
Sheryl Cozad, Assistant Professor, Art (2004)
B.F.A., University of Oklahoma, 1977; M.F.A., University of Oklahoma, 1984.
Ron W. Diggs, Director of College of Continuing Studies; Associate Professor, Business,
Criminal Justice (2012)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1992; M.S., Southern Nazarene University, 1996; D.B.A., Northcentral
University, 2011.
Dany Doughan, Assistant Professor, Physical Science (2007)
B.S., Lebanese American University (Lebanon), 1998; M.S., Lebanese American University
(Lebanon), 2001; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 2004; Ed.D., Benedictine University, 2014.
Anna Egging, Assistant Professor, English (2015)
B.A., Emporia State University, 2002; M.A., Emporia State University, 2004; Ph.D., University of
Kansas, 2010.
*Ron Faulk, Academic Dean; Professor, English and Social Science (1998)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1974; M.A., Northwestern University, 1976; Ph.D., Northwestern
University, 1986; M.P.H., University of Oklahoma, 1992.
*Gayle Fischer, Director of Teacher Education; Assistant Professor, Education (2008)
B.S., University of Georgia, 1973; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma, 1990; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma, 1998.
Jason A. Fugikawa, Assistant Professor, Theology (2015)
B.A., Fordham University, 2004; Ph.D., Ave Maria University, 2011.
*Eric Gray, Associate Professor, English (2005)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1984; M.F.A., University of Alabama, 1991; Ph.D., Oklahoma State
University, 2003.
*Melody A. Harrington, Associate Professor, Psychology (1991)
B.A., Central State University, 1978; M.Ed., Central State University, 1980.
*Angela James, Associate Professor, Business (2005)
B.S., St. Gregory's University, 2000; M.B.A., University of Oklahoma, 2004; Ph.D., Capella University,
2009.
Vickie Jean, Associate Professor, Psychology (2013)
B.S. Ed., Univ. North Dakota, 1975; M.A., Central Ok. State Univ., 1991; Ph.D., Oklahoma Univ. Health
Science Center, 1996.
Jasmin A. Johnson, Associate Professor, Nursing (2014)
B.S., Oral Roberts University, 1989; M.S., University of Oklahoma, 1998; Ph.D., Oklahoma State
University, 2009.
239
Amanda Kashwer, Assistant Professor, Kinesiology (2015)
B.S., East Central University, 2002; M.Ed., University of Central Oklahoma, 2006; Ph.D., Oklahoma
State University, 2014.
James Keithley, Assistant Professor, Psychology (2014)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1978; M.A., University of Oklahoma, 1981; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma, 1990.
Veronica F. McGowan, Assessment and Accreditation Coordinator (2014)
B.A., LaSalle University, 1992; M.Ed., Holy Family University, 1996; D.Ed., Widener University, 2010.
Richard Meloche, Assistant Professor, Theology (2012)
B.A., University of Western Ontario (Canada), 1998; M.A., University of Western Ontario (Canada),
2004; Ph.D., Ave Maria University, 2012.
*James S. Meyer, Professor Emeritus, Physics (1975)
B.A., University of Iowa, 1963; M.S., University of Illinois, 1964; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1972.
*Harry Moore, Professor Emeritus, Philosophy (2001)
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1983; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1986;
M.A., University of Oklahoma, 1995; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1998.
Nizam S. Najd, Assistant Professor, Mathematics (2015)
B.S., University of California, 1993; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1995; Ph.D., Oklahoma State
University, 2005.
Anita Poole-Endsley, Associate Director, College of Continuing Studies; Associate Professor,
Business (2013)
B.A., University of Arkansas Monticello, 1995; J.D., University of Arkansas, 1998; LL.M, University of
Arkansas, 1999.
Wanda Robinson, Instructor, Nursing (2014)
B.S., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1986; M.S., University of Oklahoma Health Science Center, 1994.
Anita Semtner, Director, James J. Kelly Library; Assistant Professor, Library Sci. (2000)
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1976; M.L.I.S., University of Oklahoma, 1999.
*Mayda Shorney, Associate Professor, Business (1997)
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1977; Ph.D., Texas A.& M. University, 1988.
Donald Skinner-Noble, Assistant Professor, Biology (2011)
B.S., Ohio State University, 1990; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1992;
Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1996.
Tash Smith, Assistant Professor, History (2011)
B.A., Mid America Nazarene University, 1997; M.A., North Dakota State University, 2004; Ph.D.,
University of Oklahoma, 2010.
240
Fr. Joachim J. Spexarth, O.S.B., Instructor, Communications (1966-1983/1993)
B.A., Conception Seminary, 1961; M.A., Oklahoma State University, 1967.
*Mary Ann Stevens, Associate Professor, Life Science (1991)
B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1988; M.S., University of Oklahoma, 1991.
Jessica L. Stubblefield, Assistant Professor, Education (2015)
A.A., Tulsa Community College, 2002; B.S., Northeastern State University, 2005; M.Ed., Northeastern
State University, 2011; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 2015.
Jean Thornbrugh, Professor Emeritus, Business (2005)
B.S., University of Tulsa, 1983; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1988; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma, 1998.
Ghaleb Trad, Instructor, Business (2012)
B.S., University of Lebanon (Lebanon), 1997; B.S., University of Lebanon (Lebanon), 1998; M.B.A.,
Oklahoma City University, 2001.
Jessica VanOort, Assistant Professor, Dance (2011)
B.A., Hope College, 1998; Ed.M., Temple University, 2003; Ph.D., Temple University, 2009.
Br. Damian Whalen, O.S.B., Associate Professor, Business (1982)
B.A., St. Vincent's College, 1978; M.M., University of Oklahoma, 1987; Ph.D., Capella University,
2010.
Joshua Young, Assistant Professor, Communications (2015)
B.A., Drake University, 2008; M.A., University of Northern Iowa, 2011; Ph.D., University of North
Dakota, 2015.
Lisa Zarella, Technology and Technical Services Librarian; Assistant Professor, Library
Science (2011)
A.A., Oklahoma State University Institute of Technology, 2004; B.A., Northwestern Oklahoma State
University, 2007; M.L.I.S., Emporia State University, 2010.
(* designates that the faculty member has been awarded tenure)
241
Appendices
Appendix 1- Credit by Examination Policy
Approved by General Faculty February 23, 2012
Departments recommend course equivalents to the Academic Dean for approval. Departments may
also recommend to the Academic Dean that particular courses will not be approved for credit by
examination or may otherwise impose limitations. Disagreements about credits by examination
may be appealed to the Academic Council.
CLEP Examinations
www.clep.org
COMPOSITION, LITERATURE AND FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Subject Exam
American Literature
English Literature
College Composition w/essay
College French, Levels 1 and 2
College German, Levels 1 and 2
College Spanish, Levels 1 and 2
Humanities
Minimum
Score
50
50
50
50/59
50/60
50/63
50
Suggested
Cr
6
3
3
6
6-12
6-12
6
Course Equivalence
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
PO 1013
HI 1483
HI 1493
PY 3113
EC 1603
EC 1613
PY 1113
PY 4113
SO 1113
Elective
Elective
SS/HI Elect/Core
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
4
3
3
3
3
4
6
MA 2054
MA 1513
MA 1473
LS 1113
PS 1363
MA 1814
Sci. w/lab Core
EN 3213/EN 3223
EN 3423/EN 3433
EN 1113/1323
Elective
Elective
SN 1113/SN 1223
HU Elective
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCE
American Government
History of the U.S.
History of the U.S.II
Human Growth & Development
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Introductory Psychology
Introduction to Educational Psych.
Introductory Sociology
Western Civilization I
Western Civilization II
Social Science and History
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Calculus with Elem. Functions
College Algebra
College Mathematics
General Biology
General Chemistry
Precalculus
Natural Science
242
BUSINESS
Information Systems & Computer
Apps.
Financial Accounting
Principles of Management
Introduction to Business Law
Principles of Marketing
50
3
Elective
50
50
50
50
3
3
3
3
BU 2113
BU 3023
BU 3053
BU 3033
243
DSST Exams
www.getcollegecredit.com
(Bold = Revised Exams)
MATHEMATICS
Subject Exam
Fundamentals of College Algebra
Principles of Statistics
Minimum
Score
47/400
48/400
Suggested Cr
Course Equivalence
3
3
MA 1513
MA 3013
48
45
47
48
45
44
47
46
46
47
49/400
45
49/400
45
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
AR 3523 or AR 3533
HI 3043
Elective
GE 3113
Elective
Elective
Elective
ED 3013
PY 3113
Elective
Elective
CJ 2313
CJ 3303
PY 4123
46
47
46
48
46
44
45/400
46
48
46/400
46/400
48
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
BU 3043
BU 2113
BU 4023
BU 3223
Elective
Elective
Elective
Elective
Elective
BU 3713
Elective
Elective
38
48/400
46
47
46
3
2
3
3
3
PS 1503
KI 1072+1KI Elec.
CC Science
CC Science
PS 1103
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Art of the Western World
Western Europe Since 1945
Intro. To Modern Middle East
Human/Cultural Geography
Rise and Fall of Soviet Union
A History of the Vietnam War
Civil War and Reconstruction
Foundations of Education
Lifespan Developmental Psych.
General Anthropology
Drug and Alcohol Abuse
Introduction to Criminal Justice
Criminal Justice
Fundamentals of Counseling
BUSINESS
Principles of Finance
Principles of Financial Acct
Human Resource Management
Organizational Behavior
Principles of Supervision
Business Law II
Introduction to Computing
Introduction to Business
Money and Banking
Personal Finance
Management Information Systems
Business Mathematics
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
Astronomy
Here’s to Your Health
Environment and Humanity
Principles of Physical Science I
Physical Geology
244
APPLIED TECHNOLOGY
Technical Writing
46
3
Elective
46/400
48/400
47
3
3
3
CC Ethics
TH 3443
CO 1713
HUMANITIES
Ethics in America
Introduction to World Religions
Principles of Public Speaking
245
AP Exams
www.collegeboard.com/student/testing/ap/subjects.html
HUMANITIES, ART, LITERATURE, LANGUAGES
Subject Exam
Art History
Chinese Language and Culture
English Language
English Literature
European History
French Language
French Literature
German Language
Italian Language and Culture
Japanese Language and Culture
Latin Literature
Latin: Vergil
Music Theory
Spanish Language
Spanish Literature
Studio Art
U.S. History
World History
Minimum
Score
3
3
3/4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Suggested Cr
Course Equivalence
3
3
3-6
3
6
6
3
6
6
6
3
3
3
6
3
3
6
3
Elective
Elective
EN 1113/EN 1323
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
LL Elective
SN 1113/SN 1223
LL Elective
LL Elective
HI 1483/HI1493
LL Elective
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
7
8
3
3
3
4
4
3
LS 1113/LS 1111
MA 2054
MA 2054/MA 2153
PS 1364/PS 1474
LL Elective
LL Elective
LS 1023
PS 1113/PS 1111
LL Science
MA 3013
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
LL Elective
PO 1013
LL Elective
EC 1603
EC 1613
PY 1113
MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE
Biology
Calculus AB
Calculus BC
Chemistry
Computer Science A
Computer Science AB
Environmental Science
Physics B
Physics C
Statistics
BUSINESS, SOCIAL SCIENCE
Comp Government and Politics
U.S. Government and Politics
Human Geography
Macroeconomics
Microeconomics
Psychology
246
Appendix 2 - Academic Benchmark, Peer, And Competitor Institution
List
November, 2010
This peer and benchmark, but not competitor, list was compiled based on the following criteria:





Academic profile
Enrollment
Offer adult and / or graduate programs
Per capita endowment
Suburban population demographics
College or University
State
1 Belmont Abbey College
NC
Peer, Competitor,
or Benchmark
Benchmark
2 Benedictine College
KS
Benchmark
3 Milligan College
TN
Benchmark
4 Saint Ambrose University
IA
Benchmark
5 Southwestern College
KS
Benchmark
6 Thomas More College
KY
Benchmark
Catholic
7 Brescia University
KY
Peer
Catholic
8 Cumberland University
TN
Peer
9 Mount Marty College
SD
Peer
10 Southwestern Assemblies of God University
TX
Peer
11 University of Saint Mary
KS
Peer
12 Wilson College
PA
Peer
13 Bacone College
OK
Peer / Competitor
14 Mid-America Christian University
OK
Peer / Competitor
15 Oklahoma Wesleyan University
OK
Peer / Competitor
16 Oklahoma Baptist University
OK
Competitor
17 Oklahoma Christian University
OK
Competitor
18 Oklahoma City University
OK
Competitor
19 Southern Nazarene University
OK
Competitor
247
Catholic or
Benedictine
Benedictine
Benedictine
Catholic
Benedictine
Catholic
Appendix 3 - St. Gregory's University Computation of Credit Hours
Federal definition of a credit hour
…a credit hour is an amount of work represented in intended learning outcomes and verified by
evidence of student achievement that is an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably
approximates:
1. Not less than one hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours
out of class student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for one semester or
trimester hour of credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one quarter hour of credit, or the equivalent
amount of work over a different amount of time, or;
2. At least an equivalent amount of work as outlined in item 1 above for other academic activities
as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships, practica, studio work,
and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours. (§600.2)
(Report of the Meeting of the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity,
December 2010, U.S. Department of Education, pp. 25-26).
Higher Learning Commission Guidance
With regard to program length and credit hours, the Higher Learning Commission “provides
general guidance informing institutions that they should be able to justify the lengths of their
programs and their credit hour assignments in comparison to practices common to other
accredited higher education institutions; however,…HLC policies do not establish the definition of a
credit hour or set minimum requirements for program length and the assignment of credit hours.”
(2010, Letter to the US Department of Education)
Semester Hours of Credit in the College of Arts and Science
Reference: from the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov] [Federal Register:
June 18, 2010 (Volume 75, Number 117)][Proposed Rules][Page 34805-34890]
Sec. 600.2 Definitions.
Credit hour: Except as provided in 34 CFR 668.8(k) and (l), a credit hour is-(1) One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out of class
student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for one semester or trimester hour of
credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one quarter hour of credit, or the equivalent amount of work over
a different amount of time;
(2) At least an equivalent amount of work as required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other
academic activities as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships,
practica, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours; or
(3) Institutionally established reasonable equivalencies for the amount of work required in
paragraph (1) of this definition for the credit hours awarded, including as represented in intended
learning outcomes and verified by evidence of student achievement.
248
Scholastic progress is evaluated in terms of semester hours of credit, indicating the amount of work
completed, and grade points, indicating the quality of the work. In the College of Arts and Sciences
traditional courses follow the credit hour definition as referenced above in section (1) (from the
Federal Register): “a credit hour is--(1) One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a
minimum of two hours of out of class student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for
one semester or trimester hour of credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one quarter hour of credit, or
the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time ….” St. Gregory’s University
generally follows the traditional model for course-work and credit hour requirements. Laboratory
work, internships, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours will
follow definition (2) above; exceptions to traditional course work will follow the credit hour
definition in (3) above.
Semester Hours of Credit in the College of Continuing Studies
Learning achieved in an accelerated format in the College of Continuing Studies (CCS) should
provide the learner with a learning experience equivalent to that normally found in the traditional
15-16 week semester (as described by the Carnegie unit). In accelerated learning “quality and
effectiveness are measured by the students’ achievement of the course learning objectives”
(Commission for Accelerated Programs). In this context, contact with the instructor is one of the
elements that defines quality program delivery.
For purposes of program design in accelerated learning, the following elements are considered
critical in determining quality/rigor:
1. Learning outcomes which are equivalent to courses offered in the traditional semester
format.
2. Course activities and assignments which are fully aligned with the learning outcomes for
the course and the academic program.
3. A curriculum that flows from the stated learning outcomes and contains the following three
components:
a. In-class activities: instructor led/facilitated learning and face to face contact with
learners in the classroom. The Commission for Accelerated Programs recommends,
as best practice, that this be no less than 20-24 hours for a 3 credit course in a six to
eight week timeframe.
b. Out-of-class activities: instructor monitored learning activities that are equivalent to
the types of activities an instructor would conduct in a classroom setting
(instructor-mediated online discussions with participation expectations, case
studies, problem solving scenarios, reflective analysis of reading/discussion
materials, group research projects and presentations, etc.).
c. Homework: reading and information gathering related writing assignments.
Credit Hour Computation for Accelerated Learning (In-Class Activities)
Note: the following is based on the Carnegie unit formula that there be one hour of class time each
week for each hour of academic credit.
249
Computation for 6 Week Courses (currently being “taught out”):
Credit Hours
Contact Hours
Course Activities
1
8
7
2
16
14
3
24
21
4
24
36
Course Length
2 weeks, 4 hrs./week
Computation for 8 Week Courses:
Credit Hours
Contact Hours
1
8
2
16
3
24
4
32
5
32
Course Length
8 weeks, 1 hr./week
8 weeks, 3 hrs./week*
Course Activities
7
14
21
28
43
*Instructors in 3 credit quantitative courses (math, accounting, finance, etc.) have the option of
using the full four hour class session and making the necessary adjustment to the out-of-class
activities.
Exceptions:
Alternate arrangements of contact hours and course activities (e.g. fewer contact hours in the
classroom and more hours of out-of-class activities or hybrid on ground and online courses) need
the approval of the Director of the CCS and the appropriate academic department.
Credit Hour Computation for Accelerated Learning (Out-of-Class Activities)
Out-of-Class Activity
Description of Activity
Threaded Discussion
Journals or Blogs
Twitter posting
Case study/Problem
solving scenarios
Instructor guided/mediated online discussion that
directly related to learning outcomes and has
specified timeframes, expectations for participation
and thoughtful analysis
Learner opportunity to apply concepts/reflect on
learning; shared with instructor and/or classmates
for thoughtful feedback and assessment
Learner opportunity to share reflections with
instructor and/or classmates for thoughtful
feedback and assessment
In-depth analysis, utilizing higher order analytical
skills, directly related to learning outcomes; shared
with instructor and/or classmates for thoughtful
feedback and assessment
250
Contact Hour
Equivalency
1 posting = ½ hour;
read & respond to
others = ½ hour of
class
1 entry = ½ hour;
read & respond to
others = ½ hour of
class
Posting, reading &
responding = ½
hour of class
= 3 hours of class
Online chat/conference
calls
Reflection Paper/Article
Review
Group
research/presentations
projects
Guided individual project
Online Quizzes
Service Learning Project
Field trips, tours, field
experience etc.
Instructor led opportunity for collaborative
learning with specific expectations for participation
and feedback
Instructor guided activity for learners to apply
concepts and relevant practices to personal
experiences or apply higher order analytic skills in
assessing scholarly articles/professional journals
Instructor mediated activity with specific learning
outcomes; learners collaborate to research, analyze,
synthesize and prepare a project/presentation
Instructor mediated activity with specific learning
outcomes; individual learners research, analyze,
synthesize and prepare a project/presentation to
be shared with classmates
Opportunity for the instructor to assess learners’
knowledge of course material
Instructor led service project with specific learning
outcomes that integrates academic study with
community service; instructor provides guidance
and feedback and learner shares the experience
with classmates either face-to-face or through
electronic media
Learners participate as individuals or groups in an
activity directly related to learning outcomes
(concert, museum visit, religious service, political
debate, etc.); analysis/reflection provided to
instructor and classmates either face-to-face or
through electronic media
1 hour call or chat
= 1 hour of class
3-5 pages = 2 hours
of class
3-5 pages = 2 hours
of class
3-5 pages = 2 hours
of class
1 hour quiz = 1
hour of class
Each hour of
project = 1 hour of
class; reflection = 1
hour of class
Each hour of
project = 1 hour of
class; reflection = 1
hour of class
Credit Hour Computation for Accelerated Learning (Homework)
The instructor determines the appropriate amount of Homework (information gathering activities)
for each course. Homework activities include: reading assignments, research, PowerPoint or
outline summaries. Can be made to be an out-of-class activity if the information gathering is
followed by some form of reflection/analysis or application exercise and the results are shared in
some form with classmates.
251
Appendix 4 - St. Gregory's University Internship Guidelines
PURPOSE: The internship allows St. Gregory’s University students to develop academic
and/or professional skills, including the opportunity to determine if a particular area or
profession is one in which they wish to direct their career. Internships are designed for students
to develop academic and professional skills as well as to observe and experience their desired
vocation in a “real-world” application as an effort to reinforce theoretical principles from the
classroom in a practical environment.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY: The major responsibility for the quality of the internship is
placed with the student. Prior to beginning an internship, the student should have completed, at a
minimum, 24 credit hours of collegiate studies. Further, the student is responsible to coordinate
with the Career Services office to identify a supervisor/instructor at the internship site and to
obtain approval from their faculty advisor. Students will submit the following documents to the
faculty advisor, Career Services office, Registrar, and internship site, as instructed:






Resume
Cover Letter
Proposal for Internship Expectations
Attachment B, Intern Cooperative Learning Contract
Attachment C, Special Course Enrollment
Provide a weekly timesheet or other approved recording record of time worked
LEARNING AGREEMENT: The faculty advisor will identify what academic requirements
will be required in concert with the student according to the minimum standards reflected in
Attachment A. An Intern Cooperative Learning Contract (Attachment B) will be completed
between the faculty advisor and the student articulating expectations. Minimum Academic
Assignment standards are reflected in Attachment A as a guide toward expected student
deliverables. Students may receive pay or other compensation as a part of their internship.
SUPERVISION OF INTERNSHIP: Supervision at the workplace varies depending on the type
of internship. The internship supervisor at the workplace should possess the expertise necessary
for consulting with the student and providing professional evaluation(s) of the work performed
by the student. Utilization of the internship site employee evaluation is acceptable so long as it
reflects substantial information related to student performance. The faculty advisor will maintain
regular contact with the intern site (not less than bi-weekly) and will be available as needed to
the student.
CREDIT HOURS: One credit hour is earned for each 60 clock hours of internship performance,
as documented by the internship supervisor and student compliance with the Minimum
Academic Assignment requirements.
DISSOLUTION: Students must notify the faculty advisor and the internship supervisor
immediately, in writing if they discontinue their internship. A detailed, written justification must
be provided to each with a copy to the Career Services office.
252
GRADES: Internships are graded P (Pass) or F (Fail).
SUPERVISOR EXPECTATIONS: The Intern supervisor in the sponsoring
agency/business/organization agrees to be responsible for the following:
 Screen and approve students for proposed internships, assuring the candidate is properly
qualified for the tasks under consideration. When the internship activity is agreed upon,
the supervisor, the University and the student must sign the Intern Cooperative Learning
Contract
 Provide adequate supervision to assure the internship is a service to the
agency/business/organization, community, etc., and a meaningful learning experience for
the student
 Provide the faculty advisor and the Career Services office a brief, final evaluation of the
student upon completion of the internship and/or progress report(s), if required, and to
share such evaluations with the student
 Document hours of service performed and provide reporting to the University in a prearranged manner
253

2015-16 Academic Catalog - St. Gregory`s University

Transcription

Similar documents

Gregory, Civil Rights Activist, Nutritionist, Comedian, and Author

research facility for teachings and exams registration

college official`s report curry college

New Student Orientation, Fall 2016 Student Financial Services

Kaleidoscope Summer 2011 - Youth Initiative High School

Presentation

Manzanita 2009 - University of New Mexico

Electroneurodiagnostic - Institute of Health Sciences

Check Up From The Neck Up

to view the 2015 july newsletter!!!